Manual Nissan Murano 2015

®
2015 M U RAN O
OWNER’S MANUAL
For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

Owner’s Manual Supplement
The information contained within this supplement adds the ⬙Manual Shift Mode⬙
information in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section of the 2015 Murano Owner’s
Manual:
Read carefully and keep in vehicle.
Printing: December 2014

Publication No. SU15EA 2Z52U0
When shifting the shift lever to the manual shift When shifting up
gate, the position indicator displays 1 (first) up to
7 (seventh) depending on vehicle speed. Move the shift lever to the + (up) side. (Shifts to
higher range.)
Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:
When shifting down
1⇔ 2 ⇔ 3 ⇔ 4 ⇔ 5⇔ 6⇔ 7
Move the shift lever to the ⫺ (down) side. (Shifts
7 (7th) to lower range.)
Use this position for all normal forward driving at ● The transmission will automatically down-
highway speeds. shift the gears. (For example, if you select the
5 (5th) and 6 (6th) 3rd range, the transmission will shift down
between the 3rd and 1st gears.)
Use this position when driving up long slopes, or
for engine braking when driving down long ● Moving the shift lever rapidly to the same
LSD2342 slopes. side twice will shift the ranges in succession.
Manual shift mode 4 (4th), 3 (3rd) and 2 (2nd) When canceling the manual shift mode
When the shift lever is in the manual shift gate, Use these positions for hill climbing or engine Return the shift lever to the D (Drive) position to
the transmission is ready for the manual shift braking on downhill grades. return the transmission to the normal driving
mode. Shift ranges can be selected manually by 1 (1st) mode.
moving the shift lever up or down. To cancel
Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly ● In the manual shift mode, the transmis-
manual shift mode, return the shift lever to the D
or when driving slowly, or for maximum engine sion may not shift to the selected gear.
(Drive) position. The transmission returns to au-
braking on steep downhill grades. This helps maintain driving perfor-
tomatic driving mode.
mance and reduces the chance of ve-
When the shift lever is shifted from D (Drive) to ● Remember not to drive at high speeds for
hicle damage or loss of control.
extended periods of time in lower than 7th
the manual shift gate with the vehicle stopped or
gear. This reduces fuel economy. ● When this situation occurs, the CVT
while driving, the transmission enters the manual
position indicator light will blink and
shift mode. Shift ranges can be selected manu-
the chime will sound.
ally. In the manual shift mode, the shift range is
displayed on the position indicator in the meter.
● In the manual shift mode, the transmis-
sion may shift up automatically to a
higher range than selected if the en-
gine speed is too high. When the ve-
hicle speed decreases, the transmis-
sion automatically shifts down and
shifts to 1st gear before the vehicle
comes to a stop.
● CVT operation is limited to automatic drive
mode when CVT fluid temperature is ex-
tremely low even if manual shift mode is
selected. This is not a malfunction. When
CVT fluid warms up, manual mode can be
selected.
● When the CVT fluid temperature is high, the
shift range may upshift in lower rpm than
usual. This is not a malfunction.
Owner’s Manual Supplement
The information contained within this supplement revises the ⬙Driver Assistance⬙
information in the ⬙Instruments and controls⬙ section as well as adds the ⬙Driver
Attention Alert (if so equipped)⬙ in the ⬙Starting and driving⬙ section of the 2015
Murano Owner’s Manual:
Read carefully and keep in vehicle.
Printing: November 2014 (01)

Publication No. SU15EA 1Z52U0
Driver Assistance
To change the status, warnings or turn on or off
any of the systems/warnings displayed in the
“Driver Assistance” menu:
Use the button to select and the OK but-
ton to change a menu item:
● Driving Aids (if so equipped)
– Emergency Brake ON/OFF (if so
equipped)
– Blind Spot ON/OFF (if so equipped)
– Driver Attention Alert ON/OFF (if so
equipped) LIC3118 LIC3117
Timer Alert – Time for a driver break? Driver Attention Alert indicator (if so
– Timer Alert equipped)
This indicator appears when the driver selected
– Low Temperature Alert ON/OFF set time is reached. The time can be set up to six This alert appears when the system has detected
hours. that the driver may be displaying fatigue or a lack
of attention.
DRIVER ATTENTION ALERT (if so Driver Attention Alert system helps alert the driver
equipped) if the system detects a lack of attention or driving
fatigue.
WARNING The system monitors driving style and steering
behavior over a period of time, and it detects
● The Driver Attention Alert system is only
changes from the normal pattern. If the system
a warning to inform the driver of a po-
detects that driver attention is decreasing over a
tential lack of driver attention or
period of time, the system uses an audible and
drowsiness. It will not steer the vehicle
visual warning to suggest that the driver take a
or prevent loss of control.
break.
● The Driver Attention Alert system does
not detect and provide an alert of the
driver’s lack of attention or fatigue in
every situation.
LIC3125
● It is the driver’s responsibility to:
Driver Attention Alert system malfunction
(if so equipped) ● stay alert,
This warning appears when the Driver Attention ● drive safely,
Alert system is not functioning properly. For ad- ● keep the vehicle in the traveling lane,
ditional information, refer to “Driver Attention
Alert (if so equipped)” in the Starting and driving” ● be in control of the vehicle at all
times,
section of this manual
● avoid driving when tired,
● avoid distractions (texting, etc).
Failure to do so could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle, resulting in a seri-
ous accident, personal injury or death.
The system continuously monitors driver atten-
tion and can provide multiple warnings per trip.
The system resets and starts reassessing driving
style and steering behavior when the ignition
switch is cycled from on to off and back on.
LSD2335
Driver Attention Alert operation

If the system detects that driver fatigue or that
driver attention is decreasing, the message “Take
a break?” appears in the vehicle information dis-
play and a chime sounds when the vehicle is
driven at speeds above 37 MPH (60 km/h).
Turning the Driver Attention Alert
system on and off
Perform the following steps to enable or disable
the Driver Attention Alert system.
1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-
plays in the vehicle information display and
press the OK button. Use the button
to select “Driver Assistance”. Then press the
OK button.
2. Select “Driver Attention Alert” and press the
OK button.
NOTE:
The setting will be retained even if the
engine is restarted.
Driver Attention Alert limitations
WARNING
● The Driver Attention Alert system may
not operate properly and may not pro-
vide an alert in the following conditions:
● Poor road conditions such as an un-
even road surface or pot holes.
● Strong side wind.
LSD2330
● If you have adopted a sporty driving
style with higher cornering speeds or
higher rates of acceleration.
● Frequent lane changes or changes to
vehicle speed.
● The Driver Attention Alert system may
not provide an alert in the following
conditions:
● Vehicle speeds lower than 37 mph
(60 km/h).
● Short lapses of attention.
● Instantaneous distractions such as LIC3125
dropping an object.
System malfunction
If the Driver Attention Alert system malfunctions,
the system warning message will appear in the
vehicle information display and the function will
be stopped automatically.
Action to take
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, and then turn
off and restart the engine. If the system warning
message continues to appear, have the system
checked by a NISSAN dealer.
FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY
Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN proper use of such accessories prior to operating Before driving your vehicle, please read this
owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with the vehicle and/or accessory. See a NISSAN Owner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure famil-
confidence. It was produced using the latest dealer for details concerning the particular ac- iarity with controls and maintenance require-
techniques and strict quality control. cessories with which your vehicle is equipped. ments, assisting you in the safe operation of your
vehicle.
This manual was prepared to help you under-
stand the operation and maintenance of your WARNING
vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles (kilome-
ters) of driving pleasure. Please read through this IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE-
manual before operating your vehicle. MINDERS FOR SAFETY!
A separate Warranty Information Booklet Follow these important driving rules to
explains details about the warranties cov- help ensure a safe and comfortable trip
ering your vehicle. The “NISSAN Service for you and your passengers!
and Maintenance Guide” explains details ● NEVER drive under the influence of al-
about maintaining and servicing your ve- cohol or drugs.
hicle. Additionally, a separate Customer
Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will ● ALWAYS observe posted speed limits
explain how to resolve any concerns you and never drive too fast for conditions.
may have with your vehicle, and clarify your ● ALWAYS give your full attention to driving
rights under your state’s lemon law. and avoid using vehicle features or taking
Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle other actions that could distract you.
best. When you require any service or have any ● ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro-
questions, they will be glad to assist you with the priate child restraint systems. Pre-teen
extensive resources available to them. children should be seated in the rear seat.
In addition to factory-installed options, your ve- ● ALWAYS provide information about the
hicle may also be equipped with additional ac- proper use of vehicle safety features to
cessories installed by NISSAN or by your all occupants of the vehicle.
NISSAN dealer prior to delivery. It is important
that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures, ● ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual
warnings, cautions and instructions concerning for important safety information.
WHEN READING THE MANUAL
For descriptions specified for all-wheel drive MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This manual includes information for all features
models, an AWD mark is placed at the beginning and equipment available on this model. Features
of the applicable sections/items. This vehicle should not be modified. and equipment in your vehicle may vary depend-
Modification could affect its ing on model, trim level, options selected, order,
As with other vehicles with features for performance, safety or durability and may date of production, region or availability. There-
off-road use, failure to operate all-wheel even violate governmental regulations. In fore, you may find information about features or
drive models correctly may result in loss of equipment that are not included or installed on
addition, damage or performance prob-
control or an accident. Be sure to read your vehicle.
lems resulting from modifications may
“Driving safety precautions” in the “Start-
not be covered under NISSAN warranties. All information, specifications and illustrations in
ing and driving” section of this manual.
this manual are those in effect at the time of print-
ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD DRIV- ing. NISSAN reserves the right to change specifi-
ING cations, performance, design or component sup-
pliers without notice and without obligation. From
This vehicle will handle and maneuver time to time, NISSAN may update or revise this
differently from an ordinary passenger manual to provide Owners with the most accurate
car because it has a higher center of information currently available. Please carefully
gravity for off-road use. As with other read and retain with this manual all revision up-
vehicles with features of this type, fail- dates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have
ure to operate this vehicle correctly may access to accurate and up-to-date information re-
result in loss of control or an accident. garding your vehicle. Current versions of vehicle
Owner’s Manuals and any updates can also be
For additional information, refer to “On- found in the Owner section of the NISSAN website
pavement and off-road driving at https://owners.nissanusa.com/nowners/
precautions,” “Avoiding collision and navigation/manualsGuide. If you have ques-
rollover” and “Driving safety precautions concerning any information in your Owner’s
tions” in the “Starting and driving” sec- Manual, contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs. See
tion of this manual. the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM
page in this Owner’s Manual for contact informa-
tion.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
THIS MANUAL WARNING
You will see various symbols in this manual. They
are used in the following ways: WARNING
Engine exhaust, some of its constituents,
WARNING and certain vehicle components contain or
emit chemicals known to the State of
This is used to indicate the presence of a
California to cause cancer and birth de-
hazard that could cause death or serious
fects or other reproductive harm. In addi-
personal injury. To avoid or reduce the
tion, certain fluids contained in vehicles
risk, the procedures must be followed
and certain products of component wear
precisely.
contain or emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
CAUTION birth defects or other reproductive harm.
APD1005
This is used to indicate the presence of a If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do this”
hazard that could cause minor or moder- or “Do not let this happen.”
ate personal injury or damage to your ve-
hicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the pro-
cedures must be followed carefully.
If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra-
tion, it means the arrow points to the front of the
vehicle.
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these

indicate movement or action.
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these

call attention to an item in the illustration.
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE SiriusXM® services
ADVISORY require a subscription
Some vehicle parts, such as lithium batter- after trial period and
ies, may contain perchlorate material. The are sold separately or
following advisory is provided: “Perchlo-
rate Material – special handling may apply,
as a package. The
See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ satellite service is
perchlorate/”. available only in the
48 contiguous USA
BLUETOOTH® is a and DC. SiriusXM
trademark owned by satellite service is
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. also available in
and licensed to Canada; see
Visteon. www.siriusxm.ca.
© 2014 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s
Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval
system, or transmitted in any form, or by any
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without the prior written
permission of Nissan North America, Inc.
NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM
NISSAN CARES . . .
Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are
our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.
However, if there is something that your NISSAN The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the You can write to NISSAN with the information at:
dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to following information:
For U.S. customers
provide NISSAN directly with comments or Nissan North America, Inc.
– Your name, address, and telephone number
questions, please contact the NISSAN Con- Consumer Affairs Department
sumer Affairs Department using our toll-free – Vehicle identification number (attached to the P.O. Box 685003
number: top of the instrument panel on the driver’s Franklin, TN 37068-5003
side) or via e-mail at:
For U.S. customers
1-800-NISSAN-1 – Date of purchase [email protected]
(1-800-647-7261) For Canadian customers
– Current odometer reading
Nissan Canada Inc.
For Canadian customers
– Your NISSAN dealer’s name 5290 Orbitor Drive
1-800-387-0122
Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5
– Your comments or questions or via e-mail at:
OR [email protected]
If you prefer, visit us at:
www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) or
www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)
We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.
Table of Illustrated table of contents 0
Contents Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1
Instruments and controls 2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3
Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4
Starting and driving 5
In case of emergency 6
Appearance and care 7
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8
Technical and consumer information 9
Index 10
0 Illustrated table of contents
Air bags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2 Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6
Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8
Exterior rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4 Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9
Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5
AIR BAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILD
RESTRAINTS
1. Supplemental front-impact air bags

(P. 1-47)
2. Occupant classification sensor
(weight sensor) (P. 1-47)
3. Seat belts (P. 1-13)
4. Head restraints/headrests (P. 1-9)
5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag (P. 1-47)
6. Rear seat center seat belt (located on
ceiling) (P. 1-13)
7. Rear seat outboard seat top tether
strap anchor (located on bottom of
seatback) (P. 1-25)
8. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren) system (P. 1-25)
9. Folding rear bench seat (P. 1-2)
10. Front seat-mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag (P. 1-47)
11. Seat belt with pretensioner (P. 1-47)
12. Seats (P. 1-2)
13. Driver supplemental knee air bag
(P. 1-47)
Refer to the page number indicated in pa-
rentheses for operating details.
LII2269
0-2 Illustrated table of contents

EXTERIOR FRONT
1. Front view camera (if so equipped)

(P. 4-12)
2. Engine hood (P. 3-22)
3. Windshield wiper and washer switch,
wiper blades (P. 2-27,8-19)
4. Windshield (P. 8-19)
5. Rearview mirror (P. 3-33)
6. Power windows (P. 2-45)
7. Door locks, NISSAN Intelligent Key®,
keys (P. 3-4, 3-2)
8. Mirrors (P. 3-33)
9. Side view camera (if so equipped)
(P. 4-12)
10. Tire pressure (P. 8-29)
11. Flat tire (P. 6-3)
12. Tire chains (P. 8-36)
13. Fog light switch (if so equipped)
(P. 2-30)
14. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-27)
15. Headlight and turn signal switch
(P. 2-30)
LII2225
Illustrated table of contents 0-3

EXTERIOR REAR
1. Antenna (P. 4-29)

2. Rear window wiper and washer switch
(P. 2-29)
3. Liftgate release (P. 3-22)
4. Rearview camera (P. 4-2)
5. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-27)
6. Fuel-filler door (P. 3-27)
7. Fuel-filler cap, fuel recommendation
(P. 3-27, P. 9-2 )
8. Child safety rear door lock (P. 3-4)
LII2222

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
1. Glove box (P. 2-40)

2. Console box (P. 2-40)
3. Map lights (P. 2-51)
4. Power moonroof (if so equipped)
(P. 2-48)
5. Luggage hooks (P. 2-40)
6. Center armrest (rear seats) (P. 1-2)
7. Sun visors (P. 3-31)
8. Seats (P. 1-2)
9. Cup holders (P. 2-40)
LII2223

INSTRUMENT PANEL
1. Vent (P. 4-25)

2. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/turn
signal switch (P. 2-30)
3. Supplemental front-impact air bag
(P. 1-47)
4. Meters, gauges, warning/indicator
lights and Vehicle Information Display
(P. 2-3, P. 2-7, P. 2-14)
5. Windshield wiper/washer switch and
rear window wiper/washer switch
(P. 2-27)
6. Vent (P. 4-25)
7. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)
8. Radio (P. 4-38)
9. Front passenger supplemental air bag
(P. 2-25)
10. Vent (P. 4-25)
11. Glove box (P. 2-43)
12. Front passenger air bag warning status
light (P. 1-47)
13. Power outlet (P. 2-39)
14. Heater and air conditioning controls
(P. 4-26)
15. Shift lever (P. 5-16)
16. Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-10)
LIC2999

17. Cruise control main/Intelligent Cruise
Control (ICC) (if so equipped) set
switches (P. 5-31)
(P. 1-47)
19. Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System/
Audio control switches (P. 4-29)
20. Hood release (P. 3-22)/Fuel door
release (P. 3-27)
21. Fuse box (P. 8-22)
22. Power liftgate main switch
(if so equipped) (P. 3-23)
Heated steering wheel switch
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF
switch (P. 2-38)
23. Instrument brightness control
(P. 2-30)/Twin trip odometer reset
switch (P. 2-3)
*: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-
er’s Manual (if so equipped).

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK
LOCATIONS
VQ35DE engine
1. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-7)
2. Drive belt location (P. 8-17)
3. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-9)
4. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-9)
5. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-14)
6. Air cleaner (P. 8-18)
7. Fuse box (P. 8-22)
8. Fuse box/Fusible links (P. 8-22)
9. Battery (P. 8-15)
10. Radiator cap (P. 8-7)
11. Power steering fluid reservoir (P. 8-13)
12. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir
(P. 8-14)
Engine cover removed for clarity.
LDI2633

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS
Warning Name Page Warning Name Page Indicator Name Page

light light light
Anti-lock Braking 2-8 Low windshield 2-10 High beam indicator 2-12
System (ABS) warn- washer fluid warning light (blue)
or ing light light
Malfunction Indica- 2-12
Master warning light 2-11 tor Light (MIL)
Brake warning light 2-8 Security indicator 2-13

Power steering 2-11 light
or warning light
Side light and head- 2-13
Seat belt warning 2-11 light indicator light
light and chime (green)
Charge warning 2-8
Supplemental air 2-12 Slip indicator light 2-13
light
bag warning light
Engine oil pressure 2-9
warning light Indicator Name Page Turn signal/hazard 2-13
light indicator lights
Forward emergency 2-9
Front fog light indi- 2-12 Vehicle Dynamic 2-14
braking system
cator light (if so Control (VDC) off
warning light (if so
equipped) indicator light
equipped)
Front passenger air 2-12
Low tire pressure 2-9
bag status light
warning light

MEMO

1 Safety—Seats, seat belts and
supplemental restraint system
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

Front manual seat adjustment Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Infants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Front power seat adjustment Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Rear bench seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Flexible seating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Head restraints/Headrests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 CHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Adjustable head restraint/headrest Rear-facing child restraint installation using
components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Rear-facing child restraint installation using
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Forward-facing child restraint installation
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 using LATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 Forward-facing child restraint installation
Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39
Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43
Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Supplemental restraint system (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Precautions on SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-65
Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-65
SEATS
● Do not adjust the driver’s seat while

driving so full attention may be given to
vehicle operation. The seat may move
suddenly and could cause loss of con-
trol of the vehicle.
● The seatback should not be reclined
any more than needed for comfort. Seat
belts are most effective when the pas-
senger sits well back and straight up in
the seat. If the seatback is reclined, the
risk of sliding under the lap belt and
being injured is increased.
ARS1152 CAUTION
WARNING ● For the most effective protection when When adjusting the seat positions, be
the vehicle is in motion, the seat should sure not to contact any moving parts to
● Do not ride in a moving vehicle when avoid possible injuries and/or damage.
be upright. Always sit well back in the
the seatback is reclined. This can be
seat with both feet on the floor and FRONT MANUAL SEAT
dangerous. The shoulder belt will not
adjust the seat properly. For additional
be against your body. In an accident,
information, refer to “Precautions on ADJUSTMENT (if so equipped)
you could be thrown into it and receive Your vehicle seats can be adjusted manually. For
seat belt usage” in this section.
neck or other serious injuries. You additional information about adjusting the seats,
could also slide under the lap belt and ● After adjustment, gently rock in the seat refer to the steps outlined in this section.
receive serious internal injuries. to make sure it is securely locked.
● Do not leave children unattended inside
the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-
tivate switches or controls. Unattended
children could become involved in seri-
ous accidents.
1-2 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

LRS2160 LRS2161 LRS2202
Forward and backward Reclining Seat lifter (driver’s seat)
Pull the center of the bar up and hold it while you To recline the seatback, pull the lever up and lean Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust
slide the seat forward or backward to the desired back. To bring the seatback forward, pull the lever the seat height until the desired position is
position. Release the bar to lock the seat in up and lean your body forward. Release the lever achieved.
position. to lock the seatback in position.
The reclining feature allows adjustment of the
seatback for occupants of different sizes for
added comfort and to help obtain proper seat
belt fit. For additional information, refer to “Pre-
cautions on seat belt usage” in this section. Also,
the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants
to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift
lever is in the P (Park) position.
Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

The reclining feature allows adjustment of the
seatback for occupants of different sizes for
added comfort and to help obtain proper seat
belt fit. For additional information, refer to “Pre-
cautions on seat belt usage” in this section. Also,
the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants
to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift
lever is in P (Park).
LRS2130
FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT ● Do not operate the power seat switch for a
(if so equipped) long period of time when the engine is off.
This will discharge the battery.
Operating tips
Forward and backward
● The power seat motor has an auto-reset
Moving the switch forward or backward will slide
overload protection circuit. If the motor
the seat forward or backward to the desired
stops during operation, wait 30 seconds
position.
then reactivate the switch.
Reclining
Move the recline switch backward until the de-
sired angle is obtained. To bring the seatback
forward again, move the switch forward and
move your body forward. The seatback will move
forward.
LRS2636 LRS2270 LRS2570
Seat lifter (driver’s seat) Lumbar support (driver’s seat) Outboard seats
Push the front or rear end of the switch up or The lumbar support feature provides adjustable
REAR BENCH SEAT ADJUSTMENT
down to adjust the angle and height of the seat lower back support to the driver. Push the front or
cushion. back end of the switch to adjust the seat lumbar
area.

WARNING
● After adjustment, check to be sure the
seat is securely locked.
● Do not ride in a moving vehicle when
the seatback is reclined. This can be
you could be thrown into it and receive
neck or other serious injuries. You
could also slide under the lap belt and
receive serious internal injuries.
● For the most effective protection when
LRS2635 the vehicle is in motion, the seat should LRS2588
be upright. Always sit well back in the
Reclining seat with both feet on the floor and ARMRESTS
Pull the reclining strap 䊊
A and position the seat- adjust the seat belt properly. For addi- The rear bench center armrest is locked in the up
tional information, refer to “Precau-
back at the desired angle. Release the reclining position. To lower the armrest, pull the armrest
tions on seat belt usage” in this section.
strap after positioning the seat at the desired down.
angle.
To return the armrest to the up position, push up
The reclining feature allows adjustment of the on the armrest until it is in the full up position.
seatback for occupants of different sizes to help
obtain proper seat belt fit. For additional informa-
tion, refer to “Precautions on the seat belt usage”
in this section. The seatback may also be reclined
to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is
parked.

FLEXIBLE SEATING ● Head restraints/headrests should be
adjusted properly as they may provide
WARNING significant protection against injury in
● Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo an accident. Always replace and adjust
area or on the rear seats when they are them properly if they have been re-
in the fold-down position. In a collision, moved for any reason.
people riding in these areas without ● If the head restraints/headrests are re-
proper restraints are more likely to be moved for any reason, they should be
seriously injured or killed. securely stored to prevent them from
● Do not allow people to ride in any area causing injury to passengers or damage
of your vehicle that is not equipped with to the vehicle in case of sudden braking
seats and seat belts. Be sure everyone or an accident.
in your vehicle is in a seat and using a ● When returning rear row seatbacks to
seat belt properly. the upright position, either by manual LRS2589
● Do not allow more than one person to operation or power operation (if so Folding the rear bench seat
use the same seat belt. equipped), the operator should always
verify that the back is locked in the Before folding the rear seats:
● Do not fold down the rear seats when upright position by gently rocking the ● Disconnect and secure the center seat belt
occupants are in the rear seat area or seatback before allowing passengers and tongue into the retractor base. For ad-
any luggage is on the rear seats. to occupy the rear seats. If they are not ditional information, refer to “Stowing the
– Make sure that the seat path is clear completely secured, passengers may be rear center seat belt” in this section.
before moving the seat. injured in an accident or sudden stop.
● Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hooks
– Be careful not to allow hands or feet ● Properly secure all cargo to help pre-
on the side wall. For additional information,
to get caught or pinched in the seat. vent it from sliding or shifting. Do not
refer to “Seat belt hooks” in this section.
place cargo higher than the seatbacks.
In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured ● Remove drink containers from the rear cup
cargo could cause personal injury. holder.

LRS2590 LRS2591 LRS2659
To fold down the seatbacks: To return the seatbacks: 䊊
A Instrument panel switch
1. Pull the strap on the rear seat. Manual operation: 䊊
B Cargo area switch
or 1. Lift up each seatback and push it to the Power operation (if so equipped):
upright position until it is latched.
2. Pull the lever beside the cargo area and fold 1. Push and hold the corresponding switch
the seat back. 2. Always reconnect the center seat belt when located on the lower side of the instrument
the seat is returned to the upright position. panel or the right or left side in the cargo
area.
A beep sounds once and the seatback will be
returned automatically.
A beep sounds twice when the seatback is fully
returned to the seating position.

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS
If the control unit detects any obstacle or mal- ● If the rear center seat belt connector WARNING
functions while in the power operation, a beep and the seatbacks are not secured in
sounds for 4 seconds and the seatback will re- Head restraints/headrests supplement
the correct position, serious personal
turn to the folded position automatically. Check if the other vehicle safety systems. They may
injury may result in an accident or sud-
there are any obstacles caught that prevent seats provide additional protection against in-
den stop.
from returning to the folded position. See a jury in certain rear end collisions. Adjust-
NISSAN dealer if the beep still sounds. able head restraints/headrests must be
adjusted properly, as specified in this sec-
tion. Check the adjustment after someone
CAUTION
else uses the seat. Do not attach anything
When operating the rear power seatback to the head restraint/headrest stalks or
return, make sure that the vehicle is remove the head restraint/headrest. Do
stopped and the transmission is in the P not use the seat if the head
(Park) position. restraint/headrest has been removed. If
the head restraint/headrest was removed,
WARNING reinstall and properly adjust the head
restraint/headrest before an occupant
● When returning the seatbacks, be sure uses the seating position. Failure to fol-
to attach the rear center seat belt low these instructions can reduce the ef-
connector. fectiveness of the head
● Do not unfasten the rear center seat restraints/headrests. This may increase
belt connector except when folding the risk of serious injury or death in a
down the rear seat. collision.
● When attaching the rear center seat belt
connector, be certain that the seat-
backs are completely secured in the
latched position and the rear center
seat belt connector is completely
secured.

● Adjustable head restraints/headrests have
multiple notches along the stalk(s) to lock
them in a desired adjustment position.
● Proper Adjustment:
– For the adjustable type, align the head
restraint/headrest so the center of your
ear is approximately level with the center
of the head restraint/headrest.
– If your ear position is still higher than the
recommended alignment, place the head
restraint/headrest at the highest position.
● If the head restraint/headrest has been re-
LRS2403 moved, ensure that it is reinstalled and LRS2300
locked in place before riding in that desig-
The illustration shows the seating positions
nated seating position.
ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/
equipped with head restraints/headrests. HEADREST COMPONENTS
䉱 Indicates the seating position is equipped with 1. Removable head restraint/headrest
a head restraint.
2. Multiple notches
䡲 Indicates the seating position is equipped with
a headrest. 3. Lock knob
+ Indicates the seating position is not equipped 4. Stalks

with a head restraint or headrest (if applicable).
● Your vehicle is equipped with a head
restraint/headrest that may be integrated,
adjustable or non-adjustable.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head
restraint/headrest before an occupant uses
the seating position.
LRS2302 LRS2303
REMOVE INSTALL
Use the following procedure to remove the head 1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks with
restraint/headrest: the holes in the seat. Make sure that the
head restraint/headrest is facing the correct
1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to the direction. The stalk with the notch (notches)
highest position. 䊊1 must be installed in the hole with the lock
2. Push and hold the lock knob. knob 䊊 2 .
3. Remove the head restraint/headrest from 2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the
head restraint/headrest down.
the seat.
3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrest
4. Store the head restraint/headrest properly in
before an occupant uses the seating posi-
a secure place so it is not loose in the tion.
vehicle.

WRS0134 LRS2305 LRS2306
ADJUST Raise Lower
For adjustable head restraint/headrest To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull it up. To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push
the head restraint/headrest down.
Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the center Make sure the head restraint/headrest is posi-
is level with the center of your ears. If your ear tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch Make sure the head restraint/headrest is posi-
position is still higher than the recommended before riding in that designated seating position. tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch
alignment, place the head restraint/headrest at before riding in that designated seating position.
the highest position.

SEAT BELTS
SSS0136
PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT
USAGE
If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad-
justed and you are sitting upright and well back in
your seat with both feet on the floor, your chances
of being injured or killed in a collision and/or the
severity of injury may be greatly reduced.
NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your
passengers to buckle up every time you drive,
even if your seating position includes a supple-
mental air bag.
Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories specify that seat belts be worn at
all times when a vehicle is being driven.

SSS0134 SSS0016
WARNING WARNING
● Every person who drives or rides in this ● The seat belt should be properly ad-
vehicle should use a seat belt at all justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so may
times. Children should be properly re- reduce the effectiveness of the entire
strained in the rear seat and, if appro- restraint system and increase the
priate, in a child restraint. chance or severity of injury in an acci-
dent. Serious injury or death can occur if
the seat belt is not worn properly.

● Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely ● Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti-
fastened to the proper buckle. vated, it cannot be reused and must be
replaced together with the retractor.
● Do not wear the seat belt inside out or
See your NISSAN dealer.
twisted. Doing so may reduce its
effectiveness. ● Removal and installation of preten-
sioner system components should be
● Do not allow more than one person to
done by a NISSAN dealer.
use the same seat belt.
● All seat belt assemblies, including re-
● Never carry more people in the vehicle
tractors and attaching hardware, should
than there are seat belts.
be inspected after any collision by a
● If the seat belt warning light glows con- NISSAN dealer. NISSAN recommends
tinuously while the ignition is turned that all seat belt assemblies in use dur-
ON with all doors closed and all seat ing a collision be replaced unless the
SSS0014 belts fastened, it may indicate a mal- collision was minor and the belts show
function in the system. Have the system no damage and continue to operate
WARNING checked by a NISSAN dealer. properly. Seat belt assemblies not in
● Always route the shoulder belt over ● No changes should be made to the seat use during a collision should also be
your shoulder and across your chest. belt system. For example, do not modify inspected and replaced if either dam-
Never put the belt behind your back, the seat belt, add material, or install age or improper operation is noted.
under your arm or across your neck. The devices that may change the seat belt ● All child restraints and attaching hard-
belt should be away from your face and routing or tension. Doing so may affect ware should be inspected after any col-
neck, but not falling off your shoulder. the operation of the seat belt system. lision. Always follow the restraint
● Position the lap belt as low and snug as Modifying or tampering with the seat manufacturer’s inspection instructions
possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THE belt system may result in serious per- and replacement recommendations.
WAIST. A lap belt worn too high could sonal injury. The child restraints should be replaced
increase the risk of internal injuries in if they are damaged.
an accident.

PREGNANT WOMEN ● Do not ride in a moving vehicle when
NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use the seatback is reclined. This can be
seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug and
always position the lap belt as low as possible
you could be thrown into it and receive
around the hips, not the waist. Place the shoulder neck or other serious injuries. You
belt over your shoulder and across your chest. could also slide under the lap belt and
Never run the lap/shoulder belt over your ab- receive serious internal injuries.
dominal area. Contact your doctor for specific
recommendations. ● For the most effective protection when
the vehicle is in motion, the seat should
INJURED PERSONS be upright. Always sit well back in the
seat with both feet on the floor and
NISSAN recommends that injured persons use adjust the seat belt properly.
seat belts. Check with your doctor for specific
LRS0786
recommendations. ● Do not allow children to play with the
SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT seat belts. Most seating positions are
THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT equipped with Automatic Locking Re-
Both the driver’s and passenger’s front seats are WITH RETRACTOR tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat
equipped with a seat belt warning light. The belt becomes wrapped around a child’s
warning light, located on the instrument panel, WARNING neck with the ALR mode activated, the
will show the status of the driver and passenger child can be seriously injured or killed if
seat belt. ● Every person who drives or rides in this the seat belt retracts and becomes
vehicle should use a seat belt at all tight. This can occur even if the vehicle
NOTE: times. is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to
release the child. If the seat belt cannot
The front passenger seat belt warning light be unbuckled or is already unbuckled,
will not light up if the seat is not occupied. release the child by cutting the seat belt
For additional information, refer to with a suitable tool (such as a knife or
“Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders” scissors) to release the seat belt.
in the “Instruments and controls” section of this
manual.
LRS2160 LRS2593 WRS0137
Manual front seat shown Power front seat shown 2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor
Fastening the seat belts and insert the tongue into the buckle 䊊2 until
you hear and feel the latch engage.
1. Adjust the seat. For additional information,
refer to “Seats” in this section. ● The retractor is designed to lock dur-
ing a sudden stop or on impact. A
slow pulling motion permits the seat
belt to move and allows you some
freedom of movement in the seat.
● If the seat belt cannot be pulled from
its fully retracted position, firmly pull
the belt and release it. Then
smoothly pull the belt out of the re-
tractor.

The ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and
retract to allow the driver and passengers some
freedom of movement in the seat. The ELR locks
the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly
or during certain impacts.
The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locks the
seat belt for child restraint installation.
When the ALR mode is activated, the seat belt
cannot be extended again until the seat belt
tongue is detached from the buckle and fully
retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode
after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional
information, refer to “Child restraints” in this sec-
WRS0138 tion. WRS0139
3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug The ALR mode should be used only for Unfastening the seat belts
on the hips 䊊 3 as shown. child restraint installation. During normal
4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR mode 䊊
1 To unfasten the seat belt, press the button on
the buckle. The seat belt automatically re-
retractor to take up extra slack 䊊
4 . Be sure should not be activated. If it is activated, it
tracts.
the shoulder belt is routed over your shoul- may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten-
der and across your chest. sion. Checking seat belt operation
The front passenger seat and the rear seating WARNING Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt
positions three-point seat belts have two modes movement by two separate methods:
of operation: When fastening the seat belts, be certain
that the seatbacks are completely secured ● When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the
● Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) in the latched position. If they are not retractor
● Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) completely secured, passengers may be ● When the vehicle slows down rapidly
injured in an accident or sudden stop.

To increase your confidence in the seat belts,
check the operation as follows:
● Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward
quickly. The retractor should lock and re-
strict further belt movement.
If the retractor does not lock during this check or
if you have any questions about seat belt opera-
tion, see a NISSAN dealer.
LRS2529 SSS0241
Rear center seat belt WARNING
The rear center seat belt has a connector tongue ● Always fasten the connector tongue
䊊1 and a seat belt tongue 䊊2 . Both the connector and the seat belt in the order shown.
tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely
latched for proper seat belt operation. ● Always make sure both the connector
tongue and the seat belt tongue are
secured when using the seat belt or
installing a child restraint. Do not use
the seat belt or child restraint with only
the seat belt tongue attached. This
could result in serious personal injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop.

Stowing the rear center seat belt ● If the rear center seat belt connector
When folding down the rear seat, the rear center and the seatbacks are not secured in
seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position the correct position, serious personal
as follows: injury may result in an accident or sud-
den stop.
1. Hold the connector tongue 䊊 1 so that the
seat belt does not retract suddenly when the
tongue is released from the connector
buckle. Release the connector tongue by
inserting a suitable tool such as a key 䊊
A into
the connector buckle.
2. Insert the seat belt tongue into the retractor
base first 䊊2 .
3. Then secure the connector tongue into the

retractor base 䊊
3 .
WARNING
● Do not unfasten the rear center seat
belt connector except when folding
down the rear seat.
● When attaching the rear center seat belt
connector, be certain that the seat-
backs are completely secured in the
seat belt connector is completely
secured.
LRS2660

Attaching the center seat belt
WARNING
Always be sure the center seat belt connector ● Do not unfasten the rear center seat
tongue and connector buckle are attached. Dis- belt connector except when folding
connect only when folding down the rear seat. down the rear seat.
To connect the buckle: ● When attaching the rear center seat belt
1. Pull out the connector tongue from the re- connector, be certain that the seat-
tractor base 䊊1 . backs are completely secured in the
2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from the retrac- seat belt connector is completely
tor base 䊊 2 .
secured.
3. Pull the seat belt and secure the connector ● If the rear center seat belt connector
buckle until it clicks 䊊
3 . and the seatbacks are not secured in
The center seat belt connector tongue can be the correct position, serious personal
attached only into the rear center seat belt con- injury may result in an accident or sud-
nector buckle. den stop.
To fasten the seat belt, refer to ⬙Fastening the

seat belts⬙ in this section.
LRS2661

WARNING
● After adjustment, release the adjust-
ment button and try to move the shoul-
der belt anchor up and down to make
sure it is securely fixed in position.
● The shoulder belt anchor height should
be adjusted to the position best for you.
Failure to do so may reduce the effec-
tiveness of the entire restraint system
and increase the chance or severity of
injury in an accident.
LRS0242 LRS2616
Shoulder belt height adjustment (front Seat belt hooks

seats) When the seat belt is not in use and when folding
The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad- down the rear seats, hook the rear seat belts on
justed to the position best for you. For additional the seat belt hooks.
information, refer to “Precautions on seat belt
usage” in this section. To adjust, pull out the
adjustment button 䊊 1 and move the shoulder belt
anchor to the desired position 䊊 2 , so the belt
passes over the center of the shoulder. The belt
should be away from your face and neck, but not
falling off your shoulder. Release the adjustment
button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into posi-
tion.

CHILD SAFETY
SEAT BELT EXTENDERS SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE WARNING

If, because of body size or driving position, it is ● To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a Do not allow children to play with the seat
not possible to properly fit the lap/shoulder belt mild soap solution or any solution recom- belts. Most seating positions are
and fasten it, an extender that is compatible with mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. equipped with Automatic Locking Retrac-
the installed seat belts is available for purchase. Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat tor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt
The extender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the becomes wrapped around a child’s neck
of length and is available for the: seat belts to retract until they are completely with the ALR mode activated, the child can
dry. be seriously injured or killed if the seat
● Driver and front passenger seating positions
● If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt belt retracts and becomes tight. This can
See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur- occur even if the vehicle is parked. Un-
guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat
chasing an extender if an extender is required. buckle the seat belt to release the child. If
belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder
belt guide with a clean, dry cloth. the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is
WARNING already unbuckled, release the child by
● Periodically check to see that the seat cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool
● Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, made belt and the metal components, such as
by the same company which made the (such as a knife or scissors) to release the
buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires seat belt.
original equipment seat belts, should and anchors, work properly. If loose parts,
be used with NISSAN seat belts. deterioration, cuts or other damage on the Children need adults to help protect them.
● Adults and children who can use the webbing is found, the entire seat belt as- They need to be properly restrained.
standard seat belt should not use an sembly should be replaced. In addition to the general information in this
extender. Such unnecessary use could manual, child safety information is available from
result in serious personal injury in the many other sources, including doctors, teachers,
event of an accident. government traffic safety offices, and community
● Never use seat belt extenders to install organizations. Every child is different, so be sure
child restraints. If the child restraint is to learn the best way to transport your child.
not secured properly, the child could be
seriously injured in a collision or a sud-
den stop.

There are three basic types of child restraint A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by SMALL CHILDREN
systems: using either the LATCH (Lower Anchors and
Tethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicle Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at
● Rear-facing child restraints seat belt. For additional information, refer to least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing
● Forward-facing child restraints “Child restraints” in this section. child restraint as long as possible up to the height
or weight limit of the child restraint. Children who
● Booster seats NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens
outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear-
and children be restrained in the rear seat.
The proper restraint depends on the child’s size. facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old
Studies show that children are safer when
Generally, infants up to about 1 year and less properly restrained in the rear seat than in should be secured in a forward-facing child re-
than 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rear-facing the front seat. straint with a harness. Refer to the manufactur-
child restraints. Forward-facing child restraints er’s instructions for minimum and maximum
are available for children who outgrow rear- This is especially important because your weight and height recommendations. NISSAN
facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old. vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys- recommends that small children be placed in
Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle tem (air bag system) for the front passen- child restraints that comply with Federal Motor
lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no longer ger. For additional information, refer to Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve-
use a forward-facing child restraint. “Supplemental restraint system (SRS)” in hicle Safety Standards. You should choose a
this section.
child restraint that fits your vehicle and always
WARNING INFANTS follow the manufacturer’s instructions for instal-
Infants and children need special protec- lation and use.
Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed
tion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit
them properly. The shoulder belt may
in a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recom- LARGER CHILDREN
mends that infants be placed in child restraints
come too close to the face or neck. The lap Children should remain in a forward-facing child
that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
belt may not fit over their small hip bones. restraint with a harness until they reach the maxi-
Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
In an accident, an improperly fitting seat mum height or weight limit allowed by the child
Standards. You should choose a child restraint
belt could cause serious or fatal injury. restraint manufacturer.
that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu-
Always use appropriate child restraints.
facturer’s instructions for installation and use. Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territo- of the harness-equipped forward-facing child re-
ries require the use of approved child restraints straint, NISSAN recommends that the child be
for infants and small children. For additional infor- placed in a commercially available booster seat to
mation, refer to “Child restraints” in this section. obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit
CHILD RESTRAINTS
properly, the booster seat should raise the child

so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned
across the chest and the top, middle portion of
the shoulder. The shoulder belt should not cross
the neck or face and should not fall off the shoul-
der. The lap belt should lie snugly across the
lower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen. A
booster seat can only be used in seating posi-
tions that have a three-point type seat belt. The
booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have
a label certifying that it complies with Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo-
tor Vehicle Safety Standards. Once the child has
grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near
the face and neck and the lap belt can be posi- ARS1098 WRS0256
tioned properly across the lower hips or upper
thighs, use the seat belt without the booster seat. PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD WARNING
RESTRAINTS
● Failure to follow the warnings and in-
WARNING structions for proper use and installa-
Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat tion of child restraints could result in
and do not allow a child in the cargo area. serious injury or death of a child or
The child could be seriously injured or other passengers in a sudden stop or
killed in a sudden stop or collision. collision:
– The child restraint must be used and
installed properly. Always follow all
of the child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions for installation and use.

– Infants and children should never be – Child restraint anchorages are de- CAUTION
held on anyone’s lap. Even the stron- signed to withstand only those loads
gest adult cannot resist the forces of A child restraint in a closed vehicle can
imposed by correctly fitted child re-
a collision. become very hot. Check the seating sur-
straints. Under no circumstances are
face and buckles before placing a child in
they to be used to attach adult seat
– Do not put a seat belt around both a the child restraint.
belts, or other items or equipment to
child and another passenger.
the vehicle. Doing so could damage This vehicle is equipped with a universal child
– NISSAN recommends that all child the child restraint anchorages. The restraint anchor system, referred to as the LATCH
restraints be installed in the rear child restraint will not be properly (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) sys-
seat. Studies show that children are installed using the damaged anchor- tem. Some child restraints include rigid or
safer when properly restrained in the age, and a child could be seriously
webbing-mounted attachments that can be con-
rear seat than in the front seat. If you injured or killed in a collision.
must install a forward-facing child nected to these anchors. For additional informa-
– Never use the anchor points for adult tion, refer to “LATCH (Lower Anchors and Teth-
restraint in the front seat, refer to
seat belts or harnesses. ers for CHildren) system” in this section.
“Forward-facing child restraint in-
stallation using the seat belts” in this – A child restraint with a top tether If you do not have a LATCH compatible child
section. strap should not be used in the front restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.
passenger seat.
– Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Several manufacturers offer child restraints for
Bag System, never install a rear- – Keep seatbacks as upright as pos-
infants and children of various sizes. When se-
facing child restraint in the front seat. sible after fitting the child restraint.
lecting any child restraint, keep the following
An inflating air bag could seriously
– Infants and children should always points in mind:
injure or kill a child. A rear-facing
be placed in an appropriate child re-
child restraint must only be used in
straint while in the vehicle. ● Choose only a restraint with a label certifying
the rear seat. that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle
● When the child restraint is not in use, Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor
– Be sure to purchase a child restraint
keep it secured with the LATCH system Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
that will fit the child and vehicle.
or a seat belt. In a sudden stop or colli-
Some child restraints may not fit ● Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be
sion, loose objects can injure occupants
properly in your vehicle.
or damage the vehicle. sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat
and seat belt system.

● If the child restraint is compatible with your child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint
vehicle, place your child in the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for installation.
and check the various adjustments to be
sure the child restraint is compatible with The LATCH lower anchor points are provided to
your child. Choose a child restraint that is install child restraints in the following positions
designed for your child’s height and weight. only:
Always follow all recommended procedures. ● Rear bench seat – outboard seating posi-
● If the combined weight of the child and child tions
restraint is less than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), you
may use either the LATCH anchors or the LATCH lower anchor
seat belt to install the child restraint (not both
at the same time). WARNING
● If the combined weight of the child and child Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-
restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use LRS2594 tions for proper use and installation of
the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower an- child restraints could result in serious in-
LATCH system lower anchor locations - jury or death of a child or other passen-
chors) to install the child restraint. bench seat gers in a sudden stop or collision:
● Be sure to follow the child restraint manufac- LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers
turer’s instructions for installation. – Attach LATCH system compatible
for CHildren) SYSTEM child restraints only at the locations
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor shown in the illustration.
territories require that infants and small points that are used with LATCH system compat-
children be restrained in an approved child – Do not secure a child restraint in the
ible child restraints. This system may also be rear bench center position using the
restraint at all times while the vehicle is referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible
being operated. Canadian law requires the LATCH system anchors. The child re-
system. With this system, you do not have to use straint will not be secured properly.
top tether strap on forward-facing child re- a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint
straints be secured to the designated an- unless the combined weight of the child and child
chor point on the vehicle. restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the com-
bined weight of the child and child restraint is
greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s
seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the
– Inspect the lower anchors by insert-
ing your fingers into the lower anchor
area. Feel to make sure there are no
obstructions over the anchors such
as seat belt webbing or seat cushion
material. The child restraint will not
be secured properly if the lower an-
chors are obstructed.
– Child restraint anchorages are de-
signed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly fitted child re-
straints. Under no circumstances are
they to be used to attach adult seat
belts, or other items or equipment to WRS0700 LRS2595
the vehicle. Doing so could damage
LATCH lower anchor location LATCH label locations rear bench
the child restraint anchorages. The
child restraint will not be properly LATCH lower anchor location
installed using the damaged anchor- The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear
ages, and a child could be seriously of the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is
injured or killed in a collision. attached to the seatback to help you locate the
LATCH lower anchors.

Top tether anchor
WARNING
● Do not allow cargo to contact the top
tether strap when it is attached to the
top tether anchor. Properly secure the
cargo so it does not contact the top
tether strap. Cargo that is not properly
secured or cargo that contacts the top
tether strap may damage it during a
collision. A child could be seriously in-
jured or killed in a collision if the top
tether strap is damaged.
LRS0661 LRS0662 ● Child restraint anchorages are de-
LATCH webbing-mounted attachment LATCH rigid-mounted attachment signed to withstand only those loads
Installing child restraint LATCH lower When installing a child restraint, carefully read imposed by correctly fitted child re-
and follow the instructions in this manual and straints. Under no circumstances are
anchor attachments they to be used to attach adult seat
those supplied with the child restraint.
LATCH compatible child restraints include two belts, or other items or equipment to
rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can the vehicle. Doing so could damage the
be connected to two anchors located at certain child restraint anchorages. The child re-
straint will not be properly installed us-
seating positions in your vehicle. With this sys-
ing the damaged anchorages, and a
tem, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to
child could be seriously injured or killed
secure the child restraint. Check your child re- in a collision.
straint for a label stating that it is compatible with
LATCH. This information may also be in the in-
structions provided by the child restraint manu-
facturer.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT
INSTALLATION USING LATCH
For additional information, refer to all Warnings
and Cautions in the “Child Safety” and “Child
Restraint” sections of this manual before install-
ing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined
weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds
65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the
child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs
(29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the
lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be
sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s
LRS2596 WRS0801
instructions for installation.
Rear bench seat Rear-facing webbing-mounted – step 2
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child
䊊
1 Top tether strap
restraint in the rear bench seats using the LATCH
2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-
ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check
䊊
2 Anchor point system:
to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop-
Top tether anchor point locations 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Al- erly attached to the lower anchors.
ways follow the child restraint manufactur-
Anchor points are located in the following loca- er’s instructions.
tions:
● Rear bench seat on the back side of the
seatback in the seating positions shown.
If you have any questions when installing a top
tether strap, consult your NISSAN dealer for de-
tails.

WRS0802 LRS0673 LRS0674
Rear-facing rigid-mounted – step 2 Rear-facing – step 3 Rear-facing – step 4
3. For child restraints that are equipped with 4. After attaching the child restraint, test it be-
webbing-mounted attachments, remove any fore you place the child in it. Push it from side
additional slack from the anchor attach- to side while holding the child restraint near
ments. Press downward and rearward firmly the LATCH attachment path. The child re-
in the center of the child restraint with your straint should not move more than 1 inch
hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it
and seatback while tightening the webbing forward and check to see if the LATCH at-
of the anchor attachments. tachment holds the restraint in place. If the
restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH
attachment as necessary, or put the restraint
in another seat and test it again. You may
need to try a different child restraint or try
installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if
applicable). Not all child restraints fit in all
types of vehicles.
5. Check to make sure the child restraint is
WARNING
properly secured prior to each use. If the
child restraint is loose, repeat steps 2 The three-point seat belt with Automatic
through 4. Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used
when installing a child restraint. Failure to
use the ALR mode will result in the child
restraint not being properly secured. The
restraint could tip over or be loose and
cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or
collision. Also, it can change the operation
of the front passenger air bag. For addi-
tional information, refer to “Supplemental
air bag warning light” in this section.
WRS0256
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT

INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT
BELTS

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child
restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear
seats:
1. Child restraints for infants must be
used in the rear-facing direction and
therefore must not be used in the front
seat. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manufactur-
er’s instructions.
WRS0256 WRS0761
Rear-facing – step 1 Rear-facing – step 2
For additional information, refer to all Warnings 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child
and Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you
restraints” sections of this manual before install- hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to
ing a child restraint. follow the child restraint manufacturer’s in-
structions for belt routing.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined
weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds
65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the
child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs
(29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the

LRS2395 LRS2396 WRS0762
Rear-facing – step 3 Rear-facing – step 4 Rear-facing – step 5
3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the 5. Remove any additional slack from the seat
extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. belt; press downward and rearward firmly in
is in the ALR mode (child restraint mode). It the center of the child restraint to compress
reverts to the ELR mode when the seat belt the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while
is fully retracted. pulling up on the seat belt.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is Follow these steps to install a forward-facing
properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint in the rear bench seats using the
seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1 LATCH system:
through 6.
1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Al-
After the child restraint is removed and the seat ways follow the child restraint manufactur-
belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint er’s instructions.
mode) is canceled.
FORWARD-FACING CHILD
RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
LATCH
For additional information, refer to all Warnings
LRS2397 Restraints” sections of this manual before install-
Rear-facing – step 6 ing a child restraint.
6. After attaching the child restraint, test it be- Do not use the lower anchors if the combined
fore you place the child in it. Push it from side weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds
to side while holding the child restraint near 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the
the seat belt path. The child restraint should child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs
not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the
side to side. Try to tug it forward and check lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be
to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s
If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat instructions for installation.
belt as necessary, or put the restraint in
another seat and test it again. You may need
to try a different child restraint. Not all child
restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint/headrest and it is
interfering with the proper child restraint fit,
try another seating position or a different
child restraint.
LRS2398 LRS2399
Forward-facing webbing-mounted – step 2 Forward-facing rigid-mounted – step 2
2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach- 3. The back of the child restraint should be
ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check secured against the vehicle seatback.
to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop- If necessary, adjust or remove the head
erly attached to the lower anchors. restraint/headrest to obtain the correct child
If the child restraint is equipped with a top restraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest is
tether strap, route the top tether strap and removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure
secure the tether strap to the tether anchor to reinstall the head restraint/headrest
point. For additional information, refer to “In- when the child restraint is removed. For
additional information, refer to “Head
stalling top tether strap” in this section. Do
restraints/headrests” in this section for head
not install child restraints that require the use
restraint/headrest adjustment information.
of a top tether strap in seating positions that
do not have a top tether anchor.

child restraint is loose, repeat steps 3
through 6.
LRS0671 WRS0697
Forward-facing – step 4 Forward-facing – step 6
4. For child restraints that are equipped with 6. After attaching the child restraint, test it be-
webbing-mounted attachments, remove any fore you place the child in it. Push it from side
additional slack from the anchor attach- to side while holding the child restraint near
ments. Press downward and rearward firmly the LATCH attachment path. The child re-
in the center of the child restraint with your straint should not move more than 1 inch
knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it
and seatback while tightening the webbing forward and check to see if the LATCH at-
of the anchor attachments. tachment holds the restraint in place. If the
5. Tighten the tether strap according to the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH
manufacturer’s instructions to remove any attachment as necessary, or put the restraint
slack. in another seat and test it again. You may
need to try a different child restraint. Not all
child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

Rear bench seat 2. Position the top tether strap 䊊
1 over the
seatback.
OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor
1. Remove the head restraint/headrest and
point 䊊
2 on the back side of the seatback
store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall
behind the child restraint.
the head restraint/headrest when the child
restraint is removed. For additional informa- 4. Tighten the tether strap according to the
tion, refer to “Head restraints/headrests” in manufacturer’s instructions to remove any
this section for head restraint/headrest ad- slack.
justment, removal and installation informa-
If you have any questions when installing a
tion.
top tether strap, consult your NISSAN
2. Position the top tether strap 䊊
1 over the dealer for details.
seatback.
LRS2597 WARNING
Rear bench seat
point 䊊
2 on the back side of the seatback Child restraint anchorages are designed
䊊
1 Top tether strap behind the child restraint. to withstand only those loads imposed by
䊊
2 Anchor point 4. Tighten the tether strap according to the
correctly fitted child restraints. Under no
circumstances are they to be used to at-
Installing top tether strap manufacturer’s instructions to remove any tach adult seat belts, or other items or
slack. equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could
The child restraint top tether strap must be used damage the child restraint anchorages.
when installing the child restraint with the LATCH CENTER SEATING POSITION
The child restraint will not be properly
lower anchor attachments. 1. Remove the head restraint/headrest and installed using the damaged anchorage,
First, secure the child restraint with the LATCH store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall and a child could be seriously injured or
lower anchors. the head restraint/headrest when the child killed in a collision.
restraint is removed. For additional informa-
tion, refer to “Head restraints/headrests” in
this section for head restraint/headrest ad-
tion.
FORWARD-FACING CHILD Follow these steps to install a forward-facing
RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the
rear seats or in the front passenger seat:
THE SEAT BELTS
1. If you must install a child restraint in
WARNING the front seat, it should be placed in a
forward-facing direction only. Move
The three-point seat belt with Automatic the seat to the rearmost position. Child
Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used restraints for infants must be used in
when installing a child restraint. Failure to the rear-facing direction and, there-
use the ALR mode will result in the child fore, must not be used in the front seat.
restraint not being properly secured. The
restraint could tip over or be loose and 2. Position the child restraint on the seat. Al-
cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or ways follow the child restraint manufactur-
collision. Also, it can change the operation er’s instructions.
of the front passenger air bag. For addi- WRS0699
The back of the child restraint should be
tional information, refer to “Front passen- Forward-facing (front passenger seat) – secured against the vehicle seatback.
ger air bag and status light” in this section. step 1
For additional information, refer to all Warnings If necessary, adjust or remove the head
restraint/headrest to obtain the correct child
restraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest is
Restraint” sections of this manual before install-
removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure
ing a child restraint. to reinstall the head restraint/headrest
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined when the child restraint is removed. For
weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds additional information, refer to “Head
65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the restraints/headrests” in this section for head
child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs restraint/headrest adjustment, removal and
(29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the installation information.

interfering with the proper child restraint fit,
child restraint.
WRS0680 LRS2394
Forward-facing – step 3 Forward-facing – step 4
3. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully
restraint and insert it into the buckle until you extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor
hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to is in the ALR mode (child restraint mode). It
follow the child restraint manufacturer’s in- reverts to ELR mode when the seat belt is
structions for belt routing. fully retracted.
If the child restraint is equipped with a top
tether strap, route the top tether strap and
secure the tether strap to the tether anchor
point. For additional information, refer to “In-
stalling top tether strap” in this section. Do
not install child restraints that require the use
of a top tether strap in seating positions that
do not have a top tether anchor.

LRS0668 WRS0681 WRS0698
Forward-facing – step 5 Forward-facing – step 6 Forward-facing – step 8
5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the 6. Remove any additional slack from the seat 8. After attaching the child restraint, test it be-
shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. belt; press downward and rearward firmly in fore you place the child in it. Push it from side
the center of the child restraint with your to side while holding the child restraint near
knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion the seat belt path. The child restraint should
and seatback while pulling up on the seat not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from
belt. side to side. Try to tug it forward and check
7. Tighten the tether strap according to the to see if the belt holds the restraint in place.
manufacturer’s instructions to remove any If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat
slack. belt as necessary, or put the restraint in
another seat and test it again. You may need
to try a different child restraint. Not all child
restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2
through 8.
LRS0865 LRS2597
Forward-facing – step 10 Rear row bench seat
10. If the child restraint is installed in the front 䊊
1 Top tether strap
passenger seat, place the ignition switch in
the ON position. The front passenger air bag 䊊
2 Anchor point
status light should illuminate. If this Installing top tether strap
light is not illuminated refer to “Front passen-
ger air bag and status light” in this section. The child restraint top tether strap must be used
Move the child restraint to another when installing the child restraint with seat belts.
seating position. Have the system First, secure the child restraint with the seat belt.
After the child restraint is removed and the seat
belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child re-
straint mode) is canceled.

Rear bench seat 2. Position the top tether strap 䊊
1 over the BOOSTER SEATS
seatback. Precautions on booster seats
OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS
1. Remove the head restraint/headrest and point 䊊
2 on the back side of the seatback WARNING
store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall behind the child restraint.
the head restraint/headrest when the child If a booster seat and seat belt are not used
restraint is removed. For additional informa- 4. Tighten the tether strap according to the properly, the risk of a child being injured in
tion, refer to “Head restraints/headrests” in manufacturer’s instructions to remove any a sudden stop or collision greatly
this section for head restraint/headrest ad- slack. increases:
justment, removal and installation informa- If you have any questions when installing a – Make sure the shoulder portion of
tion. top tether strap, consult your NISSAN the belt is away from the child’s face
dealer for details. and neck and the lap portion of the
2. Position the top tether strap 䊊
1 over the
belt does not cross the stomach.
seatback.
WARNING – Make sure the shoulder belt is not
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor Child restraint anchorages are designed behind the child or under the child’s
point 䊊
2 on the back side of the seatback
to withstand only those loads imposed by arm.
behind the child restraint. correctly fitted child restraints. Under no – A booster seat must only be installed
4. Tighten the tether strap according to the circumstances are they to be used to at- in a seating position that has a
manufacturer’s instructions to remove any tach adult seat belts, or other items or lap/shoulder belt.
slack. equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could
damage the child restraint anchorages.
CENTER SEATING POSITION The child restraint will not be properly
1. Remove the head restraint/headrest and installed using the damaged anchorage,
store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall and a child could be seriously injured or
the head restraint/headrest when the child killed in a collision.
restraint is removed. For additional informa-
tion, refer to “Head restraints/headrests” in
this section for head restraint/headrest ad-
tion.
LRS2479 LRS0453 LRS0464
A. Low back booster seat Booster seats of various sizes are offered by
several manufacturers. When selecting any
B. High back booster seat
booster seat, keep the following points in mind:
● Choose only a booster seat with a label
certifying that it complies with Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
● Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be
sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat
and seat belt system.

● Make sure the child’s head will be properly Booster seat installation
supported by the booster seat or vehicle
seat. The seatback must be at or above the CAUTION
center of the child’s ears. For example, if a
low back booster seat is chosen, the vehicle Do not use the lap/shoulder belt in the
Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode
seatback must be at or above the center of
when using a booster seat with the seat
the child’s ears. If the seatback is lower than
belts.
the center of the child’s ears, a high back
booster seat should be used. For additional information, refer to all Warnings
and Cautions in the “Child Safety,” “Child Re-
● If the booster seat is compatible with your straint” and “Booster Seats” sections of this
vehicle, place the child in the booster seat manual before installing a child restraint.
and check the various adjustments to be
sure the booster seat is compatible with the Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the
child. Always follow all recommended pro- rear bench seats or in the front passenger seat: WRS0699
cedures. 1. If you must install a booster seat in the
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or front seat, move the seat to the rear-
territories require that infants and small most position.
children be restrained in an approved child 2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only
restraint at all times while the vehicle is place it in a front-facing direction. Always
being operated. follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in-
structions.
The instructions in this section apply to booster
seat installation in the rear seats or the front
passenger seat.

interfering with the proper booster seat fit,
booster seat.
4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low
and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to
follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in-
structions for adjusting the seat belt routing.
5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt
toward the retractor to take up extra slack.
Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned
across the top, middle portion of the child’s
LRS0454 shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat LRS0865
Front passenger position manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the 7. If the booster seat is installed in the front
seat belt routing. passenger seat, place the ignition switch in
3. The booster seat should be positioned on
the vehicle seat so that it is stable. 6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc- the ON position. The front passenger air bag
tions for properly fastening a seat belt status light may or may not illuminate,
If necessary, adjust or remove the head shown in “Three-point type seat belt with depending on the size of the child and the
restraint/headrest to obtain the correct retractor” in this section. type of booster seat being used. For addi-
booster seat fit. If the head tional information, refer to “Front passenger
restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a air bag and status light” in this section.
secure place. Be sure to reinstall the
head restraint/headrest when the
booster seat is removed. For additional
information, refer to “Head
restraints/headrests” in this section for head
restraint/headrest adjustment, removal and
installation information.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
PRECAUTIONS ON SRS Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and After placing the ignition switch in the ON
rollover supplemental air bag system position, the supplemental air bag warning
This SRS section contains important information light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
concerning the following systems: This system can help cushion the impact force to
warning light will turn off after about 7 sec-
the head of occupants in the outboard seating
● Driver and passenger supplemental front- onds if the system is operational.
positions in certain side-impact or rollover colli-
impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag sions. In a side impact, the curtain air bags are
System) designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle
is impacted. In a rollover, curtain air bags on both
● Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- sides are designed to inflate and remain inflated
mental air bag for a short time.
● Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll- Driver supplemental knee air bag
over supplemental air bag
This system can help cushion the impact force to
● Driver supplemental knee air bag the driver’s knees in certain collisions.
● Seat belt with pretensioner The SRS is designed to supplement the crash
Supplemental front-impact air bag system protection provided by the driver and front pas-
senger seat belts and is not a substitute for
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help them. Seat belts should always be correctly worn
cushion the impact force to the head and chest of and the occupant seated a suitable distance
the driver and front passenger in certain frontal away from the steering wheel, instrument panel
collisions. and door finishers. For additional information,
refer to “Seat belts” in this section for instructions
Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- and precautions on seat belt usage.
mental air bag system
The supplemental air bags operate only
This system can help cushion the impact force to when the ignition switch is placed in the ON
the chest area of the driver and front passenger in position.
certain side-impact collisions. The side air bags
are designed to inflate on the side where the
vehicle is impacted.

the seatback and as far away as practi-
cal from the steering wheel or instru-
ment panel. Always properly use the
seat belts.
● The driver and front passenger seat belt
buckles are equipped with sensors that
detect if the seat belts are fastened. The
Advanced Air Bag System monitors the
severity of a collision and seat belt us-
age then inflates the air bags as
needed. Failure to properly wear seat
belts can increase the risk or severity of
injury in an accident.
WRS0031 ● The front passenger seat is equipped
with an Occupant Classification Sensor
WARNING ● The seat belts and the front air bags are
(weight sensor) that turns the front pas-
most effective when you are sitting well
● The front air bags ordinarily will not senger air bag OFF under some condi-
back and upright in the seat. The front
inflate in the event of a side impact, rear tions. This sensor is only used in this
air bags inflate with great force. Even
impact, rollover, or lower severity fron- seat. Failure to be properly seated and
with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-
tal collision. Always wear your seat wearing the seat belt can increase the
tem, if you are unrestrained, leaning
belts to help reduce the risk or severity risk or severity of injury in an accident.
forward, sitting sideways or out of posi-
of injury in various kinds of accidents. For additional information, refer to
tion in any way, you are at greater risk of
“Front passenger air bag and status
● The front passenger air bag will not injury or death in a crash. You may also
light” in this section.
inflate if the passenger air bag status receive serious or fatal injuries from the
light is lit or if the front passenger seat front air bag if you are up against it ● Keep hands on the outside of the steer-
is unoccupied. For additional informa- when it inflates. Always sit back against ing wheel. Placing them inside the
tion, refer to “Front passenger air bag steering wheel rim could increase the
and status light” in this section. risk that they are injured when the front
air bag inflates.

ARS1133 ARS1041
WARNING
● Never let children ride unrestrained or
extend their hands or face out of the
window. Do not attempt to hold them in
your lap or arms. Some examples of
dangerous riding positions are shown
in the illustrations.

ARS1042 ARS1043 ARS1044

ARS1045 ARS1046 WRS0431
WARNING WARNING
● Children may be severely injured or Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-
killed when the front air bags, side air mental air bags and roof-mounted curtain
bags or curtain air bags inflate if they side-impact and rollover supplemental air
are not properly restrained. Pre-teens bags:
and children should be properly re-
● The side air bags and curtain air bags
strained in the rear seat, if possible.
ordinarily will not inflate in the event of
● Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air a frontal impact, rear impact, or lower
Bag System, never install a rear-facing severity side collision. Always wear
child restraint in the front seat. An in- your seat belts to help reduce the risk or
flating front air bag could seriously in- severity of injury in various kinds of
jure or kill your child. For additional accidents.
information, refer to “Child restraints”
in this section.

WARNING
● The seat belts, the side air bags and
curtain air bags are most effective when
you are sitting well back and upright in
the seat with both feet on the floor. The
side air bag and curtain air bag inflate
with great force. Do not allow anyone to
place their hand, leg or face near the
side air bag on the side of the seatback
of the front seat or near the side roof
rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the
front seats or rear outboard seats to
extend their hand out of the window or
SSS0162 SSS0159 lean against the door. Some examples
of dangerous riding positions are
shown in the previous illustrations.

WRS0032
WARNING
● When sitting in the rear bench seat, do
not hold onto the seatback of the front
seat. If the side air bag inflates, you may
be seriously injured. Be especially care-
ful with children, who should always be
properly restrained. Some examples of
dangerous riding positions are shown
in the illustrations.
● Do not use seat covers on the front
seatbacks. They may interfere with side
air bag inflation.
LRS2598

NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System WARNING ● If a forward-facing child restraint is in-
(front seats) stalled in the front passenger seat, do
To ensure proper operation of the passen-
not position the front passenger seat so
1. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules ger’s advanced air bag system, please ob-
the child restraint contacts the instru-
serve the following items.
2. Air bag Control Unit (ACU) ment panel. If the child restraint does
● Do not allow a passenger in the rear contact the instrument panel, the sys-
3. Occupant Classification Sensor (weight bench seats to push or pull on the seat- tem may determine the seat is occupied
sensor) back pocket. and the passenger air bag may deploy
4. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- in a collision. Also the front passenger
● Do not place heavy loads heavier than
mental air bag modules air bag status light may not illuminate.
2.2 lb (1 kg) on the seatback, head
For additional information, refer to
5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll- restraint/headrest or in the seatback
“Child restraints” in this section for in-
over supplemental air bags pocket.
formation about installing and using
6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll- ● Do not store luggage behind the seat child restraints.
over supplemental air bag inflators that can press into the seatback.
● Confirm the operating condition with
7. Satellite sensors ● Do not position the front passenger the front passenger air bag status light.
seat so it contacts the rear bench seats.
8. Seat belt with pretensioner ● If you notice that the front passenger air
If the front seat does contact the rear
bag status light is not operating as de-
9. Pressure sensors in door (driver’s side bench seats, the air bag system may
scribed in this section, please take your
shown; passenger side similar) determine a sensor malfunction has oc-
vehicle to your NISSAN dealer to check
curred and the front passenger air bag
10. Driver supplemental knee air bag the occupant classification system.
status light may illuminate and the
11. Crash zone sensor supplemental air bag warning light may ● Until you have confirmed with your
flash. dealer that your passenger seat occu-
pant classification system is working
properly, position the occupants in the
rear seating positions.

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad- ditions, depending on the weight detected on the or other injuries. Front air bags, other than the
vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seat and how the seat belt is used. If driver’s knee air bag, do not provide restraint to
passenger seats. This system is designed to the front passenger air bag is OFF, the passenger the lower body.
meet certification requirements under U.S. regu- air bag status light will be illuminated (if the seat is Even with NISSAN advanced air bags, seat belts
lations. It is also permitted in Canada. All of the unoccupied, the light will not be illuminated, but should be correctly worn and the driver and pas-
information, cautions and warnings in this the air bag will be off). For additional information, senger seated upright as far as practical away
manual must be followed. refer to “Front passenger air bag and status light” from the steering wheel or instrument panel. The
in this section. One front air bag inflating does not front air bags inflate quickly in order to help
The driver supplemental front-impact air bag is
indicate improper performance of the system. protect the front occupants. Because of this, the
located in the center of the steering wheel. The
passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is force of the front air bag inflating can increase the
If you have any questions about your air bag
mounted in the dashboard above the glove box. risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is
system, please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN
The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher against, the front air bag module during inflation.
dealer. If you are considering modification of your
severity frontal collisions, although they may in- vehicle due to a disability, you may also contact The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.
flate if the forces in another type of collision are NISSAN. Contact information is contained in the
similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. The front air bags operate only when the
front of this Owner’s Manual. ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions.
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise After placing the ignition switch in the ON
indication of proper front air bag system opera- may be heard, followed by the release of smoke. position, the supplemental air bag warning
tion. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual fire. Care should be taken to not inhale it, as it may warning light will turn off after about 7 sec-
stage inflators. It also monitors information from cause irritation and choking. Those with a history onds if the system is operational.
the crash zone sensor and the Air bag Control of a breathing condition should get fresh air
Unit (ACU). Inflator operation is based on the promptly.
severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,
driver. For the front passenger, the occupant help to cushion the impact force on the face and
classification sensor is also monitored. Based on chest of the front occupants. They can help save
information from the sensor, only one front air bag
lives and reduce serious injuries. However, an
may inflate in a crash, depending on the crash
inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions
severity. Additionally, the front passenger air bag
may be automatically turned off under some con-
Status light In addition to the above, certain objects placed
The front passenger seat is equipped with an on the front passenger seat may also cause the
Occupant Classification Sensor (weight sensor) light to operate as described above depending
that turns the front passenger air bag on or off on their weight.
depending on the weight applied to the passen-
ger seat. The status of the passenger air bag (ON For additional information related to the normal op-
or OFF) is indicated by a passenger air bag eration and troubleshooting of this Occupant Clas-
status light which is located on the instru- sification Sensor system, please refer to “Normal
ment panel. operation” and “Troubleshooting” in this section.
After the ignition switch is placed in the ⬙ON⬙ Front passenger air bag
position, the front passenger air bag status light
on the instrument panel illuminates for about The front passenger air bag is designed to auto-
7 seconds and then turns off or remains illumi- matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated
nated depending on the front passenger seat under some conditions as described below in
LRS0865 occupied status. The light operates as follows: accordance with U.S. regulations. If the front
Front passenger air bag and status light passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a
● Unoccupied passenger’s seat: The crash. The driver air bag and other air bags in your
light is OFF and the front passenger air bag vehicle are not part of this system.
WARNING is OFF and will not inflate in a crash.
The front passenger air bag is designed to The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce
● Passenger’s seat occupied by a small adult, the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag
automatically turn OFF under some condi-
child or child restraint as outlined in the to certain front passenger seat occupants, such
tions. Read this section carefully to learn
Safety section of the owner’s manual: as children, by requiring the air bag to be auto-
how it operates. Proper use of the seat,
seat belt and child restraints is necessary The light illuminates to indicate that matically turned OFF. Certain sensors are used to
for most effective protection. Failure to the front passenger air bag is OFF and will meet the requirements.
follow all instructions in this manual con- not inflate in a crash.
The Occupant Classification Sensor in this ve-
cerning the use of seats, seat belts and ● Occupied passenger seat and the passen- hicle is a weight sensor. It is designed to detect
child restraints can increase the risk or ger meets the conditions as outlined in the an occupant and objects on the seat by weight.
severity of injury in an accident. Safety section of the owner’s manual: For example, if a child is in the front passenger
The light is OFF to indicate that the seat, the Advanced Air Bag System is designed
front passenger air bag is operational. to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance
with the regulations. Also, if a child restraint of the OFF. For additional information, refer to “Child the air bag might inflate in a crash), it could be
type specified in the regulations is on the seat, its restraints” in this section for proper use and in- that the child restraint or seat belt is not being
weight and the child’s weight can be detected stallation. used properly. Make sure that the child restraint is
and cause the air bag to turn OFF. installed properly, the seat belt is used properly
If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the
and the occupant is positioned properly. If the air
Front passenger seat adult occupants who are passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a
bag status light is not illuminated, reposition the
properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined crash. However, heavy objects placed on the
occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.
in this manual should not cause the passenger air seat could result in air bag inflation, because of
bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small the object’s weight detected by the Occupant If the passenger air bag status light will not illu-
adults it may be turned OFF, however if the occu- Classification Sensor. Other conditions could minate even though you believe that the child
pant takes his/her weight off the seat cushion (for also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are
example, by not sitting upright, by sitting on an standing on the seat, or if two children are on the properly positioned, the system may be sensing
edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual. an unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag is
position), this could cause the sensor to turn the air Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants OFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that the
bag OFF. Always be sure to be seated and wearing are seated and restrained properly. system is OFF by using a special tool. However,
the seat belt properly for the most effective protec- Using the passenger air bag status light, you can until you have confirmed with your dealer that
tion by the seat belt and supplemental air bag. monitor when the front passenger air bag is au- your air bag is working properly, reposition the
tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied. occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.
NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-
The light will not illuminate when the front pas-
dren be properly restrained in a rear seat. senger seat is unoccupied. The air bag system and passenger air bag status
NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child light will take a few seconds to register a change
restraints and booster seats be properly installed If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen- in the passenger seat status. For example, if a
in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the Occupant ger air bag status light is illuminated (indicating large adult who is sitting in the front passenger
Classification Sensor is designed to operate as that the air bag is OFF), it could be that the seat exits the vehicle, the passenger air bag
described above to turn the front passenger air person is a small adult, or is not sitting on the seat status light will go from OFF to ON for a few
bag OFF for specified child restraints as required properly or not using the seat belt properly. seconds and then to OFF. This is normal system
by the regulations. Failing to properly secure If a child restraint must be used in the front seat, operation and does not indicate a malfunction.
child restraints and to use the ALR mode may the passenger air bag status light may or may not
If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air
allow the restraint to tip or move in a collision or be illuminated, depending on the size of the child
bag system, the supplemental air bag warning
sudden stop. This can also result in the passen- and the type of child restraint being used. If the air
ger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being bag status light is not illuminated (indicating that light , located in the meter and gauges area
of the instrument panel, will blink. Have the sys- on the seat cushion with your feet comfort- Troubleshooting
tem checked by a NISSAN dealer. ably extended to the floor.
If you think the passenger air bag status light is
Normal operation 2. Make sure there are no objects on the occu- incorrect:
pant’s lap.
In order for the Occupant Classification System 1. If the light is ON with no front passenger and
to classify the right front passenger based on 3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the “Seat no objects on the front passenger seat:
weight, please follow the precautions and steps belts” section of the Owner’s Manual.
This may be due to the following conditions that
outlined below: 4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds al- may be interfering with the weight sensors:
Precautions lowing the system to classify the passenger
before the vehicle is put into motion. ● An object weighing over 2.2 lbs (1 kg) hang-
● Make sure there are no objects weighing ing on the seat or placed in the seat-back
over 2.2 lbs (1 kg) hanging on the seat or 5. Ensure proper classification by checking the pocket.
placed in the seat-back pocket. passenger air bag status light.
● A child seat or other object pressing against
● Make sure that a child seat or other object is NOTE: the rear of the seat-back.
not pressing against the rear of the seat-
This vehicle’s occupant classification sys- ● A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the
back.
tem locks the classification during driving back of the front passenger’s seat.
● Make sure that a rear passenger is not push- so it is important that you confirm that the ● The front seat or seat-back is forced back
ing or pulling on the back of the front pas- passenger is properly classified prior to against an object on the seat or floor behind
senger’s seat. driving. Also, the occupant classification it.
● Make sure that the front seat or seat-back is system may recalculate the weight of the
occupant when the vehicle comes to a stop ● An object placed under the front passen-
not forced back against an object on the
(i.e stop light, stop sign etc.), so front pas- ger’s seat.
seat or floor behind it.
senger seat occupants should continue to ● An object placed between the seat cushion
● Make sure that there is no object placed remain seated as outlined above. and center console or between door and
under the front passenger’s seat.
cushion.
Steps
If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stop
1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the “Seats” when it is safe to do so. Check and correct any of
section of the Owner’s Manual. Sit upright, the above conditions. Restart the vehicle and
leaning against the seat back, and centered wait one minute.
NOTE: ● An object placed under the front passen- ● Small adult or child is not sitting upright,
ger’s seat. leaning against the seat back, and centered
A system check will be performed during
on the seat cushion with feet comfortably
which the passenger air bag status light ● An object placed between the seat cushion
extended to the floor.
will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially. and center console or between the seat
cushion and the door. ● The child restraint is not properly installed,
If the light is still on after this, the vehicle should
as outlined in the “Child restraints” section of
be checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stop
the Owner’s Manual.
possible. when it is safe to do so. Check and correct any of
the above conditions. Restart the vehicle and ● An object weighing over 2.2 lbs (1 kg) hang-
2. If the light is ON with an adult occupying the
wait one minute. ing on the seat or placed in the seat-back
front passenger seat:
pocket.
● Occupant is a small adult → the air bag light NOTE:
● A child seat or other object pressing against
is functioning as intended. The front passen- A system check will be performed during the rear of the seat-back.
ger air bag is suppressed. which the passenger air bag status light
will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially. ● A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the
However, if the occupant is not a small adult, then
back of the front passenger’s seat.
this may be due to the following conditions that If the light is still on after this, the person should
may be interfering with the weight sensors:
be advised not to ride in the front passenger seat ● The front seat or seat-back is forced back
● Occupant is not sitting upright, leaning and the vehicle should be checked by a NISSAN against an object on the seat or floor behind
against the seat back, and centered on the dealer as soon as possible. it.
seat cushion with feet comfortably extended ● An object placed under the front passen-
to the floor. 3. If the light is OFF with small adult, child or
child restraint occupying the front passenger’s seat.
● A child seat or other object pressing against ger seat. ● An object placed between the seat cushion
the rear of the seat-back. and center console.
This may be due to the following conditions
● A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the that may be interfering with the weight sen- If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stop
back of the front passenger’s seat. sors: when it is safe to do so. Check and correct any of
● The front seat or seat-back is forced back the above conditions. Restart the vehicle and
against an object on the seat or floor behind wait one minute.
it.
NOTE: ● No unauthorized changes should be ● Modifying or tampering with the front
A system check will be performed during made to any components or wiring of passenger seat may result in serious
which the passenger air bag status light the supplemental air bag system. This is personal injury. For example, do not
will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially. to prevent accidental inflation of the change the front seats by placing mate-
supplemental air bag or damage to the rial on the seat cushion or by installing
If the light is still OFF after this, the small adult, supplemental air bag system. additional trim material, such as seat
child or child restraint should be repositioned in covers, on the seat that are not specifi-
● Do not make unauthorized changes to
the rear seat and the vehicle should be checked cally designed to assure proper air bag
your vehicle’s electrical system, sus-
by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. operation. Additionally, do not stow any
pension system or front end structure.
objects under the front passenger seat
Other supplemental front-impact air bag This could affect proper operation of
or the seat cushion and seatback. Such
precautions the front air bag system.
objects may interfere with the proper
● Tampering with the front air bag system operation of the occupant classification
WARNING may result in serious personal injury. sensor (weight sensor).
● Do not place any objects on the steering Tampering includes changes to the
● No unauthorized changes should be
wheel pad or on the instrument panel. steering wheel and the instrument
made to any components or wiring of
Also, do not place any objects between panel assembly by placing material
the seat belt system. This may affect the
any occupant and the steering wheel or over the steering wheel pad and above
front air bag system. Tampering with
instrument panel. Such objects may be- the instrument panel or by installing
the seat belt system may result in seri-
come dangerous projectiles and cause additional trim material around the air
ous personal injury.
injury if the front air bags inflate. bag system.
● Immediately after inflation, several ● Removing or modifying the front pas-
front air bag system components will be senger seat may affect the function of
hot. Do not touch them; you may se- the air bag and result in serious per-
verely burn yourself. sonal injury.

● Work on and around the front air bag the side where the vehicle is impacted. They may
system should be done by a NISSAN not inflate in certain side collisions.
dealer. Installation of electrical equip- Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate in
ment should also be done by a NISSAN certain types of rollover collisions or near roll-
dealer. The Supplemental Restraint overs. As a result, certain vehicle movements (for
System (SRS) wiring harnesses* should example, during severe off-roading) may cause
not be modified or disconnected. Unau-
the curtain air bags to inflate.
thorized electrical test equipment and
probing devices should not be used on Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an
the air bag system. indication of proper side air bag and curtain air
● A cracked windshield should be re- bag operation.
placed immediately by a qualified repair When the side air bags and curtain air bags
facility. A cracked windshield could af- inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed
fect the function of the supplemental air LRS2501 by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful
bag system. and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken
Front seat-mounted side-impact
*The SRS wiring harness connectors are not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and
yellow and orange for easy identification.
supplemental air bag and roof- choking. Those with a history of a breathing con-
mounted curtain side-impact and dition should get fresh air promptly.
When selling your vehicle, we request that you
inform the buyer about the front air bag system
rollover supplemental air bag systems Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,
and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections The side air bags are located in the outside of the help to cushion the impact force on the chest of
in this Owner’s Manual. seatback of the front seats. The curtain air bags the front occupants. Curtain air bags help to
are located in the side roof rails in both rows. All cushion the impact force to the head of occu-
of the information, cautions and warnings pants in the front and rear outboard seating po-
in this manual apply and must be followed. sitions in all rows. They can help save lives and
The side air bags and curtain air bags are de- reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating
signed to inflate in higher severity side collisions, side air bag or curtain air bag may cause abra-
although they may inflate if the forces in another sions or other injuries. Side air bags and curtain
type of collision are similar to those of a higher air bags do not provide restraint to the lower
severity impact. They are designed to inflate on body.
The seat belts should be correctly worn and the ● Tampering with the side air bag system
WARNING
driver and passenger seated upright as far as may result in serious personal injury.
practical away from the side air bag. Rear seat ● Do not place any objects near the seat-
For example, do not change the front
passengers should be seated as far away as back of the front seats. Also, do not
seats by placing material near the seat-
practical from the door finishers and side roof place any objects (an umbrella, bag,
backs or by installing additional trim
rails. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate etc.) between the front door finisher
material, such as seat covers, around
quickly in order to help protect the occupants. and the front seat. Such objects may
the side air bag.
Because of this, the force of the side air bags and become dangerous projectiles and
cause injury if a side air bag inflates. ● Work around and on the side air bag
curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of and curtain air bag systems should be
injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, ● Right after inflation, several side air bag
done by a NISSAN dealer. Installation
these air bag modules during inflation. The side and curtain air bag system components
of electrical equipment should also be
air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is will be hot. Do not touch them; you may
done by a NISSAN dealer. The SRS wir-
over. severely burn yourself.
ing harnesses* should not be modified
The curtain air bag will remain inflated for a short ● No unauthorized changes should be or disconnected. Unauthorized electri-
time. made to any components or wiring of cal test equipment and probing devices
the side air bag and curtain air bag should not be used on the side air bag
The side air bags and curtain air bags op- systems. This is to prevent damage to or or curtain air bag systems.
erate only when the ignition switch is accidental inflation of the side air bag
and curtain air bag systems. * The SRS wiring harness or connectors are
placed in the ON position.
yellow or orange for easy identification.
After placing the ignition switch in the ON ● Do not make unauthorized changes to
your vehicle’s electrical system, sus- When selling your vehicle, we request that you
position, the supplemental air bag warning inform the buyer about the side air bags and
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag pension system or side panel. This
could affect proper operation of the cur- curtain air bag system and guide the buyer to the
warning light will turn off after about 7 sec- appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.
onds if the system is operational. tain air bag systems.

When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise
WARNING
may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This
smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. ● Do not place any objects between the
Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may knee bolster and the driver’s seat. Such
cause irritation and choking. Those with a history objects may become dangerous projec-
of a breathing condition should get fresh air tiles and cause injury if a knee air bag
promptly. inflates.
● Right after inflation, the knee air bag
The knee air bag helps to cushion the impact
system components will be hot. Do not
force on the knees of the driver. It can help
touch them; you may severely burn
reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating yourself.
knee air bag may cause abrasions or other inju-
ries. The knee air bag provides restraint to the ● No unauthorized changes should be
lower body. made to any components or wiring of
LRS2599 the knee air bag system. This is to pre-
The knee air bag inflates quickly in order to help vent damage to or accidental inflation
Driver supplemental knee air bag protect the occupants. Because of this, the force of the knee air bag system.
of the knee air bag inflating can increase the risk
The knee air bag is located in the knee bolster, on ● Do not make unauthorized changes to
of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is
the driver’s side. The knee air bag is located on your vehicle’s electrical system or sus-
against, this air bag module during inflation. The pension system. This could affect
the driver’s side of the vehicle only. All of the
knee air bag will deflate quickly after the collision proper operation of the knee air bag
information, cautions and warnings in this
is over OR the knee air bag will remain inflated for system.
manual apply and must be followed. The
a short time.
knee air bag is designed to inflate in higher se- ● Tampering with the knee air bag system
verity frontal collisions, although it may inflate if The knee air bag operates only when the may result in serious personal injury.
the forces in another type of collision are similar ignition switch is placed in the ON position. For example, do not change the driver
to those of a higher severity frontal impact. It may knee bolster or install additional trim
After placing the ignition switch in the ON
not inflate in certain collisions. material around the knee air bag.
position, the supplemental air bag warning
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
indication of proper knee air bag operation. warning light will turn off after about 7 sec-
onds if the system is operational.
● Work around, or on, the knee air bag ● No unauthorized changes should be When a pretensioner activates, smoke is re-
system should be done by a NISSAN made to any components or wiring of leased and a loud noise may be heard. This
dealer. Installation of electrical equip- the pretensioner system. This is to pre- smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire.
ment should also be done by a NISSAN vent damage to or accidental activation Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may
dealer. The SRS wiring harnesses* of the pretensioners. Tampering with cause irritation and choking. Those with a history
should not be modified or discon- the pretensioner system may result in of a breathing condition should get fresh air
nected. Unauthorized electrical test serious personal injury. promptly.
equipment and probing devices should After pretensioner activation, load limiters allow
● Work around and on the pretensioner
not be used on the knee air bag system. the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to
system should be done by a NISSAN
dealer. Installation of electrical equip- reduce forces against the chest.
* The SRS wiring harness or connectors are
yellow or orange for easy identification. ment should also be done by a NISSAN The supplemental air bag warning light is
dealer. Unauthorized electrical test used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner
When selling your vehicle, we request that you equipment and probing devices should system. For additional information, refer to
inform the buyer about the knee air bag system not be used on the pretensioner system. ⬙Supplemental air bag warning light” in this sec-
and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections
● If you need to dispose of a pretensioner tion. If the operation of the supplemental air bag
in this manual. or scrap the vehicle, contact a NISSAN warning light indicates there is a malfunction,
Seat belts with pretensioners (front dealer. Incorrect disposal procedures have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
could cause personal injury. When selling your vehicle, we request that you
seats) inform the buyer about the pretensioner system
The pretensioner system may activate with the and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections
WARNING supplemental air bag system in certain types of in this Owner’s Manual.
● If the vehicle becomes involved in a collisions. Working with the seat belt retractor,
collision but a pretensioner is not acti- the pretensioner helps tighten the seat belt when
vated, be sure to have the pretensioner the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of
system checked and, if necessary, re- collisions, helping to restrain front seat occu-
placed by your NISSAN dealer. pants.
The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt
retractor. These seat belts are used the same way
as conventional seat belts.
WARNING
Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rear-facing
child restraint on a seat protected by an air
bag in front of it!
LRS2617 LRS0100
1. SRS Air Bag Warning Labels SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG
The warning labels are located on the sur- WARNING LIGHT
face of the sun visor. The supplemental air bag warning light,
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG displaying in the instrument panel, moni-
tors the circuits for the air bag systems, preten-
WARNING LABELS sioners and all related wiring.
Warning labels about the supplemental front- When the ignition switch is placed in the ON
impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as position, the supplemental air bag warning light
shown in the illustration. illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns
off. This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the front Repair and replacement procedure ● The front air bag, side air bag, curtain
air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag air bag, knee air bag systems and the
and pretensioner systems need servicing: The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags,
pretensioner system should be in-
knee air bag and pretensioners are designed to
● The supplemental air bag warning light re- inflate on a one-time-only basis. As a reminder,
spected by a NISSAN dealer if there is
mains on after approximately 7 seconds. any damage to the front end or side
unless it is damaged, the supplemental air bag portion of the vehicle.
● The supplemental air bag warning light warning light remains illuminated after inflation
flashes intermittently. has occurred. Repair and replacement of these ● If you need to dispose of a supplemen-
supplemental air bag systems should be done tal air bag or pretensioner or scrap the
● The supplemental air bag warning light does vehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer. Incor-
not come on at all. only by a NISSAN dealer.
rect disposal procedures could cause
Under these conditions, the front air bag, side air When maintenance work is required on the ve- personal injury.
bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag or pretensioner hicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain air
● If there is an impact to your vehicle from
systems may not operate properly. They must be bags, knee air bag, pretensioners and related
any direction, your Occupant Detection
checked and repaired. Take your vehicle to the parts should be pointed out to the person per- Sensor (ODS) should be checked by a
nearest NISSAN dealer. forming the maintenance. The ignition switch NISSAN dealer to verify it is still func-
should always be in the LOCK position when tioning correctly. The ODS should be
WARNING working under the hood or inside the vehicle. checked even if no air bags deploy as a
If the supplemental air bag warning light result of the impact. Failure to verify
WARNING proper ODS function may result in an
is on, it could mean that the front air bag,
side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag ● Once a front air bag, side air bag, cur- improper air bag deployment resulting
and/or pretensioner systems will not op- tain air bag, or knee air bag has inflated, in injury or death.
erate in an accident. To help avoid injury to the air bag module will not function
yourself or others, have your vehicle again and must be replaced. Addition-
checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as ally, the activated pretensioners must
possible. also be replaced. The air bag module
and pretensioner should be replaced by
a NISSAN dealer. The air bag module
and pretensioner cannot be repaired.

MEMO

2 Instruments and controls
Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped)
Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Daytime running light system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . 2-7 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Heated seats (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Vehicle Information Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Heated 2nd row seats (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
How to use the vehicle information display . . . . . . . 2-15 Climate controlled seat switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . 2-37
Startup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Vehicle information display warnings and 12v outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Rear window wiper and washer switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Luggage hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Roof rack (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 Programming HomeLink® for Canadian
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 customers and gate openers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
Power moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 Operating the HomeLink® universal
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 transceiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Console light (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 Clearing the programmed information . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Personal Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button. . . . . . 2-54
HomeLink® universal transceiver (if so equipped) . . . . 2-51 If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55
INSTRUMENT PANEL
1. Vent (P. 4-25)

2. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/turn
signal switch (P. 2-30)
3. Supplemental front-impact air bag
(P. 1-47)
4. Meters, gauges, warning/indicator
lights and Vehicle Information Display
(P. 2-3, P. 2-7, P. 2-14)
5. Windshield wiper/washer switch and
rear window wiper/washer switch
(P. 2-27)
6. Vent (P. 4-25)
7. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)
8. Radio (P. 4-38)
9. Front passenger supplemental air bag
(P. 2-25)
10. Vent (P. 4-25)
11. Glove box (P. 2-43)
12. Front passenger air bag warning status
light (P. 1-47)
13. Power outlet (P. 2-39)
14. Heater and air conditioning controls
(P. 4-26)
15. Shift lever (P. 5-16)
16. Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-10)
LIC2999
2-2 Instruments and controls

METERS AND GAUGES
17. Cruise control main/Intelligent Cruise

Control (ICC) (if so equipped) set
switches (P. 5-31)
(P. 1-47)
19. Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System/
Audio control switches (P. 4-29)
20. Hood release (P. 3-22)/Fuel door
release (P. 3-27)
21. Fuse box (P. 8-22)
22. Power liftgate main switch
Heated steering wheel switch (if so
equipped) (P. 2-34)
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF
switch (P. 2-38)
23. Instrument brightness control
(P. 2-30)/Twin trip odometer reset
switch (P. 2-3)
*: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-
er’s Manual (if so equipped). LIC2920
Refer to the page number indicated in pa- 1. Tachometer 6. Engine coolant temperature gauge
rentheses for operating details. 2. Warning/indicator lights
3. Vehicle Information Display/Odometer/
Twin trip odometer
4. Speedometer
5. Fuel gauge
Instruments and controls 2-3
LIC2255 LIC2921 LIC3114
SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Changing the display: TACHOMETER

Push the TRIP RESET 䊊 2 switch on the instru- The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo-
Speedometer ment panel to change the display as follows: lutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev engine into
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed. the red zone 䊊1 .
Trip → Trip → Odometer Milage →
Odometer/Twin trip odometer Trip CAUTION
The odometer and the twin trip odometer 䊊1 are Resetting the trip odometer: When engine speed approaches the red
displayed below the Vehicle Information Display Pushing the TRIP RESET switch 䊊 2 for more zone, reduce engine speed. Operating the
when the ignition switch is placed in the ON than 1 second resets the currently displayed trip engine in the red zone may cause serious
position. odometer to zero. engine damage.
The odometer records the total distance the ve-
hicle has been driven.
The twin trip odometer records the distance of
individual trips.
CAUTION
If the gauge indicates coolant tempera-
ture near the hot (H) end of the normal
range, reduce vehicle speed to decrease
temperature. If the gauge is over the nor-
mal range, stop the vehicle as soon as
safely possible. If the engine is over-
heated, continued operation of the vehicle
may seriously damage the engine. For ad-
ditional information, refer to “If your ve-
hicle overheats” in the “In case of emer-
gency” section of this manual for
immediate action required.
LIC3113 LIC2222
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FUEL GAUGE

GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level
The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera- in the tank.
ture. The engine coolant temperature is within the The gauge may move slightly during braking,
normal range 䊊 1 when the gauge needle points
turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.
within the zone shown in the illustration.
The gauge needle returns to 0 (Empty) after the
The engine coolant temperature varies with the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.
outside air temperature and driving conditions.
The low fuel warning light comes on when the
amount of fuel in the tank is getting low.
Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis-
ters 0 (Empty).

The indicates that the fuel-filler door is
located on the driver’s side of the vehicle.
CAUTION
● If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) may
come on. Refuel as soon as possible.
After a few driving trips. the light
should turn off. If the light remains on
after a few driving trips, have the vehicle
inspected by a NISSAN dealer.
● For additional information, refer to
“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” in
this section.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND
AUDIBLE REMINDERS
or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Master warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
warning light
or Brake warning light Power steering warning light Security indicator light
Charge warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Side light and headlight indicator light (green)
Engine oil pressure warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Slip indicator light
Forward emergency braking system warning light Front fog light indicator light (if so equipped) Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
(if so equipped)
Low tire pressure warning light Front passenger air bag status light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator
light
Low windshield-washer fluid warning light High beam indicator light (blue)
CHECKING BULBS The following lights come on briefly and then go WARNING LIGHTS
With all doors closed, apply the parking brake off:
For additional information, refer to “Vehicle infor-
and place the ignition switch to the ON position mation display” in this section.
without starting the engine. The following lights , , , ,
will come on: If any light fails to come on, it may indicate
a burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the
, , , , electrical system. Have the system repaired
promptly.

or Anti-lock Braking Low brake fluid warning light ● If the brake fluid level is below the
System (ABS) When the ignition switch is placed in the ON MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake
position, the light warns of a low brake fluid level. fluid reservoir, do not drive until the
warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running brake system has been checked at a
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON with the parking brake not applied, stop the ve- NISSAN dealer.
position, the ABS warning light illuminates and hicle and perform the following: Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
then turns off. This indicates the ABS is opera-
1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluid indicator
tional.
as necessary. For additional information, re- When the parking brake is released and the
If the ABS warning light illuminates while the fer to “Brake fluid” in the “Maintenance and
engine is running or while driving, it may indicate brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake
do-it-yourself” section of this manual. warning light and the ABS warning light illumi-
the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the
system checked by a NISSAN dealer. 2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the nates, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning
warning system checked by a NISSAN properly. Have the brake system checked and, if
If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock func- necessary, repaired by a NISSAN dealer
dealer.
tion is turned off. The brake system then operates promptly. Avoid high-speed driving and abrupt
normally but without anti-lock assistance. For braking. For additional information, refer to “Anti-
additional information, refer to “Brake system” in WARNING
lock Braking System (ABS) warning light” in this
the “Starting and driving” section of this manual. ● Your brake system may not be working section.
properly if the warning light is on. Driv-
or Brake warning light ing could be dangerous. If you judge it Charge warning light
to be safe, drive carefully to the nearest
This light functions for both the parking brake and service station for repairs. Otherwise, If this light comes on while the engine is running,
the foot brake systems. have your vehicle towed. it may indicate the charging system is not func-
● Pressing the brake pedal with the en- tioning properly. Turn the engine off and check
gine stopped and/or a low brake fluid the generator belt. If the belt is loose, broken,
level may increase your stopping dis- missing, or if the light remains on, see a NISSAN
tance and braking will require greater dealer immediately.
pedal effort as well as pedal travel.

Forward emergency braking A “Tire Pressure Low Add Air” warning also
CAUTION
appears in the vehicle information display.
● Do not continue driving if the generator system warning light (if so
belt is loose, broken or missing. equipped) When the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates, you should stop and adjust the
This light illuminates when the forward emer-
Engine oil pressure warning tire pressure of all four tires to the recom-
gency braking system is set to OFF on the meter mended COLD tire pressure shown on the
light display. Tire and Loading Information label located
This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If the If the light illuminates when the forward emer- in the driver’s door opening. The low tire
light flickers or comes on during normal driving, gency braking system is ON, it may indicate that pressure warning light does not automati-
pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engine the system is unavailable. For additional informa- cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad-
immediately and call an NISSAN dealer or tion, refer to “Forward emergency braking sys- justed. After the tire is inflated to the rec-
other authorized repair shop. tem” in the “Starting and driving” section of this ommended pressure, the vehicle must be
manual. driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h)
The engine oil pressure warning light is not
designed to indicate a low oil level. Use the Low tire pressure warning light to activate the TPMS and turn off the low
dipstick to check the oil level. For additional in- tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pres-
formation, refer to “Engine oil” in the “Mainte- Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure sure gauge to check the tire pressure.
nance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual. Monitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tire The “Tire Pressure Low Add Air” warning ap-
pressure of all tires except the spare. pears each time the ignition switch is placed in
CAUTION the ON position as long as the low tire pressure
The low tire pressure warning light warns of low
Running the engine with the engine oil tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not warning light remains illuminated.
pressure warning light on could cause se- functioning properly. For additional information, refer to “Vehicle infor-
rious damage to the engine almost imme-
After the ignition switch is placed in the ON mation display” in the “Instruments and controls”
diately. Such damage is not covered by
warranty. Turn off the engine as soon as it position, this light illuminates for about 1 second section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System
is safe to do so. and turns off. (TPMS)” in the “Starting and driving” section and
in the “In case of emergency” section of this
Low tire pressure warning: manual.
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire
pressure, the warning light will illuminate.
TPMS malfunction: ● If the light illuminates while driving, ● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low avoid sudden steering maneuvers or is replaced tire pressure will not be in-
tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi- abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, dicated, the TPMS will not function and
mately one minute when the ignition switch is pull off the road to a safe location and the low tire pressure warning light will
placed in the ON position. The light will remain on stop the vehicle as soon as possible. flash for approximately 1 minute. The
after the one minute. Have the system checked Driving with under-inflated tires may light will remain on after 1 minute. Con-
permanently damage the tires and in- tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as
by a NISSAN dealer. The “Tire Pressure Low Add
crease the likelihood of tire failure. Se- possible for tire replacement and/or
Air” warning does not appear if the low tire pres-
rious vehicle damage could occur and system resetting.
sure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS may lead to an accident and could result
malfunction. ● Replacing tires with those not originally
in serious personal injury. Check the
specified by NISSAN could affect the
For additional information, refer to “Tire Pressure tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the
proper operation of the TPMS.
Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “Starting and tire pressure to the recommended
driving” section and “Tire pressure” in the “Main- COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label located CAUTION
tenance and do-it-yourself” section of this
manual. in the driver’s door opening to turn the ● TPMS is not a substitute for the regular
low tire pressure warning light OFF. If tire pressure check. Be sure to check
the light still illuminates while driving the tire pressure regularly.
WARNING
after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire
● Radio waves could adversely affect may be flat. If you have a flat tire, re- ● If the vehicle is being driven at speeds
electric medical equipment. Those who place it with a spare tire as soon as of less than 16 MPH (25 km/h), the
use a pacemaker should contact the possible. TPMS may not operate correctly.
electric medical equipment manufac- ● Be sure to install the specified size of
turer for the possible influences before tires to the 4 wheels correctly.
use.
● If the light does not illuminate with the Low windshield-washer fluid
ignition switch placed in the ON posi- warning light
tion, have the vehicle checked by a This light comes on when the windshield-washer
NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. fluid is at a low level. Add windshield-washer
fluid, as necessary. For additional information,
refer to “Windshield-washer fluid” in the “Mainte- ● When the power steering warning light The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if
nance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual. illuminates with the engine running, the front passenger’s seat belt is not fastened
there will be no power assist for the when the front passenger’s seat is occupied . For
Master warning light 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in
steering. You will still have control of
the vehicle, but the steering will be the ON position, the system does not activate the
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, much harder to operate. Have the power warning light for the front passenger.
the master warning light illuminates if any of the steering system checked by a NISSAN
following are displayed on the vehicle information For additional information, refer to “Seat belts” in
dealer.
display: the “Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, restraint system” section of this manual for pre-
● No key warning the power steering warning light illuminates. After cautions on seat belt usage.
● Low fuel warning starting the engine, the power steering warning
light turns off. This indicates that the power steer- Supplemental air bag warning
● Low washer fluid warning ing system is operational. If the power steering light
● Parking brake release warning warning light illuminates while the engine is run-
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or
ning, it may indicate the power steering system is
● Door open warning START position, the supplemental air bag warn-
not functioning properly and may need servicing.
Have the power steering system checked by a ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then
● Loose fuel cap warning (if so equipped) turns off. This means the system is operational.
NISSAN dealer. For additional information, refer
● Check tire pressure warning to “Power steering” in the “Starting and driving” If any of the following conditions occur, the front
section of this manual. air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag,
For additional information, refer to “Vehicle Infor-
mation Display” in this section. Seat belt warning light and and pretensioner systems need servicing and
your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer:
Power steering warning light chime
The light and chime remind you to fasten your ● The supplemental air bag warning light re-
seat belts. The light illuminates whenever the mains on after approximately 7 seconds.
WARNING
● If the engine is not running or is turned
ignition switch is placed in the ON or START ● The supplemental air bag warning light
position and remains illuminated until the driver’s flashes intermittently.
off while driving, the power assist for seat belt is fastened. At the same time, the chime
the steering will not work. Steering will sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver’s ● The supplemental air bag warning light does
be harder to operate. seat belt is securely fastened. not come on at all.
Unless checked and repaired, the supplemental Front passenger air bag status The MIL may also come on steady if the fuel-filler
restraint system (air bag system) and/or the seat cap is loose or missing, or if the vehicle runs out
light of fuel. Check to make sure the fuel-filler cap is
belts with pretensioner system may not function
properly. For additional information, refer to The front passenger air bag status light will be lit installed and closed tightly, and that the vehicle
“Supplemental restraint system (SRS)” in the and the passenger front air bag will be OFF has at least 3 gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the
“Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental re- depending on how the front passenger seat is fuel tank.
being used.
straint system” section of this manual. After a few driving trips, the light should
For front passenger air bag status light operation, turn off if no other potential emission control
WARNING refer to “Front passenger air bag and status light” system malfunction exists.
in the “Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple- If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 sec-
If the supplemental air bag warning light
mental restraint system” section of this manual. onds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the
is on, it could mean that the front air bag,
side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag, High beam indicator light engine is not running, it indicates that the vehicle
and/or pretensioner systems will not op- is not ready for an emission control system
erate in an accident. To help avoid injury to
(blue) inspection/maintenance test. For additional infor-
yourself or others, have your vehicle This blue light comes on when the headlight high mation, refer to “Readiness for
checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as beams are on and goes out when the low beams inspection/maintenance (I/M) test” in the “Tech-
possible. are selected. nical and consumer information” section of this
manual.
The high beam indicator light also comes on
INDICATOR LIGHTS when the passing signal is activated.
For additional information on warnings and indi-
cators, refer to “Vehicle information display” in
Malfunction Indicator Light
this section. (MIL)
If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks
Front fog light indicator light (if while the engine is running, it may indicate a
so equipped) potential emission control malfunction.
The front fog light indicator light illuminates when
the front fog lights are ON. For additional infor-
mation, refer to “Fog light switch” in this section.

Operation The MIL may stop blinking and come on steady. selected. For additional information, refer to
Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer. “Headlight and turn signal switch” in this section.
The MIL will come on in one of two ways:
You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the
● MIL on steady — An emission control system dealer. Slip indicator light
malfunction has been detected. Check the
fuel-filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP CAUTION This indicator will blink when the VDC system is
warning appears in the vehicle information operating, thus alerting the driver to the fact that
Continued vehicle operation without hav- the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is
display. If the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing the emission control system checked
ing, tighten or install the cap and continue to nearing its traction limits.
and repaired as necessary could lead to
drive the vehicle. The light should turn poor driveability, reduced fuel economy, You may feel or hear the system working; this is
off after a few driving trips. If the light and possible damage to the emission con- normal.
does not turn off after a few driving trips, trol system.
The light will blink for a few seconds after the
have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN
Security indicator light VDC system stops limiting wheel spin.
dealer. You do not need to have your vehicle
towed to the dealer. The indicator light also comes on when
This light blinks when the ignition switch is you place the ignition switch in the ON position.
● MIL blinking — An engine misfire has been placed in the OFF, LOCK or ACC (if so
detected which may damage the emission The light will turn off after approximately 2 sec-
equipped) position. onds if the system is operational. If the light does
control system. To reduce or avoid emission
control system damage: The blinking security indicator light indicates that not come on have the system checked by a
the security systems equipped on the vehicle are NISSAN dealer.
– do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH operational.
(72 km/h). Turn signal/hazard indicator
For additional information, refer to “Security sys- lights
– avoid hard acceleration or deceleration. tems” in this section.
The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal
– avoid steep uphill grades. Side light and headlight switch is activated.
– if possible, reduce the amount of cargo indicator light (green) Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned
being hauled or towed. on.
The side light and headlight indicator light illumi-
nates when the side light or headlight position is

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
Vehicle Dynamic Control pedal is depressed. Have the brakes checked as

soon as possible if the warning sound is heard.
(VDC) OFF indicator light
This indicator light comes on when the VDC off Key left reminder chime
switch is pushed to OFF. This indicates the VDC A chime sounds if the driver’s door is opened
system is not operating. while the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or
Push the VDC off switch again or restart the OFF position with the Intelligent Key left in the
engine and the system will operate normally. For vehicle. Make sure the ignition switch is placed in
additional information, refer to “Vehicle Dynamic the LOCK position, and take the Intelligent Key
Control (VDC) system” in the “Starting and driv- with you when leaving the vehicle.
ing” section of this manual. Light reminder chime
The VDC light also comes on when you place the With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi-
ignition switch in the ON position. The light will tion, a chime sounds when the driver’s door is
turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on. LIC2205
operational. If the light stays on or comes on The vehicle information display is located to the
along with the indicator light while you are Turn the headlight control switch off before leav-
left of the speedometer. It displays such items as:
driving, have the VDC system checked by a ing the vehicle.
NISSAN dealer. ● Vehicle settings
NISSAN Intelligent Key® Lock-in
While the VDC system is operating, you might ● Trip computer information
feel slight vibration or hear the system working
Prevention
when starting the vehicle or accelerating, but this The Intelligent Key buzzer sounds if the Intelligent ● Drive system warnings and settings
is normal. Key is left inside the vehicle when the doors are ● Forward emergency braking system (if so
closed and locked. When the buzzer sounds, be equipped)
AUDIBLE REMINDERS sure to take the Intelligent key with you when
leaving the vehicle. For additional information, ● Predictive forward collision warning system
Brake pad wear warning (if so equipped)
refer to “NISSAN Intelligent Key®” in the “Pre-
The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. driving checks and adjustments” section of this ● Blind Spot Warning system (if so equipped)
When a disc brake pad requires replacement, it manual.
makes a high pitched scraping sound when the ● Rear cross traffic alert system (if so
vehicle is in motion, whether or not the brake equipped)
● Cruise control system information The OK, and buttons also
● Intelligent Cruise Control system information control audio and control panel functions. For
(if so equipped) additional information, refer to “Steering wheel
switch for audio control” in “Display screen,
● NISSAN Intelligent Key® operation informa- heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems”
tion section of this manual.
● Indicators and warnings
STARTUP DISPLAY
● Tire Pressure information When the vehicle in placed in the ON or ACC
The display will be interrupted when a text mes- position the screens that display in the vehicle
sage is received, and can be operated via steer- information display include:
ing wheel mounted switch (models with Naviga- ● Active system status (if so equipped)
tion).
● Trip computer
LIC3010
HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE ● Tire pressure information
INFORMATION DISPLAY ● Fuel economy
The vehicle information display can be changed ● Warnings
using the buttons and OK located on the ● Outside air temperature
steering wheel.
● Odometer/Twin Trip Odometer
1. OK — change or select an item in the vehicle
information display ● Audio
2. — go back or forward through ● Navigation
the vehicle information menu items or to
change from one display screen to the next ● Settings
(i.e. trip, TPMS, Fuel economy) Warnings will only display if there are any pres-
3. — scroll up or down the vehicle infor- ent. For additional information on warnings and
mation menu items. indicators, refer to “Vehicle information display
warnings and indicators” in this section.
** Click HERE to see "Owner's Manual Supplement" beginning on page 5. **
To control what items display in the vehicle infor- – Emergency Brake (if so Use the button to select and the OK but-
mation display, refer to “Main menu selection” in equipped)/Predictive Forward Collision ton to change a menu item:
this section. Warning (if so equipped)
● Home
SETTINGS – Blind Spot (BSW) On/Off (if so
equipped)/Rear Cross Traffic Alert sys- ● Audio
The setting mode allows you to change the infor- tem On/Off (if so equipped)
mation displayed in the vehicle information dis- ● Navigation
play: – Driver Attention Alert On/Off (if so
● Drive computer
equipped)
● Driver Assistance ● Fuel Economy
– Timer Alert (if so equipped)
● Customize Display ● Driving Aids
– Low Temperature Alert On/Off (if so
● Vehicle Settings equipped) ● Tire Pressures
● Maintenance ● Parking Aids (if so equipped) Car Icon Color
● Clock – Moving Object On/Off (if so equipped) The color of the vehicle that displays in the ve-
● TPMS Settings hicle information display when the ignition switch
Customize Display is placed in the ON position can be changed.
● Unit / Language
The Customize Display allows the customer to ECO Info Settings
● Key-Linked Settings choose from various meter selections.
The following information can be
● Factory Reset The meter settings can be changed using enabled/disabled to display in the vehicle infor-
the and the OK button. mation display when the ignition switch is placed
Driver Assistance
Main Menu Selection in the ON position.
To change the status, warnings or turn on or off
The items that display can be enabled/disabled From the “Customize Display” select “ECO Info
any of the systems/warnings displayed in the
when the ignition switch is placed in the ON Settings” to display the information when the
“Driver Assistance” menu:
position. To change the items that display. ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
Use the button to select and the OK but-
● ECO Drive Report – select “On” or “Off” to
ton to change a menu item:
display the information when the ignition
● Driving Aids (if so equipped) switch is placed in the ON position.
● View History - select to display the vehicle’s The vehicle settings can be changed using When “ON is highlighted, Ext. Door Switch is
information history. tunred on. When “ON” is greyed-out, this item is
the , , and the OK buttons.
turned off.
Navigation (if so equipped)
Lighting
I-Key Door Unlock (if so equipped)
This setting allows the customer to Select the Lighting menu option to adjust the
enable/disable the alert for navigation in the ve- following: When this item is turned on, the request switch
hicle information display. on the doors is activated. From the Vehicle Set-
● Accent Lighting
tings menu, select “I-Key Door Unlock”. Use the
1. Use the buttons to select “Naviga- ● Light Sensitivity - The light sensitivity can be OK button to activate this function.
tion”. set to illuminate earlier based on the bright-
Answer Back Horn (if so equipped)
2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFF the ness outside the vehicle. Press OK to
alert. change the sensitivity timing. When the answer back horn is on, the horn will
chirp and the hazard indicators will flash once
3. Press the OK button to change the “View ● Light Off Delay - The duration of the auto-
when locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key.
Mode” between “City” and “Arrow”. matic headlights can be changed from 0 to
180 seconds. Press OK to change the du- Selective Unlock
Welcome Effects ration.
The welcome screen display can be adjusted When this item is turned on and when the door
when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or Turn Indicator handle request switch on the driver’s or front
passenger’s side door is pushed, only the corre-
ON position. Press the or button to The 3 flash pass can be set to be ON or OFF.
sponding door is unlocked first. The remaining
toggle through the menu options. Press the OK From the Turn Indicator menu, select “3 Flash
doors can be unlocked if the door unlock opera-
button to turn ON/OFF the following: Pass”. Use the OK button to turn this feature ON
tion is performed again within 1 minute. When
● Gauges or OFF.
this item is turned to OFF, all the doors will be
● Animation Exterior Door Switches unlocked after the door unlock operation is per-
formed once. From the Vehicle Settings menu,
Vehicle Settings When this item is turned on, the request switches
select ”Locking” then “Selective Unlock”. Use the
on the doors are activated. From the Vehicle
The vehicle settings allows the customer to OK button to toggle between on and off. When
Settings menu, select “Ext. Door Switch”. Use
change settings for interior lights, turn signals, “ON” is highlighted, “Selective Unlock” is turned
intelligent key settings, unlock settings and other the OK button to toggle between on and off. on. When “ON” is greyed-out, this item is turned
vehicle settings. off.
Wipers Oil and Filter
WARNING
The speed dependent feature can be set to be This indicator appears when the customer set
ON or OFF. From the Wipers menu, select The tire replacement indicator is not a
distance comes for changing the engine oil and substitute for regular tire checks, includ-
“Speed Dependent”. Use the OK button to turn filter. You can set or reset the distance for check-
this feature ON or OFF. ing tire pressure checks. For additional
ing or replacing these items. For scheduled main- information, refer to “Changing Wheels
Driving Position (if so equipped) tenance items and intervals, see your “NISSAN and Tires” in the “Maintenance & Do- It-
Service and Maintenance Guide.” Yourself” section of this manual. Many
The driving position has two features that can be
factors including tire inflation, alignment,
set to be ON or OFF. From the Driving position Tire
driving habits and road conditions affect
menu, select “Exit Seat Slide” or “Exit Steering This indicator appears when the customer set tire wear and when tires should be re-
Up”. Use the OK button to turn this feature ON or distance is reached for replacing tires. You can placed. Setting the tire replacement indi-
OFF. set or reset the distance for replacing tires. cator for a certain driving distance does
Remote engine start (if so equipped) not mean your tires will last that long. Use
the tire replacement indicator as a guide
The remote engine start feature can be set to be only and always perform regular tire
ON or OFF. From the Remote engine start menu, checks. Failure to perform regular tire
use the OK button to turn this feature ON or OFF. checks, including tire pressure checks
could result in tire failure. Serious vehicle
Maintenance damage could occur and may lead to a
The maintenance mode allows you to set alerts collision, which could result in serious
for the reminding of maintenance intervals. To personal injury or death.
change an item: Other
1. Push the or button to toggle This indicator appears when the customer set
through the menu items, and select “Set- distance is reached for checking or replacing
tings” and press OK. maintenance items other than the engine oil, oil
filter and tires. Other maintenance items can in-
2. Select “Maintenance” using the but- clude such things as air filter or tire rotation. The
ton and press OK. distance for checking or replacing the items can
be set or reset.
Clock to the separate Navigation Owner’s Manual. Use Use the buttons and the OK button to
the buttons to choose from he following select and change the unit.
To set the clock for system with navigation, press
menu options:
the “MENU” button. For systems without naviga- Temperature
tion, press the “SETTING” button. For additional ● Mileage/Fuel The temperature that displays in the vehicle infor-
information on how to set the clock, refer to the mation display can be changed from:
● Tire Pressures
“Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio
● Temperature ● °F (Fahrenheit)
and phone systems” section of this manual or the
separate Navigation Owner’s Manual.
● Language ● °C (Celsius)
TPMS Settings Mileage/Fuel Use the OK button to toggle choices.
The unit for tire pressure that displays in the The unit for the mileage that displays in the ve- Language
vehicle information display can be changed to: hicle information display can be changed to:
The language of the vehicle information display
● psi ● miles, MPG can be changed to:
● kPa ● km/h, km/l ● English
● bar ● km/h, l/100km ● French
● kgf/cm 2
Use the buttons and the OK button to ● Spanish
select and change the unit.
Use the buttons and the OK button to Use the buttons and the OK button to
select and change the unit. Tire Pressures select and change the language of the vehicle
The unit for tire pressure that displays in the information display.
Unit/Language vehicle information display can be changed to:
Select “Unit/Language” to adjust vehicle units Key-Linked Settings
and language on the Vehicle Information Display. ● psi The Key-Linked Setting can be turned
The vehicle information display language can ● kPa ON/OFF/Later using the OK button. It will display
also be changed by operating the navigation unit the key synchronized and in use for this vehicle.
(if so equipped). For additional information, refer ● bar
● kgf/cm2

Factory Reset
The settings in the vehicle information display can
be reset back to the factory default. To reset the
vehicle information display:
1. Use the buttons to select “Set-

tings”, and press the OK button.
2. Select “Factory Reset” using the but-
tons and press the OK button.
3. Select “YES” to return all settings back to
default by pressing the OK button.

LIC3030

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY 18. All Wheel Drive (AWD) Tire Size Incorrect depressed. You can start the engine in any posi-
WARNINGS AND INDICATORS See Owner’s Manual (if so equipped) tion of the ignition switch.
1. Engine start operation 19. Battery Voltage Low Charge Battery No Key Detected
2. No Key Detected 20. Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse This warning appears when the Intelligent Key is
left outside the vehicle with the ignition switch in
3. Shift to Park 21. Power will turn off to save the battery
the ON position. Make sure the Intelligent Key is
4. Key Battery Low 22. Power turned off to save the battery inside the vehicle.
5. Engine start operation for Intelligent Key sys- 23. Reminder: Turn OFF headlights For additional information about the Intelligent
tem (if I-Key battery level is low) Key, refer to “NISSAN Intelligent Key®” in the
24. Timer Alert – Time for a driver break?
“Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of
6. Key ID Incorrect
25. Low Outside Temperature this manual.
7. Release Parking Brake
26. Cruise indicators Shift to Park
8. Low Fuel
27. Transmission Shift Position Indicator This warning illuminates when the ignition switch
9. Low Washer Fluid is in the ACC or OFF position and the shift lever
28. CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual
10. Door/Liftgate Open is not in P (Park) position. Also, a chime sounds
29. BSW/RCTA system malfunction: See Own- when the ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF
11. I-Key System Error: See Owner’s Manual er’s Manual (if so equipped) position.
12. Loose Fuel Cap 30. FEB/PFCW system malfunction: See Own- If this warning illuminates, move the shift lever to
er’s Manual (if so equipped) the P (Park) position or start the engine.
13. Tire Pressure Low – Add Air
31. ICC system On indicator (if so equipped) Key Battery Low
14. Flat Tire – Visit Dealer (if so equipped)
This indicator illuminates when the Intelligent Key
15. Low Oil Pressure Stop Vehicle Engine start operation
battery is running out of power.
16. All Wheel Drive (AWD) Error: See Owner’s This indicator appears when the shift lever is in
If this indicator illuminates, replace the battery
Manual (if so equipped) the P (Park) position.
with a new one. For additional information, refer
17. All Wheel Drive (AWD) High Temp. Stop This indicator means that the engine will start by to “Battery replacement” in the “Maintenance and
Vehicle (if so equipped) pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal do-it-yourself” section of this manual.
Engine start operation for Intelligent Key convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge Loose Fuel Cap
system (if I-Key battery level is low) reaches 0 (Empty). There will be a small re-
This warning appears when the fuel-filler cap is
serve of fuel in the tank when the fuel
This indicator appears when the battery of the not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been
gauge needle reaches 0 (Empty).
Intelligent Key is low and when the Intelligent Key refueled. For additional information, refer to
system and the vehicle are not communicating Low Washer Fluid “Fuel-filler cap” in the “Pre-driving checks and
normally. adjustments” section of this manual.
This warning illuminates when the windshield-
If this appears, touch the ignition switch with the washer fluid is at a low level. Add windshield- Tire Pressure Low - Add Air
Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal. washer fluid as necessary. For additional informa-
This warning appears when the low tire pressure
For additional information, refer to “NISSAN In- tion, refer to “Windshield-washer fluid” in the
warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire
telligent Key® battery discharge” in the “Starting “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this
pressure is detected. If this warning appears,
and driving” section of this manual. manual.
stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressures of
Key ID Incorrect Door/liftgate Open all four tires to the recommended COLD tire
pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa-
This warning appears when the ignition switch is This warning illuminates when a door has been
tion label. For additional information, refer to
placed from the OFF position and the Intelligent opened when the engine is running.
“Low tire pressure warning light” in this section
Key is not recognized by the system. You cannot
I-Key System Error: See Owner’s Manual and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”
start the engine with an unregistered key.
in the “Starting and driving” section of this
For additional information, refer to “NISSAN In- After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON manual.
telligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checks and position, this light comes on for a period of time
and then turns off. Flat Tire – Visit Dealer (if so equipped)
adjustments” section of this manual.
The I-Key System Error message warns of a This warning appears when the low tire pressure
Release Parking brake
malfunction with the Intelligent Key system. If the warning light in the meter illuminates and one or
This warning illuminates in the message area of light comes on while the engine is stopped, it may more flat tires are detected while driving. A chime
the vehicle information display when the parking be impossible to start the engine. also sounds for approximately 10 seconds.
brake is set and the vehicle is driven.
Low Oil Pressure Stop Vehicle
If the light comes on while the engine is running,
Low Fuel
you can drive the vehicle. However in these This warning appears in message area of the
This warning illuminates when the fuel level in the cases, contact a NISSAN dealer for repair as vehicle information display if low oil pressure is
fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is soon as possible. detected. This gauge is not designed to indicate
low oil level. The low oil pressure warning is Battery Voltage Low Charge Battery Reminder: Turn OFF headlights
not designed to indicate a low oil level. Use
This warning appears when the battery is low and This warning appears when the headlights are
the dipstick to check the oil level. For additional
needs to be charged. left in the ON position when exiting the vehicle.
information, refer to “Engine oil” in the “Mainte-
Place the headlight switch in the OFF or AUTO
nance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual. Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse
position. For additional information, refer to
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Error See Owner’s This warning may appear if the extended storage “Headlight and turn signal switch” in this section.
Manual (if so equipped) fuse switch is not pushed in (switched on). When Timer Alert – Time for a driver break?
this warning appears, push in (switch on) the
This warning appears when the all-wheel drive This indicator appears when the set time is
extended storage fuse switch to turn off the
system is not functioning properly while the en- reached. The time can be set up to six hours.
warning. For additional information, refer to
gine is running.
“Fuses” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” Low Outside Temperature
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) High Temp. Stop section of this manual.
Vehicle (if so equipped) This warning appears if the outside temperature
Power will turn off to save the battery is below 37°F (3°C). The temperature can be
This warning may appear while trying to free a changed to display in Celsius or Fahrenheit. For
This message appears in the vehicle information
stuck vehicle due to increased oil temperature. additional information, refer to “Temperature” in
display after a period of time if the ignition switch
The driving mode may change to 2-Wheel Drive this section.
is in ACC or the ON position and if the vehicle is
(2WD). If this warning is displayed, stop the
in P (Park). For additional information, refer to Cruise indicators
vehicle with the engine idling, as soon as it is safe
“Push-button ignition switch positions” in the This indicator shows the cruise control system
to do so. Then if the warning turns off, you can
“Starting and Driving” section of this manual status.
continue driving.
Power turned off to save the battery When cruise control is activated, a green circle
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Tire Size Incorrect
See Owner’s Manual (if so equipped) This message appears after the ignition switch is will illuminate to indicate it is set. The vehicle
automatically turned to off. For additional infor- information display will also display the speed the
This warning may appear if there is a large differ- cruise control was set at. If you accelerate past
mation, refer to “Push-button ignition switch po-
ence between the diameters of the front and rear the set speed, the speed will blink until you either
sitions” in the “Starting and Driving” section of
wheels. Pull off the road in a safe area, with the cancel cruise control or go back to the set speed.
this manual.
engine idling. Check that all the tire sizes are the If cruise control is on and cancelled, the speed
same, that the tire pressure is correct and that the will be displayed to show the speed the vehicle
tires are not excessively worn. will return to if the resume button his activated.
SECURITY SYSTEMS
Transmission Shift Position Indicator Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system ON

indicator (if so equipped)
This indicator shows the transmission shift posi-
tion. This indicator shows the Intelligent Cruise Con-
trol (ICC) system status. The status is shown by
CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual the color. For additional information, refer to “In-
This warning illuminates when the there is a prob- telligent Cruise Control (ICC) System” in the
lem with the CVT system. If this warning comes “Starting and Driving” section of this manual.
on, have the system checked by a NISSAN
dealer.
BSW/RCTA System Malfunction: See
Owner’s Manual (if so equipped)
This warning appears when the Blind Spot
Warning/Rear Cross Traffic Alert systems are not LIC2930
functioning properly. For additional information, Your vehicle has two types of security systems:
refer to “Blind Spot Warning system” and “Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system” in the “Start- ● Vehicle security system
ing and Driving” section of this manual. ● NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
FEB/PFCW System Malfunction: See VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
Owner’s Manual (if so equipped)
The vehicle security system provides visual and
This warning appears when the Forward Emer- audible alarm signals if someone opens the
gency Braking/Predictive Forward Collision doors, trunk, liftgate or the hood when the system
warning systems are not functioning properly. For is armed. It is not, however, a motion detection
additional information, refer to “Forward Emer- type system that activates when a vehicle is
gency Braking System” and “Predictive Forward moved or when a vibration occurs.
Collision Warning System” in the “Starting and
The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot
Driving” section of this manual.
prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior or
exterior vehicle components in all situations. Al-
ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a seconds. If during the pre-armed phase one The alarm is activated by:
brief period. Never leave your Intelligent Key in of the following occurs, the system will not
arm: ● opening any door or hood without using the
the vehicle, and always lock the vehicle when
key or Intelligent Key (even if the door is un-
unattended. Be aware of your surroundings, and ● Any door is unlocked with the mechanical locked by releasing the door inside lock knob).
park in secure, well-lit areas whenever possible. key, the intelligent key or door request
Many devices offering additional protection, such switch (if so equipped). How to stop an activated alarm
as component locks, identification markers, and ● Ignition switch is place in ACC or ON posi- The alarm stops only by unlocking a door or the
tracking systems, are available at auto supply tion. trunk/liftgate with the mechanical key, pressing
stores and specialty shops. Your NISSAN dealer the button on the Intelligent Key, or press-
may also offer such equipment. Check with your ● Even when the driver and/or passen-
gers are in the vehicle, the system will ing the request switch on the driver’s or passen-
insurance company to see if you may be eligible ger’s door with the Intelligent Key in range of the
activate with all the doors, hood and
for discounts for various theft protection features. door handle.
trunk lid locked with the ignition switch
How to arm the vehicle security placed in the LOCK position. When NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER
system placing the ignition switch in the ACC
or ON position, the system will be re- SYSTEM
1. Close all windows. (The system can be leased. The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not
armed even if the windows are open.) allow the engine to start without the use of a
Vehicle security system activation registered key.
2. Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle.
The vehicle security system will give the following Never leave these keys in the vehicle.
3. Close all doors, hood and trunk/liftgate. alarm:
Lock all doors. The doors can be locked with FCC Notice:
the Intelligent Key, door handle request ● The headlights blink and the horn sounds
For USA:
switch (if so equipped), or mechanical key. intermittently but synchronously.
This device complies with part 15 of the
4. Confirm that the . security indicator ● The alarm automatically turns off after a pe-
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
light stays on for about 30 seconds. The riod of time. However, the alarm reactivates if
lowing two conditions: (1) This device may
vehicle security system is now pre-armed. the vehicle is tampered with again.
not cause harmful interference, and (2) this
The vehicle security system automatically device must accept any interference re-
shift into the armed phase. The secu- ceived, including interference that may
rity light begins to flash once every three cause undesired operation.
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
SWITCH
NOTE:
WARNING
Changes or modifications not expressly ap- In freezing temperatures the washer solu-
proved by the party responsible for compli- tion may freeze on the window and ob-
ance could void the user’s authority to op- scure your vision which may lead to an
erate the equipment. accident. Warm the window with the de-
For Canada: froster before you wash the window.
This device complies with Industry Canada
license-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-
CAUTION
tion is subject to the following two condi- ● Do not operate the washer continuously
tions: (1) this device may not cause inter- for more than 30 seconds.
ference, and (2) this device must accept any
● Do not operate the washer if the reser-
received, including interference that may
voir tank is empty.
cause undesired operation of the device.
LIC0474 ● Do not fill the window washer reservoir
Security indicator light with washer fluid concentrates at full
strength. Some methyl alcohol based
The security indicator light blinks whenever the washer fluid concentrates may perma-
ignition switch is placed in the OFF, LOCK or ACC nently stain the grille if spilled while
position. This function indicates the NISSAN Ve- filling the window washer reservoir.
hicle Immobilizer System is operational.
● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with
If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal- water to the manufacturer’s recom-
functioning, the light will remain on while the mended levels before pouring the fluid
ignition switch is placed in the ON position. into the window washer reservoir. Do
If the light still remains on and/or the en- not use the window washer reservoir to
gine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer for mix the washer fluid concentrate and
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser- water.
vice as soon as possible. Please bring all
registered keys that you have when visiting
your NISSAN dealer for service.
If the windshield wiper operation is interrupted by Lift the lever up 䊊
4 to have one sweep operation
snow or ice, the wiper may stop moving to protect (MIST) of the wiper.
its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to
Pull the lever toward you 䊊 5 to operate the
the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that
washer. The wiper will also operate several times.
is on and around the wiper arms. In approximately
1 minute, turn the switch on again to operate the
wiper.
LIC3028
SWITCH OPERATION
The windshield wiper and washer operates when
the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the
following speed:
䊊
1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation
can be adjusted by turning the knob toward
䊊A (Slower) or away 䊊B (Faster).
䊊
2 Low (LO) — continuous low speed operation
䊊
3 High (HI) — continuous high speed opera-
tion

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND
WASHER SWITCH
Push the switch forward 䊊 3 to operate the

WARNING
washer. The wiper will also operate several times.
In freezing temperatures the washer solu-
tion may freeze on the window and ob-
scure your vision. Warm the rear window
with the defroster before you wash the
rear window.
CAUTION
● Do not operate the washer continuously
for more than 30 seconds.
● Do not operate the washer if the reser-
voir is empty.
● Do not fill the windshield-washer fluid LIC3029
reservoir with washer fluid concen- If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted
trates at full strength. Some methyl al- by snow, etc., the wiper may stop moving to
cohol based washer fluid concentrates protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper
may permanently stain the grille if switch to OFF and remove the snow, etc. on and
spilled while filling the windshield- around the wiper arms. After about 1 minute, turn
washer fluid reservoir. the switch ON again to operate the wiper.
● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with The rear window wiper and washer operate when
water to the manufacturer’s recom- the ignition switch is in the ON position. Turn the
mended levels before pouring the fluid switch clockwise from the OFF position to oper-
into the windshield-washer fluid reser- ate the wiper.
voir. Do not use the windshield-washer
fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid 䊊
1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation
concentrate and water. (not adjustable)
䊊
2 Low (ON) — continuous low speed opera-
tion
REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL
MIRROR (if so equipped) SWITCH
DEFROSTER SWITCH
NOTE:
The top and bottom few rows of wires on
the rear window are not part of the rear
window defroster system. These wires
make up the antenna for the audio system.
LIC2923 LIC3027
To defrost the rear window glass and outside HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH
mirrors (if so equipped), start the engine and
push the rear window defroster switch on. The Lighting
rear window defroster indicator light on the
switch comes on. Push the switch again to turn 䊊
1 When turning the switch to the posi-
tion, the front parking, tail, license plate and
the defroster off.
instrument panel lights come on.
The rear window defroster automatically turns off
after approximately 15 minutes. 䊊
2 When turning the switch to the posi-
tion, the headlights come on and daytime
CAUTION running lights switch to front parking All the
other lights remain on.
When cleaning the inner side of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or dam-
age the rear window defroster.

NOTE:
CAUTION
Use the headlights only with the engine Autolight activation sensitivity and the time
running to avoid discharging the vehicle delay for autolight shutoff can be adjusted.
battery. For additional information, refer to “Ve-
hicle information display” in this section.
To turn on the autolight system:
1. Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi-
tion 䊊1 .
2. Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3. The autolight system automatically turns the
headlights on and off.
SIC3268
Initially, if the ignition switch is turned OFF and a
door is opened and left open, the headlights
Autolight system remain ON for a period of time. If another door is
The autolight system allows the headlights to turn opened while the headlights are on, then the
on and off automatically. The autolight system timer is reset.
can: To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch to
● Turn on the headlights, front parking, tail, the OFF, , or position.
license plate and instrument panel lights au-
tomatically when it is dark.
● Turn off all the lights (except daylight running
lights) when it is light.
● Keep all the lights on for a period of time after
you place the ignition switch in the OFF
position and all doors are closed.

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM
The daytime running lights automatically illumi-
nate when the engine is started with the parking
brake released. The daytime running lights oper-
ate with the headlight switch in the OFF position
or in the position. Turn the headlight switch
to the position for full illumination when
driving at night.
If the parking brake is applied before the engine is
started, the daytime running lights do not illumi-
nate. The daytime running lights illuminate when
the parking brake is released. The daytime run-
ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch
LIC2237 SIC3269 is placed in the OFF position.
Be sure you do not put anything on top of Headlight beam select
the autolight sensor located in the top side WARNING
䊊1 of the instrument panel. The autolight 䊊
1 To select the high beam function, push the
When the daytime running light system is
sensor controls the autolight; if it is cov- lever forward. The high beam lights come on
active, tail lights on your vehicle are not
ered, the autolight sensor reacts as if it is and the light illuminates. on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on your
dark out and the headlights will illuminate.
If this occurs while parked with the engine 䊊
2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam. headlights. Failure to do so could cause
an accident injuring yourself and others.
off and the ignition switch placed in the ON 䊊
3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the
position, your vehicle’s battery could be- headlight high beams on and off.
come discharged.
Battery saver system
The battery saver automatically turns off the igni-
tion after a period of time when the ignition switch
is left in the ACC (if so equipped) or ON position.

Lane change signal
䊊
2 Move the lever up or down until the turn
signal begins to flash, but the lever does not
latch, to signal a lane change. Hold the lever
until the lane change is completed.
Move the lever up or down until the turn
signal begins to flash, but the lever does not
latch, and release the lever. The turn signal
will automatically flash three times.
Choose the appropriate method to signal a lane
change based on road and traffic conditions.
LIC2624 SIC3271
INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
CONTROL Turn signal
Push the “-” button 䊊
A to decrease the bright-
ness of instrument panel lights when driving at 䊊
1 Move the lever up or down to signal the
turning direction. When the turn is com-
night.
pleted, the turn signal cancels automatically.
Push the “+” button 䊊B to increase the bright-
ness of instrument panel lights when driving at
night.

HORN HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if so
equipped)
SIC3272 WIC0249 LIC0421

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped) To sound the horn, push near the horn icon on the The heated steering wheel system is designed to
steering wheel. operate only when the surface temperature of the
To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight switch steering wheel is below 68°F (20°C).
to the position, then turn the fog light WARNING
switch to the position. Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm
Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so the steering wheel after the engine starts. The
To turn the fog lights on with the headlight switch could affect proper operation of the
in the AUTO position, the headlights must be on, indicator light will come on.
supplemental front air bag system. Tam-
then turn the fog light switch to the posi- pering with the supplemental front air bag If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is
tion. system may result in serious personal below 68°F (20°C), the system will heat the
To turn the fog lights off, turn the fog light switch injury. steering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain a
to the OFF position. temperature above 68°F (20°C). The indicator
light will remain on as long as the system is on.
The headlights must be on and the low beams
selected for the fog lights to operate. The fog Push the switch again to turn the heated steering
lights automatically turn off when the high beam wheel system off manually. The indicator light will
headlights are selected. go off.
HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)
NOTE:
WARNING
If the surface temperature of the steering Do not use or allow occupants to use the
wheel is above 68°F (20°C) when the switch seat heater if you or the occupants cannot
is turned on, the system will not heat the monitor elevated seat temperatures or
steering wheel. This is not a malfunction. have an inability to feel pain in body parts
that contact the seat. Use of the seat
heater by such people could result in seri-
ous injury.
CAUTION
● The battery could run down if the seat
heater is operated while the engine is
not running.
LIC2876
The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters. ● Do not use the seat heater for extended
periods or when no one is using the
1. Start the engine. seat.
2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch, as ● Do not put anything on the seat which
desired. The indicator light in the switch will insulates heat, such as a blanket, cush-
illuminate. ion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat
may become overheated.
The heater is controlled by a thermostat,
automatically turning the heater on and off. ● Do not place anything hard or heavy on
The indicator light will remain on as long as the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar
object. This may result in damage to the
the switch is on.
heater.
3. When the seat is warmed or before you ● Any liquid spilled on the heated seat
leave the vehicle, be sure to turn the switch should be removed immediately with a
off. dry cloth.

HEATED 2ND ROW SEATS (if so
equipped)
● When cleaning the seat, never use WARNING ● When cleaning the seat, never use
gasoline, benzine, thinner, or any simi- gasoline, benzine, thinner, or any simi-
lar materials. Do not use or allow occupants to use the
lar materials.
seat heater if you or the occupants cannot
● If any malfunctions are found or the monitor elevated seat temperatures or ● If any malfunctions are found or the
heated seat does not operate, turn the have an inability to feel pain in body parts heated seat does not operate, turn the
switch off and have the system checked that contact the seat. Use of the seat switch off and have the system checked
by your NISSAN dealer. heater by such people could result in seri- by a NISSAN dealer.
ous injury.
CAUTION
● The battery could run down if the seat
heater is operated while the engine is
not running.
● Do not use the seat heater for extended
periods or when no one is using the
seat.
● Do not put anything on the seat which
insulates heat, such as a blanket, cush-
ion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat
● Do not place anything hard or heavy on
the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar
object. This may result in damage to the
heater.
● Any liquid spilled on the heated seat
should be removed immediately with a
dry cloth.

CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT
SWITCH (if so equipped)
3. When the seat is warmed or before you

leave the vehicle, be sure to turn the switch
off.
LIC2876 LIC2877
The 2nd row seats are warmed by built-in heat- The climate controlled seat warms up or cools
ers. The switches are located on the rear of the down the front seat by blowing warm or cool air
front center console and can be operated inde- from under the surface of the seat. The climate
pendently of each other. control switch is located on the center console.
1. Start the engine. The climate controlled seat can be operated as
follows:
2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch, as
desired. The indicator light in the switch will 1. Start the engine.
illuminate. 2. Turn the control knob 䊊 A to the heat side 䊊
1
or the cool side 䊊
2 . The indicator light 䊊B on
The heater is controlled by a thermostat,
the control knob will illuminate.
automatically turning the heater on and off.
The indicator light will remain on as long as
the switch is on.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)
OFF SWITCH
3. Adjust the desired amount of air using the

CAUTION
control knob. The climate controlled seat
blower remains on low speed for approxi- ● The battery could run down if the cli-
mately 60 seconds after turning the switch mate control seat is operated while the
on or selecting the desired temperature. engine is not running.
4. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed or ● Do not use the climate control seat for
cooled, or before you leave the vehicle, be extended periods or when no one is
sure to turn the control knob to the Off using the seat.
(center) position. The indicator light 䊊
B on ● Do not put anything on the seat which
the control knob goes off with the switch in insulates heat, such as a blanket, cush-
the off (center) position. ion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat
To check the air filter for the climate controlled
seat, contact a NISSAN dealer. ● Do not place anything hard or heavy on
the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar
LIC1548
WARNING objects. This may result in damage to
the climate controlled seat. The vehicle should be driven with the VDC sys-
Do not use or allow occupants to use the tem on for most driving conditions.
● Any liquid spilled on the seat should be
climate controlled seats if you or the oc- removed immediately with a dry cloth If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC
cupants can not monitor seat tempera- system reduces the engine output to reduce
tures or have an inability to feel pain in ● The climate controlled seat has an air
wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced
those body parts in contact with the seat. filter. Do not operate the climate con-
even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. If
Use of the climate controlled seats by trolled seat without an air filter. This maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck
such people could result in serious injury. may result in damage to the system. vehicle, turn the VDC system off.
● When cleaning the seat, never use To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF
gasoline, benzine, thinner, or any simi-
switch. The indicator will come on.
lar materials.
Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the
● If any malfunctions are found or the engine to turn on the system. For additional infor-
climate controlled seat does not oper- mation, refer to “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
ate, turn the switch off and have the system” in the “Starting and driving” section of
system checked by your NISSAN dealer. this manual.
POWER OUTLETS
LIC3002 LIC2616 LIC2617

Instrument Panel Center Console Cargo Area
12V OUTLETS CAUTION ● Use power outlets with the engine run-
ning to avoid discharging the vehicle
The power outlets are for powering electrical ● The outlet and plug may be hot during
accessories such as cellular telephones. They battery.
or immediately after use.
are rated at 12 volt, 120W (10A) maximum. ● Avoid using power outlets when the air
● Only certain power outlets are designed
The front and center console power outlets are conditioner, headlights or rear window
for use with a cigarette lighter unit. Do
powered only when the ignition switch is in the defroster is on.
not use any other power outlet for an
ACC (if so equipped) or ON position. accessory lighter. See your NISSAN ● Before inserting or disconnecting a
dealer for additional information. plug, be sure the electrical accessory
being used is turned OFF.
● Do not use with accessories that exceed
a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.
● Do not use double adapters or more
than one electrical accessory.

STORAGE
● Push the plug in as far as it will go. If WARNING

good contact is not made, the plug may
overheat or the internal temperature To ensure proper operation of the passen-
fuse may open. ger’s advanced air bag system, please ob-
serve the following items:
● When not in use, be sure to close the
cap. Do not allow water or any other ● Do not allow a passenger in the 2nd row
liquid to contact the outlet. to push or pull on the seatback pocket
or headrest.
● Do not place heavy loads heavier than
2.2 lbs. (1 kg) on the seatback, head
restraint/headrest or in the seatback
pocket.
LIC2618
SEATBACK POCKETS
There is a pocket located on the back of the driver
and passenger seats. These pockets can be
used to store maps.

CAUTION
● Do not use for anything other than
sunglasses.
● Do not leave sunglasses in the sun-
glasses holder while parking in direct
sunlight. The heat may damage the
sunglasses.
LIC2312 LIC2914
SUNGLASSES HOLDER Front console
To open the sunglasses holder, push and release.

CUP HOLDERS
Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder.
WARNING
Keep the sunglasses holder closed while
driving to prevent an accident.

CAUTION
● Avoid abrupt starting and braking when
the cup holder is being used to prevent
spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it
can scald you or your passenger. Spilled
liquid can also damage the seat climate
system.
● Use only soft cups in the cup holder.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.
LIC2915 LIC2622
Bench seat Bottle holder — front
CAUTION CAUTION
Do not recline the rear seatback when you ● Do not use bottle holder for any other
use the cup holders on the rear armrest. objects that could be thrown about in
Doing so may cause the beverages to spill the vehicle and possibly injure people
over, and if they are hot, they may scald during sudden braking or an accident.
the passengers.
● Do not use bottle holder for open liquid
containers.

LIC2933 LIC3003 LIC2916
Bottle holder — rear GLOVE BOX CONSOLE BOX
Open the glove box by pulling the handle. To open the console box, press in on the lever
and raise the lid.
Use the master key to lock or unlock the glove
box. The valet key (if so equipped) cannot be To close, push the lid down until the lock latches.
used to lock or unlock the glove box.
WARNING
Keep glove box lid closed while driving to
help prevent injury in an accident or a
sudden stop.

WARNING
● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or
straps to help prevent it from sliding or
shifting. Do not place cargo higher than
the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col-
lision, unsecured cargo could cause
personal injury.
● Use suitable ropes and hooks to secure
cargo.
● Never allow anyone to ride in the lug-
gage area. It is extremely dangerous to
ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle.
LTI2113 In a collision, people riding in these LIC3006
areas are more likely to be seriously
LUGGAGE HOOKS injured or killed. ROOF RACK (if so equipped)
When securing items using luggage hooks lo- ● Do not allow people to ride in any area Genuine NISSAN accessory cross bars are avail-
cated on the back of the seat or side finisher do of your vehicle that is not equipped with able through your NISSAN dealer. Contact an
not apply a load over more than 6.5 lbs (29 N) to seats and seat belts. NISSAN dealer for crossbar or other equipment
a single hook. ● The child restraint top tether strap may information.
The luggage hooks that are located on the floor be damaged by contact with items in Always distribute the luggage evenly on the cross
should have loads less than 110 lbs (490 N) to a the cargo area. Secure any items in the bars. Do not load more than 150 lb (68 kg) on the
single hook. cargo area. Your child could be seri- cross bars. Observe the maximum load limit
ously injured or killed in a collision if shown on the cross bars or roof carriers when
The luggage hooks can be used to secure cargo the top tether strap is damaged. you attach them on the roof cross bars. Contact
with ropes or other types of straps.
● Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a an NISSAN dealer for crossbar or other equip-
seat and using a seat belt properly. ment information.

WINDOWS
Do not apply any load directly to the roof side ● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or POWER WINDOWS
rails. Cross bars must be installed before apply- straps to help prevent it from sliding or
ing load/cargo/luggage to the roof of the vehicle. shifting. In a sudden stop or collision, WARNING
Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the unsecured cargo could cause personal ● Make sure that all passengers have
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or its injury. their hands, etc. inside the vehicle while
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR front and it is in motion and before closing the
rear). The GVWR and GAWR are located on the CAUTION windows. Use the window lock switch to
F.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S. certification label (lo- Always install the cross bars onto the roof prevent unexpected use of the power
cated on the driver’s door pillar). For additional side rails before loading cargo of any kind. windows.
information regarding GVWR and GAWR, refer Loading cargo directly onto the roof side ● Do not leave children unattended inside
to “Vehicle loading information” in the “Technical rails or the vehicle’s roof may cause ve- the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-
and customer information” section of this manual. hicle damage. tivate switches or controls and become
trapped in a window. Unattended chil-
WARNING dren could become involved in serious
● Drive extra carefully when the vehicle is accidents.
loaded at or near the cargo carrying The power windows operate when the ignition
capacity, especially if the significant switch is placed in the ON position, or for a
portion of that load is carried on the period of time after the ignition switch is placed in
cross bars. the OFF position. If the driver’s or passenger’s
● Heavy loading of the cross bars has the door is opened during this period of time, the
potential to affect the vehicle stability power to the windows is canceled.
and handling during sudden or unusual
handling maneuvers.
● Roof rack cross bars should be evenly
distributed.
● Do not exceed maximum roof rack cross
bars load.

Driver’s side power window switch
The driver’s side control panel is equipped with
switches to open or close all of the windows.
To open a window, push the switch to the first
detent and continue to hold down until the de-
sired window position is reached. To close a
window, pull the switch to the first detent and
continue to hold up until the desired window
position is reached.
Locking passengers’ windows
When the window lock switch is depressed, only
the driver’s side window can be opened or
LIC2396 closed. Push it again to cancel the window lock LIC2397
1. Window lock button function. Front passenger’s power window
2. Power door lock switch switch
3. Driver side automatic switch
The passenger’s window switch operates only
4. Front passenger side switch
the corresponding passenger’s window. To open
5. Left rear passenger side switch the window partially, push the switch down 䊊 1
6. Right rear passenger side switch lightly until the desired window position is
reached. To close the window partially, pull the
switch up 䊊 2 until the desired window position is
reached.

Auto-reverse function
The auto-reverse function can be activated when
a window is closed by automatic operation.
Depending on the environment or driving
conditions, the auto-reverse function may
be activated if an impact or load similar to
something being caught in the window oc-
curs.
WARNING
There are some small distances immedi-
ately before the closed position which
LIC2663 LIC0410 cannot be detected. Make sure that all
passengers have their hands, etc., inside
Rear power window switch Automatic operation the vehicle before closing the window.
The rear power window switches open or close To fully open a window, press the window switch If the vehicle’s battery is disconnected, replaced,
only the corresponding windows. To open the down to the second detent and release it; it need or jump started, the power window auto-reverse
window, push the switch and hold it down 䊊1 . To not be held. The window automatically opens all function may not operate properly. If this occurs,
close the window, pull the switch up 䊊2 . the way. To stop the window, lift the switch up please contact the dealer to re-initialize the
while the window is opening. power window auto-reverse system.
To fully close a window, pull the switch up to the If the control unit detects something caught in a
second detent and release it; it need not be held. window equipped with automatic operation, as it
To stop the window, press the switch down while is closing, the window will be immediately low-
the window is closing. ered.

POWER MOONROOF (if so equipped)
automatically open or close all the way. To stop Auto-reverse function (when closing or
the roof, push the switch once more while it is tilting down the moonroof)
opening or closing.
The auto-reverse function can be activated when
Sliding the moonroof (Type B - if so the moonroof is closed or tilted down by auto-
equipped) matic operation when the ignition switch is
placed in the ON position or for a period of time
To open the moonroof, push the switch to the
after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF
open 䊊 1 position and release it; it need not be
position.
held. The roof will automatically open and stop
slightly before the fully open position to reduce Depending on the environment or driving
wind noise. conditions, the auto-reverse function may
be activated if an impact or load similar to
Press the switch again to fully open the moon-
something being caught in the moonroof
roof.
LIC2644 occurs.
The moonroof will only operate when the ignition To close the moonroof, push the switch to the 䊊 2
switch is placed in the ON position. The moon- position and release it. The roof will automatically WARNING
roof is operational for a period of time, even if the close all the way. There are some small distances immedi-
ignition switch is placed in the ACC (if so To stop the moonroof, push the switch once more ately before the closed position which
equipped) or OFF position. If the driver’s door or while it is opening or closing. cannot be detected. Make sure that all
the front passenger’s door is opened during this passengers have their hands, etc., inside
period of time, the power to the moonroof is Tilting the moonroof the vehicle before closing the moonroof.
canceled. To tilt up, first close the moonroof, then push the When closing
Sliding the moonroof (Type A - if so switch to the tilt up position 䊊1 and release it; it
need not be held. To tilt down the moonroof, push If the control unit detects something caught in the
equipped) the switch to the tilt down position 䊊 2 . moonroof as it moves to the front, the moonroof
will immediately open backward.
To fully open or close the moonroof, push the
switch to the open 䊊1 or close 䊊
2 position and
release it; it need not be held. The roof will

When tilting down Panoramic sunshade CAUTION
If the control unit detects something caught in the The panoramic sunshade operates when the ig- ● Do not place objects (such as newspa-
moonroof as it tilts down, the moonroof will im- nition switch is in the ON position. When opening pers, handkerchiefs, etc.) on the sun-
mediately tilt up. or closing the sunshade the switch need not be shade inlet port. Doing so may entangle
If the auto-reverse function malfunctions and re- held. these objects in the sunshade when it is
peats opening or tilting up the moonroof, keep extending or retracting, causing im-
To open the sunshade: proper operation or damage to the
pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds
after it happens; the moonroof will fully close ● To fully open the sunshade, push the switch sunshade.
gradually. Make sure nothing is caught in the 䊊1 toward the open position. ● Do not push the sunshade arm with
moonroof. To close the sunshade: your hands, etc., as this may deform it.
Improper operation or damage to the
WARNING ● To fully close the sunshade, push the switch sunshade may result.
● In an accident you could be thrown from
䊊2 toward the close position.
● Do not put any object into the sunshade
the vehicle through an open moonroof. inlet port as this may result in improper
WARNING operation or damage the sunshade.
Always use seat belts and child
restraints. ● To avoid personal injury, keep your ● Do not hang any object on the arm rail
hands, fingers and head away from the
● Do not allow anyone to stand up or sunshade arm, the arm rail and sun-
as this may result in improper operation
extend any portion of their body out of or damage the sunshade.
shade inlet port.
the moonroof opening while the vehicle ● Do not forcefully pull the sunshade. Do-
is in motion or while the moonroof is ● Do not allow children near the rear sun- ing so may elongate the sunshade. Im-
closing. shade system. They could be injured. proper operation or damage to the sun-
● Do not place objects on or near the rear shade may result.
CAUTION sunshade. This could cause improper
operation or damage it. If the moonroof does not close
● Remove water drops, snow, ice or sand
from the moonroof before opening. ● Do not pull or push the rear sunshade. Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the
This could cause improper operation or moonroof.
● Do not place heavy objects on the
moonroof or surrounding area. damage it.

INTERIOR LIGHT
When the OFF switch 䊊 2 is pushed, the interior

lights will illuminate when pushed. When the
DOOR/OFF switch is pressed and the ON
switch is pressed, all of the lights will come on.
NOTE:
The footwell lights and step lights illumi-
nate when the driver and passenger doors
are open regardless of the interior light
switch position. These lights will turn off
automatically after a period of time while
doors are open to prevent the battery from
becoming discharged.
LIC2302 LIC2303
CAUTION
When the ON switch 䊊 1 is pressed, the footwell CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped)
Do not use for extended periods of time
lights (if so equipped), step lights (if so
with the engine stopped. This could result The console light will turn on whenever the park-
equipped), map lights and rear personal lights in a discharged battery. ing lights or headlights are illuminated.
will automatically turn on and stay on for a period
of time when: The console light brightness can be adjusted
with the illumination brightness control in the
● The doors are unlocked by the Intelligent vehicle information display.
Key, a key or the request switch (if so
equipped) while all doors are closed and the
ignition switch is in the OFF position.
● The driver’s door is opened and then closed
while the ignition switch is in the OFF posi-
tion.
● When individually pushed.

MAP LIGHTS PERSONAL LIGHTS HOMELINK® UNIVERSAL
TRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver provides

a convenient way to consolidate the functions of
up to three individual hand-held transmitters into
one built-in device.
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:
● Will operate most Radio Frequency devices
such as garage doors, gates, home and of-
fice lighting, entry door locks and security
systems.
● Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. No
separate batteries are required. If the vehi-
cle’s battery is discharged or is discon-
LIC2304 LIC1083 nected, HomeLink® will retain all program-
Push the button to turn the map lights on. To turn Rear personal lights ming.
them off, press the button again. To turn the rear personal lights on, press the When the HomeLink® Universal Trans-
switch. To turn them off, press the switch again. ceiver is programmed, retain the original
CAUTION transmitter for future programming proce-
Do not use for extended periods of time dures (Example: new vehicle purchases).
with the engine stopped. This could result Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmed
in a discharged battery. HomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttons
should be erased for security purposes. For
additional information, refer to “Program-
ming HomeLink®” in this section.

WARNING PROGRAMMING HOMELINK®
● Do not use the HomeLink® Universal If you have any questions or are having difficulty
Transceiver with any garage door programming your HomeLink® buttons, refer to
opener that lacks safety stop and re- the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com
verse features as required by federal or call 1-800-355-3515.
safety standards. (These standards be-
came effective for opener models NOTE:
manufactured after April 1, 1982). A ga- Place the ignition switch in the ACC posi-
rage door opener which cannot detect tion (if so equipped) when programming
an object in the path of a closing garage HomeLink®. It is also recommended that a
door and then automatically stop and new battery be placed in the hand-held
reverse, does not meet current federal transmitter of the device being pro-
safety standards. Using a garage door grammed to HomeLink® for quicker pro-
opener without these features in- gramming and accurate transmission of LIC2365
creases the risk of serious injury or the radio-frequency. 2. Using both hands, simultaneously press and
death.
1. Position the end of your hand-held transmit- hold the desired HomeLink® button and
● During the programming procedure ter 1–3 in (2–8 cm) away from the hand-held transmitter button. DO NOT re-
your garage door or security gate will HomeLink® surface, keeping the lease until the HomeLink® indicator light 䊊1
open and close (if the transmitter is HomeLink® indicator light 䊊 1 in view. flashes slowly and then rapidly. When the
within range). Make sure that people or indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons
objects are clear of the garage door, may be released. (The rapid flashing indi-
gate, etc. that you are programming. cates successful programming.)
● Your vehicle’s engine should be turned
NOTE:
off while programming the HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver. Some devices may require you to replace
Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in
“Programming HomeLink® for Canadian
customers and gate openers” in this sec-
tion.

Do not stand on your vehicle to perform PROGRAMMING HOMELINK® FOR
the next steps. CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND
4. At the receiver located on the garage door GATE OPENERS
opener motor in the garage, locate the
“learn” or “smart” button (the name and color Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmit-
of the button may vary by manufacturer but it ter signals to “time-out” (or quit) after several
is usually located near where the hanging seconds of transmission – which may not be long
antenna wire is attached to the unit). If there enough for HomeLink® to pick up the signal
is difficulty locating the button, reference the during training. Similar to this Canadian law,
garage door opener’s manual. some U.S. gate operators are designed to “tim-
eout” in the same manner.
5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart” but-
ton. If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties
training a gate operator or garage door opener
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and by using the “Training” procedures, replace
LIC2366
hold the trained HomeLink® button for two “Programming HomeLink®” Step 2 with the fol-
3. Press and hold the programmed seconds and release. Repeat the lowing:
HomeLink® button and observe the indica- “press/hold/release” sequence up to three
tor light. times to complete the training process. NOTE:
HomeLink® should now activate your rolling
● If the indicator light 䊊 is 1
code equipped device. When programming a garage door opener,
solid/continuous, programming is etc., unplug the device during the “cycling”
complete and your device should acti- 7. If you have any questions or are having diffi- process to prevent possible damage to the
vate when the HomeLink® button is culty programming your HomeLink® but- garage door opener components.
pressed and released. tons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at:
www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355- 1. For additional information, refer to “Pro-
● If the indicator light 䊊
1 blinks rapidly for 3515. gramming HomeLink®” step 1 in this sec-
two seconds and then turns to a tion.
solid/continuous light, continue 2. Using both hands, simultaneously press and
with Steps 4-6 for a rolling code device. hold the desired HomeLink® button and the
A second person may make the following hand-held transmitter button. During train-
steps easier. Use a ladder or other device. ing, your hand-held transmitter may auto-
matically stop transmitting. Continue to PROGRAMMING TROUBLE- CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED
press and hold the desired HomeLink® but- DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION
ton while you press and re-press (“cycle”)
your hand-held transmitter every 2 seconds If the HomeLink® does not quickly learn the The following procedure clears the programmed
until the frequency signal has been learned. hand-held transmitter information: information from both buttons. Individual buttons
cannot be cleared. However, individual buttons
The HomeLink® indicator light will flash ● replace the hand-held transmitter batteries
slowly and then rapidly after several seconds can be reprogrammed. For additional informa-
with new batteries.
upon successful training. DO NOT release tion, refer to “Reprogramming a single
until the HomeLink® indicator light flashes ● position the hand-held transmitter with its HomeLink® button” in this section.
slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator battery area facing away from the
To clear all programming:
light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be HomeLink® surface.
1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink®
released. The rapid flashing indicates suc- ● press and hold both the HomeLink® and
cessful training. buttons until the indicator light begins to
hand-held transmitter buttons without inter-
Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®” flash in approximately 10 seconds. Do not
ruption.
step 3 to complete. hold for longer than 20 seconds.
If the device was unplugged during the pro- ● position the hand-held transmitter 1 - 3 in
2. Release both buttons.
gramming procedure, remember to plug it (26 - 76 mm) away from the HomeLink®
back in when programming is completed. surface. Hold the transmitter in that position HomeLink® is now in the programming mode
for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is not and can be programmed at any time beginning
OPERATING THE HOMELINK® programmed within that time, try holding the with “Programming HomeLink®” - Step 1.
UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER transmitter in another position – keeping the
indicator light in view at all times. REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, after it is HOMELINK® BUTTON
programmed, can be used to activate the pro- If you have any questions or are having difficulty
grammed device. To operate, simply press and programming your HomeLink® buttons, refer to To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Trans-
release the appropriate programmed the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com ceiver button, complete the following:
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button. The or call 1-800-355-3515.
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink® but-
amber indicator light will illuminate while the sig- ton. DO NOT release the button.
nal is being transmitted.
For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the
device may also be used at any time.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash after FCC Notice:
20 seconds. Without releasing the
HomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro- For USA:
gramming HomeLink®” - Step 1. This device complies with Part 15 of the
For questions or comments, contact HomeLink® FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
at: www.homelink.com or 1–800–355–3515 lowing two conditions: (1) This device may
(except Mexico). not cause harmful interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference re-
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button ceived, including interference that may
has now been reprogrammed. The new device cause undesired operation.
can be activated by pushing the HomeLink®
button that was just programmed. This procedure NOTE:
will not affect any other programmed HomeLink®
buttons. Changes or modifications not expressly ap-
proved by the party responsible for compli-
IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN ance could void the user’s authority to op-
If your vehicle is stolen, you should change the erate the equipment.
codes of any non-rolling code device that has
For Canada:
been programmed into HomeLink®. Consult the
Owner’s Manual of each device or call the manu- This device complies with Industry Canada
facturer or dealer of those devices for additional license-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-
information. tion is subject to the following two condi-
When your vehicle is recovered, you will tions: (1) this device may not cause inter-
need to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer- ference, and (2) this device must accept any
sal Transceiver with your new transmitter received, including interference that may
information. cause undesired operation of the device.

MEMO

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Operating the manual liftgate

NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Operating the power liftgate (if so equipped) . . . . . 3-23
Locking with key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Power liftgate main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Liftgate release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Liftgate position setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Opener operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Tilt/telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Manual operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
NISSAN Intelligent Key® Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Automatic operation (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
How to use the remote keyless entry Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Card holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Rearview mirror (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Remote engine start operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Automatic Anti-glare rearview mirror
Remote starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Extending engine run time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Canceling a remote start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Conditions the remote start will not work . . . . . . . . . 3-21 Memory storage function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Entry/exit function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 System operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
KEYS
LPD0350 LPD2279 LPD2052

Type A (if so equipped) Type B (if so equipped) Type C (if so equipped)
1. Intelligent Key (two sets) NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®
2. Mechanical key
3. Key number plate (one plate) Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent
Keys which are registered to your vehicle’s Intel-
ligent Key system components and NISSAN Ve-
hicle Immobilizer System components. As many
as four Intelligent Keys can be registered and
used with one vehicle. The new keys must be
registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with
the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle
Immobilizer System of your vehicle. Since the
registration process requires erasing all memory
in the Intelligent Key components when register-
ing new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys
that you have to the NISSAN dealer.
3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
A key number plate is supplied with your keys. ● Wetting may damage the Intelligent
Record the key number and keep it in a safe place Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, im-
(such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you lose mediately wipe until it is completely dry.
your keys, see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by
using the key number. NISSAN does not record ● Do not place the Intelligent Key for an
key numbers so it is very important to keep track extended period in an area where tem-
peratures exceed 60°C (140°F).
of your key number plate.
● Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a
A key number is only necessary when you have key holder that contains a magnet.
lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate
from. If you still have a key, your NISSAN dealer ● Do not place the Intelligent Key near
can duplicate it. equipment that produces a magnetic
field, such as a TV, audio equipment and
CAUTION personal computers.
If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, SPA1951
Listed below are conditions or occur-
rences which will damage the Intelligent NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code Mechanical key
Key: of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle.
This may prevent the unauthorized use of The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key.
● Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle.
contains electrical components, to For information regarding the erasing To remove the mechanical key, release the lock
come into contact with water or salt procedure, contact a NISSAN dealer. knob on the back of the Intelligent Key.
water. This could affect the system To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into
function.
the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to
● Do not drop the Intelligent Key. the lock position.
● Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the
against another object. driver’s door.
● Do not change or modify the Intelligent
Key.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

DOORS
When the doors are locked using one of the

CAUTION
following methods, the doors cannot be opened
Always carry the mechanical key installed using the inside or outside door handles. The
in the Intelligent Key slot. doors must be unlocked to open the doors.
For additional information, refer to “Doors” in this
section.
WARNING
● Always have the doors locked while
Valet hand-off driving. Along with the use of seat belts,
When you have to leave a key with a valet, give this provides greater safety in the event
them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the me- of an accident by helping to prevent
chanical key with you to protect your belongings. persons from being thrown from the
vehicle. This also helps keep children
To prevent the glove box from being opened and others from unintentionally open-
during valet hand-off, follow the procedure being the doors, and will help keep out
low. LPD2129
intruders.
Driver’s side
1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli- ● Before opening any door, always look
gent Key. for and avoid oncoming traffic. Manual
2. Lock the glove box with the mechanical key. ● Do not leave children unattended inside To lock a door, turn the key toward the front of the
the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac- vehicle 䊊1 . To unlock, turn the key toward the rear
3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet and
keep the mechanical key with you. tivate switches or controls. Unattended 䊊2 .
For additional information, refer to “Storage” in ous accidents.
the “Instruments and controls” section of this
manual. LOCKING WITH KEY

Opening and closing windows
The driver’s door key operation allows you to
open and close windows equipped with auto-
matic operation at the same time.
● To open the windows, turn the driver’s door
key toward the rear of the vehicle for longer
than 1 second after the door is unlocked.
● To close the windows, turn the driver’s door
key toward the front of the vehicle for longer
than 1 second after the door is locked.
Windows stop when the key cylinder is released.
LPD0461 LPD2092
Driver’s side Inside lock
Power LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK
The power door lock system allows you to lock or KNOB
unlock all doors at the same time. To lock the door without the key, move the inside
lock knob to the lock position 䊊
1 , then close the
Turning the key toward the front 䊊 of the vehicle
1
door.
locks all doors.
To unlock the door without the key, move the
Turning the key one time toward the rear 䊊
2 of the
inside lock knob to the unlock position 䊊
2 .
vehicle unlocks that door. From that position,
returning the key to neutral 䊊
3 (where the key can
only be removed and inserted) and turning it
toward the rear again 䊊 4 within 45 seconds
unlocks all doors.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS When the automatic door unlock system is deac-
● All doors lock automatically when the vehicle tivated, the doors do not unlock when the ignition
speed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h). switch is placed in the OFF position. To unlock
the door manually, use the inside lock knob or the
● All doors unlock automatically when the ig- power door lock switch (driver’s or front passen-
nition switch is placed in the OFF position. ger’s side).
The automatic unlock function can be de-
activated or activated. To deactivate or acti- NOTE:
vate the automatic door unlock system, perform The automatic door unlock function can be
the following procedure: changed using the Vehicle Settings in the
1. Close all doors. vehicle information display. The “Selective
Unlock” choices are:
2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.
● ON
LPD2093 3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2,
push and hold the power door lock switch to ● OFF
LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR
LOCK SWITCH the position (UNLOCK) for more than
five seconds.
To lock all the doors without a key, push the door
lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s side) to 4. When activated, the hazard indicator will
the lock position 䊊1 . When locking the door this flash twice. When deactivated, the hazard
way, be certain not to leave the key inside the indicator will flash once.
vehicle. 5. The ignition switch must be placed in the
To unlock all the doors without a key, push the OFF and ON position again between each
door lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s setting change.
side) to the unlock position 䊊
2 .

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®
WARNING CAUTION
● Radio waves could adversely affect Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with
electric medical equipment. Those who you when operating the vehicle.
use a pacemaker should contact the
electric medical equipment manufac- The Intelligent Key is capable of receiving and
turer for the possible influences before transmitting radio waves. The Intelligent Key sys-
use. tem transmits weak radio waves from various
distances. Environmental conditions may inter-
● The Intelligent Key transmits radio
fere with the operation of the Intelligent Key sys-
waves when the buttons are pressed.
tem under the following operating conditions:
The FAA advises the radio waves may
affect aircraft navigation and communi- ● When operating near a location where
cation systems. Do not operate the In- strong radio waves are transmitted, such as
telligent Key while on an airplane. Make a TV tower, power station and broadcasting
LPD0420 sure the buttons are not operated unin- station.
CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK tentionally when the unit is stored for a
flight. ● When in possession of wireless equipment,
Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors such as a cellular telephone, transceiver,
from being opened accidentally, especially when ● Never leave the Intelligent Key in the
and CB radio.
small children are in the vehicle. vehicle when you leave the vehicle.
● When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or
The child safety lock levers are located on the The Intelligent Key system can operate all the covered by metallic materials.
edge of the rear doors. door locks using the remote control function or
pushing the request switch on the vehicle without ● When any type of radio wave remote control
When the lever is in the LOCK position, the is used nearby.
taking the key out from a pocket or purse. The
door can be opened only from the outside.
operating environment and/or conditions may af- ● When the Intelligent Key is placed near an
fect the Intelligent Key system operation. electric appliance such as a personal com-
Be sure to read the following before using the puter.
Intelligent Key system. ● When the vehicle is parked near a parking
meter.

In such cases, correct the operating conditions When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or
before using the Intelligent Key function or use strong radio waves are present near the operat-
the mechanical key. ing location, the Intelligent Key operating range
becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may
Although the life of the battery varies depending
not function properly.
on the operating conditions, the battery’s life is
approximately two years. If the battery is dis- The operating range is within 31.5 in (80 cm)
charged, replace it with a new one. from each request switch 䊊
1 .
When the Intelligent Key battery is low, an indi- If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass,
cator illuminates in the Vehicle Information Dis- handle or rear bumper, the request switches may
play. For additional information, refer to “Vehicle not function.
Information Display” in the “Instruments and con-
When the Intelligent Key is within the operating
trols” section of this manual.
range, it is possible for anyone, even someone
Since the Intelligent Key is capable of receiving who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push the
radio waves, if the key is left near equipment request switch to lock/unlock the doors.
which transmits strong radio waves, such as sig-
nals from a TV and personal computer, the bat-
tery life may become shorter.
For additional information regarding replacement
of a battery, refer to “Battery replacement” in the
“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this
manual.
LPD2286
As many as four Intelligent Keys can be regis-
tered and used with one vehicle. For information OPERATING RANGE
about the purchase and use of additional Intelli-
gent Keys, see a NISSAN dealer. The Intelligent Key functions can only be used
when the Intelligent Key is within the specified
operating range from the request switch 䊊1 .

● To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left
inside the vehicle, make sure you carry the
Intelligent Key with you and then lock the
doors.
● Do not pull the door handle before pushing
the door handle request switch. The door
will be unlocked but will not open. Release
the door handle once and pull it again to
open the door.
WPD0375 LPD2301
DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®

PRECAUTION OPERATION
● Do not push the door handle request switch You can lock or unlock the doors without taking
with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as the Intelligent Key out of your pocket or bag.
illustrated. The close distance to the door When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you
handle will cause the Intelligent Key system can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door
to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli- handle request switch within the range of opera-
gent Key is outside the vehicle. tion.
● After locking with the door handle request
switch, verify the doors are securely locked
by testing them.

● Doors do not lock by pushing the door
handle request switch while any door is
open. However, doors lock with the me-
chanical key even if any door is open.
● Doors do not lock with the door handle
request switch with the Intelligent Key inside
the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you.
However, when an Intelligent Key is inside
the vehicle, doors can be locked with an-
other Intelligent Key.
CAUTION
● After locking the doors using the re-
LPD2300 LPD2278
quest switch, make sure that the doors
Locking doors NOTE: have been securely locked by operating
the door handles or the rear liftgate
1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position, ● Request switches for all doors and lift-
opener switch.
place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi- gate can be deactivated when the Intel-
tion and make sure you carry the Intelligent ligent Key Door Lock setting is ● When locking the doors using the re-
Key with you. switched to OFF in the Vehicle Settings quest switch, make sure to have the
of the vehicle information display. For Intelligent Key in your possession be-
2. Close all doors. additional information, refer to “Ve- fore operating the request switch to
hicle information display” in the “In- prevent the Intelligent Key from being
3. Push any door handle request switch while left in the vehicle.
carrying the Intelligent Key with you. struments and controls” section of this
manual. ● The request switch is operational only
4. All doors and the rear liftgate will lock. when the Intelligent Key has been de-
● Doors lock with the door handle request
5. The hazard warning lights flash twice, the tected by the Intelligent Key system.
switch while the ignition switch is not in the
outside buzzer sounds twice, and the front LOCK position.
and tail lights will turn on for 10 seconds.

Lockout protection
To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci-
dentally locked in the vehicle, lockout protection
is equipped with the Intelligent Key system.
When any door is open, the doors are locked,
and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the
vehicle and all the doors are closed; a chime will
sound and the lock will automatically unlock.
NOTE:
The doors may not lock when the Intelli-
gent Key is in the same hand that is oper-
ating the request switch to lock the door.
Put the Intelligent Key in a purse, pocket or LPD2300 LPD2278
your other hand. Unlocking doors NOTE:
1. Carry the Intelligent Key. If Selective Unlock is turned off in the Ve-
CAUTION
hicle Settings, all doors will unlock upon
The lockout protection may not function 2. Push the door handle request switch. first request switch press.
under the following conditions: 3. The door on which the request switch was For power liftgate opening:
● When the Intelligent Key is placed on pressed will unlock and the hazard warning
top of the instrument panel. lights flash once, the outside buzzer sounds 1. Carry the Intelligent Key.
● When the Intelligent Key is placed in- once, and the front and tail lights will turn on 2. Press the power liftgate request switch.
side the glove box or a storage bin. for 30 seconds.
● When the Intelligent Key is placed in- 4. Push the door handle request switch again
side the door pockets. within one minute to unlock the remaining
● When the Intelligent Key is placed in- doors.
side or near metallic materials.

NOTE: ● Locking the doors with the remote control.
CAUTION
Request switches for all doors and liftgate ● Switching the room light switch to the OFF When locking the doors using the Intelli-
can be deactivated when the Intelligent Key position. gent Key, be sure not to leave the key in
Door Lock setting is switched to OFF in the the vehicle.
● Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFF
Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information
position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle
display. For additional information, refer to
“Vehicle information display” in the “In- information display. For additional informa-
struments and controls” section of this tion, refer to “Vehicle information display” in
manual. the “Instruments and controls” section.
If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the HOW TO USE THE REMOTE
doors, that door may not be unlocked. Returning KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION
the door handle to its original position will unlock
the door. If the door does not unlock after return- The remote keyless entry function can operate all
ing the door handle, push the door handle re- door locks using the remote keyless function of
quest switch to unlock the door. the Intelligent Key. The remote keyless function
can operate at a distance of 33 ft (10 m) away
All doors will be locked automatically unless one
from the vehicle. The operating distance de-
of the following operations is performed within
pends upon the conditions around the vehicle.
one minute after pushing the request switch.
● Opening any door. The remote keyless entry function will not func-
tion under the following conditions:
● Pushing the ignition switch.
● When the Intelligent Key is not within the
The interior light timer illuminates for a period of operational range.
time when a door is unlocked and the room light
switch is in the DOOR position. ● When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-
charged.
The interior light can be turned off without waiting
by performing one of the following operations:
● Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi-
tion.
CAUTION
After locking the doors using the Intelli-
gent Key, be sure that the doors have been
securely locked by operating the door
handles.
WPD0359 WPD0360
Locking doors Unlocking doors

1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi- 1. Press the button on the Intelligent
tion. Key.
2. Close all doors. 2. The driver’s door will unlock and the hazard
warning lights flash once, and the front and
3. Press the button on the Intelligent
tail lights will turn on for 30 seconds.
Key.
4. The hazard warning lights flash twice, the 3. Press the button again within one
horn beeps once, and the front and tail lights minute to unlock the remaining doors.
will turn on for 10 seconds.
5. All doors will be locked.

NOTE: ● Switching the room light switch to the OFF
position.
The unlocking operation can be changed in
Selective door unlock in the Vehicle Set- ● Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFF
tings of the vehicle information display. For position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle
additional information, refer to “Vehicle in- information display. For additional informa-
formation display” in the “Instruments and tion, refer to “Vehicle information display” in
controls” section of this manual. the “Instruments and controls” section of this
manual.
NOTE: Opening windows
If Selective Unlock is turned off in the Ve- The Intelligent Key allows you to simultaneously
hicle Settings, all doors will unlock upon open windows equipped with automatic opera-
the first press of the Intelligent Key tion.
remote.
● To open the windows, press and hold WPD0414
All doors will be locked automatically unless one
the button on the Intelligent Key for Releasing the rear liftgate (if so
of the following operations is performed within
longer than 3 seconds. equipped)
one minute after pressing the button: The door windows will lower while holding down
● Opening any doors. the button on the Intelligent Key. The rear liftgate can be opened and closed by
performing the following:
● Pushing the ignition switch. NOTE:
The interior light illuminates for a period of time ● Press the button (if so equipped) for
when a door is unlocked and the room light The windows will stop lowering at the time longer than 1 second to open the rear lift-
the button is released. gate.
switch is in the DOOR position.
The door windows cannot be closed by ● Press the button (if so equipped)
The light can be turned off without waiting by using the Intelligent Key.
performing one of the following operations: again for longer than 1 second to close the
rear liftgate.
● Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi- When the button (if so equipped) is
tion. pressed during the open or close process the
● Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key. liftgate will reverse.
● Back door open request switch pressed
with the Intelligent key is in range of the back
door request switch area.
Using the interior light
Press the button on the Intelligent Key
once to turn on the interior lights.
For additional information, refer to “Interior light”
in the “Instruments and controls” section in this
manual.
WPD0415 WPD0362
Using the panic alarm Answer back horn feature

If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, If desired, the answer back horn feature can be
you may activate the panic alarm to call attention deactivated using the Intelligent Key. When it is
by pressing and holding the button on the deactivated and the LOCK button is
Intelligent Key for longer than 1 second. pushed, the hazard indicator lights flash twice.
The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a
When the UNLOCK button is pushed, nei-
period of time.
ther the hazard indicator lights nor the horn op-
The panic alarm stops when: erates.
● It has run for a period of time, or
● Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key.
● The request switch on the driver or passen-
ger door is pushed and the Intelligent Key is
in range of the door handle.
NOTE: WARNING SIGNALS
If you change the answer back horn and To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex-
light flash feature with the Intelligent Key, pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent
the vehicle information display screen will Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being
show the current mode after the ignition stolen, a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and
switch has been cycled from the OFF to the outside the vehicle and a warning is displayed in
ON position. The vehicle information dis- the instrument panel.
play screen can also be used to change the
answer back horn mode. When a chime or beep sounds or a warning is
displayed, be sure to check the vehicle and the
To deactivate: Press and hold the Intelligent Key.
and buttons for at least 2 seconds. For additional information, refer to the “Trouble-
The hazard warning lights will flash three times to shooting guide” in this section and “Vehicle infor-
confirm that the answer back horn feature has mation display” in the “Instruments and controls”
been deactivated. section of this manual.
To activate: Press and hold the
and buttons for at least 2 seconds once
more.
The hazard warning lights will flash once and the
horn will sound once to confirm that the horn
beep feature has been reactivated.
Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si-
lence the horn if the alarm is triggered.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are
programmed for the vehicle. If another Intelligent
Key is in range or inside the vehicle, the vehicle
system may respond differently than expected.
Symptom Possible Cause Remedy
The Shift to Park warning appears on the Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
When stopping the engine display and the inside warning chime The shift lever is not in the P (Park) position.
sounds continuously.
When shifting the shift lever to the P (Park) The Push ignition to OFF warning appears Place the ignition switch in the OFF
The ignition switch is in the ACC position.
position in the display. position.
The Door Open warning appears on the
When opening the driver’s door to get out Place the ignition switch in the ON position
display and the inside warning chime The ignition switch is in the ACC position.
of the vehicle or close the driver’s door.
sounds continuously.
The No Key Detected warning appears on
the display, the outside chime sounds three The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF
times and the inside warning chime sounds position. position.
When closing the door after getting out of
for approximately three seconds.
the vehicle
The Shift to Park warning appears on the The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position
display and the inside and outside chimes position and the shift lever is not in the P and place the ignition switch in the OFF
sound continuously. (Park) position. position.
When closing the door with the inside lock The outside chime sounds for approximately
The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
knob turned to LOCK three seconds and all the doors unlock.
When pushing the door handle request
The outside chime sounds for approximately
switch or the LOCK button on the Intelli- The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
two seconds.
gent Key to lock the door

Symptom Possible Cause Remedy
Replace the battery with a new one. (For
The Intelligent Key battery indicator appears additional information, refer to “Battery re-
The battery charge is low.
on the display. placement” in the “Maintenance and do-it-
When pushing the ignition switch to start
yourself” section.)
the engine
The No Key Detected warning appears on
the display, the inside chime sounds three The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
times.
The Intelligent Key system warning light in It warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent
When pushing the ignition switch Contact a NISSAN dealer.
the meter illuminates in yellow. Key system.

REMOTE ENGINE START (if so
equipped)
Other conditions may affect the function of the

Remote Engine Start feature. For additional infor-
mation, refer to “Conditions the remote start will
not work” in this section.
Other conditions can affect the performance of
the Intelligent Key transmitter. For additional in-
formation, refer to “NISSAN Intelligent Key®” in
this section.
REMOTE ENGINE START
OPERATING RANGE
CAUTION
LPD2293 LPD2060 When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-
The button will be on the NISSAN Intelli- ● Vehicles equipped with heated seats may charged or other strong radio wave
gent Key® if the vehicle has remote engine start. have this feature come on during a remote sources are present near the operating
This feature allows the engine to start from out- start depending on the seat heater switch location, the Intelligent Key operating
side the vehicle. position. For additional information, refer to range becomes narrower, and the Intelli-
“Heated seats” in the “Instruments and con- gent Key may not function properly.
The following features may be affected when the
remote start feature is used: trols” section of this manual. The remote engine start function can only be
used when the Intelligent Key is within the speci-
● The vehicle’s automatic climate control sys- Laws in some local communities may restrict the
fied operating range from the vehicle.
tem will set the cabin temperature appropri- use of remote starters. For example, some laws
ately before the customer unlocks and en- require a person using remote start to have the The remote engine start operating range is ap-
ters the vehicle. For additional information, vehicle in view. Check local regulations for any proximately 197 ft (60 m) from the vehicle.
refer to “Remote engine start logic” in the requirements.
“Display screen, heater, air conditioner, au-
dio, and phone systems” section of this
manual.

REMOTE STARTING THE VEHICLE Depress and hold the brake then press the push- CANCELING A REMOTE START
button ignition switch to the ON position before
To use the remote start feature to start the engine driving. For additional information, refer to “Driv- To cancel a remote start, perform one of the
perform the following: ing the vehicle” in the “Starting and driving” sec- following:
1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle. tion of this manual. ● Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle and
EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIME press until the parking lights turn off.
2. Press the LOCK button to lock all
doors. The remote start feature can be extended one ● Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
3. Within 5 seconds press and hold the time by performing the steps listed in “Remote ● Cycle the ignition switch ON and then OFF.
remote start button until the turn signal lights starting the vehicle” in this section. Run time will
be calculated as follows: ● The extended engine run time has expired.
flash and the tail lamps turn on. If the vehicle
is not within view press and hold the ● The first 10 minute run time will start when ● The first 10 minute timer has expired.
remote start button for at least 2 seconds. the remote start function is performed. ● The engine hood has been opened.
The following events will occur when the engine ● The second 10 minutes will start immedi-
starts: ● The shift lever is moved out of park.
ately when the remote start function is per-
● The parking lights will turn on and remain on formed again. For example, if the engine has ● The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the
as long as the engine is running. been running for 5 minutes, and 10 minutes vehicle.
are added, the engine will run for a total of ● The ignition switch is pushed without an
● The doors will be locked and the climate 15 minutes.
control system may come on. Intelligent Key in the vehicle.
● Extending engine run time will bring you to ● The ignition switch is pushed with an Intelli-
● The engine will continue to run for 10 min- the two remote start limit.
utes. Repeat the steps to extend the time for gent Key in the vehicle but the brake pedal is
an additional ten minutes. For additional in- A maximum of two remote starts, or a single start not depressed.
formation, refer to “Extending engine run with an extension, are allowed between ignition
time” in this section. cycles. The ignition switch must be cycled to the
ON position and then back to the OFF position
before the remote start procedure can be used
again.

CONDITIONS THE REMOTE START ● The I–Key Indicator Light remains
WILL NOT WORK solid in the vehicle information display.
The remote start will not operate if any of the ● The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the
following conditions are present: vehicle.
● “Remote Engine Start” is turned off in the ● Two remote vehicle starts, or a single remote
“Locking” section of the Vehicle Settings start with an extension, have already been
menu. used.
● The ignition switch is placed in the ON po- ● The vehicle is not in P (Park).
sition. ● There is a detected registered key already
● The hood is not securely closed. inside of the vehicle.
● The hazard warning lights are on. ● The Remote Start function has been
switched to the OFF position in Vehicle Set-
● The engine is still running. The engine must tings of the vehicle information display. For
be completely stopped. Wait at least 6 sec- additional information, refer to “Vehicle infor-
onds if the engine goes from running to off. mation display” in the “Instruments and con-
This is not applicable when extending en- trols” section of this manual.
gine run time. The remote engine start may display a warning or
indicator in the vehicle information display. For
● The remote start button is not pressed additional information and an explanation of the
and held for at least 2 seconds. warning or indicator, refer to “Vehicle information
display” in the “Instruments and controls” section
● The remote start button is not pressed of this manual.
and held within 5 seconds of pressing the
lock button.
● The brake is pressed.
● The doors are not closed and locked.
● The trunk or back door is open.
HOOD LIFTGATE
WARNING
● Always be sure the liftgate has been
closed securely to prevent it from open-
ing while driving.
● Do not drive with the liftgate open. This
could allow dangerous exhaust gases
to be drawn into the vehicle. Refer to
“Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)” in the
“Starting and driving” section of this
manual.
● Do not leave children unattended inside
the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-
LPD2287 tivate switches or controls. Unattended
䊊
1 Pull the hood lock release handle 䊊
1 located
WARNING ous accidents.
below the driver side instrument panel until
the hood springs up slightly. ● Make sure the hood is completely ● Always be sure that hands and feet are
closed and latched before driving. Fail- clear of the door frame to avoid injury
䊊
2 Locate the lever 䊊2 in between the hood and ure to do so could cause the hood to fly while closing the liftgate.
grille and push the lever sideways with your open and result in an accident.
fingertips and raise the hood 䊊3 . CAUTION
● If you see steam or smoke coming from
When closing the hood, lower it slowly and make the engine compartment, to avoid injury Do not use accessory carriers that attach
sure it locks into place. do not open the hood. to the rear hatch. Doing so will cause dam-
age to the vehicle.

LPD2318 LPD2296 LPD2212
OPERATING THE MANUAL Liftgate switch Instrument panel switch

LIFTGATE (if so equipped) OPERATING THE POWER LIFTGATE NOTE:
The power door lock system allows you to lock or

(if so equipped) To open, close or reverse the power liftgate,
unlock all doors including the liftgate simultane- the shift lever must be in P (Park). Also, the
ously. WARNING power liftgate will not operate if battery
● Make sure that all passengers have voltage is low.
To open the liftgate, press the request switch 䊊
A
their hands, etc., inside the vehicle be- Power Open:
and pull up on the handle.
fore closing the liftgate. The power liftgate automatically moves from the
To close, lower and push the liftgate down se-
● Do not leave children unattended inside fully closed position to the fully open position in
curely.
the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac- approximately 5 – 8 seconds. The power open
tivate switches or controls. Unattended feature can be activated by the switch on the
children could become involved in seri- Intelligent Key, the instrument panel switch, the
ous accidents. glove box switch and the liftgate request switch.

The hazard lights flash and a chime sounds to Power Close:
indicate the power open sequence has been The power liftgate automatically moves from the
started. fully open position to the secondary position.
When the liftgate reaches the secondary posi-
tion, the cinching motor engages and pulls the
liftgate to its primary latch position. Power close
takes approximately 7 – 10 seconds. The power
close feature can be activated by the switch on
the Intelligent Key, the instrument panel and the
liftgate opener switch 䊊 A . The hazard lights flash
and a chime sounds to indicate the power close
sequence has been started.
● If the liftgate opener switch 䊊
A is activated
while the cinching motor is engaged, the
LPD2295
cinching motor will disengage and release
Liftgate opener switch the latch.
● The liftgate can be opened by the instrument
● The Intelligent Key button must be held for
panel switch, liftgate request switch and the 1 second before the liftgate closes.
Intelligent Key even if the vehicle is locked.
The liftgate will individually unlock and open. Reverse:
Once the liftgate is closed, the vehicle will The power liftgate will reverse direction immedi-
remain in the unlock status. ately during power open or power close if the
Intelligent Key, instrument panel or liftgate switch
● The Intelligent Key button must be held for is pushed or if the liftgate opener switch 䊊 A is
1 second before the liftgate opens. pushed. A chime will sound to announce the
● The liftgate must be unlocked to open it with reversal.
the liftgate opener switch 䊊
A.
A warning chime will sound if the shift lever is

moved out of P (Park) during a power open
operation.
Auto Reverse: To close, lower and push the liftgate down se-
If an obstacle is detected during power open or curely.
power close, a warning chime will sound and the
Auto Power Back Door System Battery
liftgate will reverse direction and return to the full
Power Saving Mode:
open or full close position. If a second obstacle is
The vehicle goes into power saving mode when
detected, the liftgate motion will stop and the
the liftgate is open for a long time (approximately
liftgate will enter manual mode.
12 hours). This is to prevent deterioration of the
A pinch strip is mounted on each side of the battery. The power saving mode automatically
liftgate. If an obstacle is detected by a pinch strip cuts the power supply of the power liftgate door.
during power close, the liftgate will reverse direc-
When the power to the liftgate is cut off, the
tion and return to the full open position.
manual mode must be performed. After the
NOTE: manual mode is performed, the power liftgate
function is restored.
If the pinch strip is damaged or removed, LPD2297
the power close function will not operate. NOTE:
Manual Mode:
If power operation is not available, the liftgate When a battery voltage is lower than ap-
WARNING proximately 11V, the power back door may
may be operated manually. Power operation may
There are some small distances immedi- not be available if the power liftgate main switch not operate after automatic return.
ately before the closed position which is in the ON position, if multiple obstacles have
cannot be detected. Make sure that all been detected in a single power cycle, or if
passengers have their hands, etc., inside battery voltage is low.
the vehicle before closing the liftgate.
If the power liftgate opener switch is pushed
during power open or close, the power operation
will be canceled and the liftgate can be operated
manually.
To open the liftgate manually, press the liftgate
opener switch and lift the liftgate.

LIFTGATE RELEASE CAUTION
WARNING ● If the power liftgate does not stay open
or if the liftgate unexpectedly closes at
● Always be sure the liftgate has been any time while a continuous warning
closed securely to prevent it from open- chime sounds, do not operate the lift-
ing while driving. gate. There may be a pressure loss in
● Do not drive with the liftgate open. This one or both of the liftgate gas stays.
could allow dangerous exhaust gases Have the liftgate inspected by a NISSAN
to be drawn into the vehicle. For addi- dealer.
tional information, refer to “Exhaust ● Do not activate the power liftgate if one
gas (carbon monoxide)” in the “Starting or both of the liftgate gas stays are
and driving” section of this manual. removed. Damage to the liftgate or
● To avoid personal injury, do not attempt power liftgate mechanisms may occur.
SPA2547
to activate the power liftgate if one or
POWER LIFTGATE MAIN SWITCH both of the liftgate gas stays are
removed.
The power liftgate operation can be turned on or
off by the power liftgate main switch on the
instrument panel.
When the power liftgate main switch is pushed to
the OFF position, the power operation is not
available by the power liftgate switch on the
liftgate close switch or liftgate open switch 䊊
A or
䊊 B.
Power operation is available when in the OFF

position by the instrument panel switch and the
key fob button.

FUEL-FILLER DOOR
3. Push the liftgate up to open.
NOTE:
If you had to open the liftgate using this
procedure, have your vehicle checked by a
NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.
LIFTGATE POSITION SETTING
The liftgate can be set to open to a specific height
by performing the following:
1. Open the liftgate using the request switch or
the Intelligent Key.
LPD2319
2. Pull the liftgate down to the desired position LPD2022
and hold the liftgate (the liftgate will have
Liftgate release (manual and power) some resistance when being manually ad- OPENER OPERATION
justed).
The liftgate release mechanism allows the liftgate The fuel-filler lid release is located below the
to be opened in the event of a discharged battery. 3. While holding the liftgate in position, press instrument panel. To open the fuel-filler lid, pull
and hold the liftgate switch located the release. To lock, close the fuel-filler lid se-
To release the liftgate from the inside of the
on the liftgate for approximately 5 seconds curely.
vehicle, perform the following operations:
or until two beeps are heard.
1. Position the rear bench seat forward. For The liftgate will open to the selected position
additional information, refer to “Rear bench setting. To change the position of the liftgate,
seat adjustment” in the “Safety — seats, seat repeat Steps 1-3 for setting the position of the
belts and supplemental restraint system” liftgate.
section of this manual.
2. Insert a suitable tool into the top access
opening at about a 45 degree angle and
rotate to the left until the lock releases.
FUEL-FILLER CAP ● Do not fill a portable fuel container in ● The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will ap-
the vehicle or trailer. Static electricity pear if the fuel-filler cap is not properly
WARNING can cause an explosion of flammable tightened. It may take a few driving trips
● Gasoline is extremely flammable and liquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle or for the message to be displayed. Failure
highly explosive under certain condi- trailer. To reduce the risk of serious to tighten the fuel-filler cap properly
tions. You could be burned or seriously injury or death when filling portable fuel after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ap-
injured if it is misused or mishandled. containers: pears may cause the Malfunction
Always stop the engine and do not – Always place the container on the Indicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.
smoke or allow open flames or sparks ground when filling. ● Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap
near the vehicle when refueling. properly may cause the Malfunc-
– Do not use electronic devices when
● Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank filling. tion Indicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.
after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off If the light illuminates because
– Keep the pump nozzle in contact
automatically. Continued refueling may the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing,
with the container while you are fill-
cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel tighten or install the cap and continue
ing it.
spray and possibly a fire. to drive the vehicle. The light
– Use only approved portable fuel con- should turn off after a few driving trips.
● Use only an original equipment type
tainers for flammable liquid. If the light does not turn off after a
fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has a
built-in safety valve needed for proper few driving trips, have the vehicle in-
operation of the fuel system and emis- CAUTION spected by a NISSAN dealer.
sion control system. An incorrect cap ● Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in your ● For additional information, refer to the
can result in a serious malfunction and vehicle. For additional information, re- “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” in
possible injury. It could also cause fer to the “Recommended fuel” in the the “Instruments and Controls” section
the Malfunction Indicator Light “Technical and consumer information” in this manual.
(MIL) to come on. section of this manual.
● If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,
● Never pour fuel into the throttle body to flush it away with water to avoid paint
attempt to start your vehicle. damage.

3. Press the next button on the steering
wheel for about one second to turn off the
LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message after
tightening the fuel-filler cap.
LPD2288 LPD2298
To remove the fuel-filler cap: Loose Fuel Cap warning
1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise to The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message ap-
remove. pears in the vehicle information display when the
2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder 䊊
1 fuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly after the
while refueling. vehicle has been refueled. It may take a few
driving trips for the message to be displayed. To
To install the fuel-filler cap:
turn off the warning message, perform the follow-
1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the fuel- ing:
filler tube.
1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as soon
2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until a as possible. For additional information, refer
single click is heard. to “Fuel-filler cap” in this section.
2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.

TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING
WARNING
● Do not adjust the steering wheel while
driving. You could lose control of your
vehicle and cause an accident.
● Do not adjust the steering wheel any
closer to you than is necessary for
proper steering operation and comfort.
The driver’s air bag inflates with great
force. If you are unrestrained, leaning
forward, sitting sideways or out of posi-
tion in any way, you are at greater risk of
injury or death in a crash. You may also
receive serious or fatal injuries from the
air bag if you are up against it when it LPD2339 WPD0366
inflates. Always sit back against the MANUAL OPERATION (if so AUTOMATIC OPERATION (if so
seatback and as far away as practical equipped)
from the steering wheel. Always use the
equipped)
seat belts. Tilt and telescopic operation Tilt and telescopic operation
Pull the lock lever 䊊
1 down:
To adjust the steering wheel move the switch 䊊
1
● Adjust the steering wheel up or down in in the following directions:
direction 䊊
2 to the desired position.
● Adjust the steering wheel up or down in
● Adjust the steering wheel forward or back- direction 䊊
2 to the desired tilt position.
ward in direction 䊊
3 to the desired position.
● Adjust the steering wheel forward or back-
Push the lock lever 䊊 1 up firmly to lock the
ward in direction 䊊 3 to the desired tele-
steering wheel in place. scopic position.

SUN VISORS
CAUTION Entry/Exit function

For vehicles with automatic drive posi- The automatic drive positioner system will make
tioner: Failure to reset the tilt and tele- the steering wheel move up automatically when
scoping functions of the steering wheel, the driver’s door is opened and the ignition
after the vehicle’s battery has been dis- switch is in the LOCK position. This lets the driver
charged, may prevent the steering wheel get into and out of the seat more easily. The
position from being adjusted. steering wheel moves back into position when
the driver’s door is closed and the ignition switch
For vehicles with automatic drive positioner: Both is pushed.
the tilt and telescopic steering operation must be
reset after the vehicle’s battery has been dis- For additional information, refer to “Automatic
charged in order to prevent the tilt and telescopic drive positioner” in this section.
operation from locking in one position. When the
battery has been recharged or replaced, perform
the following:
● For tilt operation: Adjust the switch 䊊
1 so
the steering wheel moves to the highest
position 䊊 2 that can be reached.
● For telescopic operation: Adjust the switch

䊊1 so the steering wheel moves to the most
forward and backward position 䊊 3 that can
be reached.
Performing these operations resets the range of
the steering wheel’s tilt and telescopic function.
WPD0344

䊊
1 To block glare from the front, swing down the
main sun visor.
䊊
2 To block glare from the side, remove the
main sun visor from the center mount and
swing the visor to the side.
䊊
3 To extend the sun visor, slide in or out as
needed.
CAUTION
● Do not store the sun visor before return-
ing the extension to its original
position.
● Do not pull the extension sun visor LPD2289 LPD2340
forcedly downward.
VANITY MIRRORS CARD HOLDER
To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visor Do not view information while operating the ve-
down and flip open the mirror cover. The vanity hicle.
mirror will illuminate when the mirror cover is
open.

MIRRORS
The indicator light 䊊2 will illuminate when the

automatic anti-glare feature is operating.
● To turn off the anti-glare feature, press
the button. The indicator light will turn
off.
● To turn on the anti-glare feature, press
the | button again. The indicator light will
turn on.
For information on HomeLink® Universal Trans-
ceiver operation, refer to the “HomeLink® Uni-
versal Transceiver” in the “Instruments and con-
trols” section of this manual.
WPD0126 LPD0469 OUTSIDE MIRRORS

REARVIEW MIRROR (if so equipped) AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE WARNING
Use the night position 䊊 1 to reduce glare from REARVIEW MIRROR (if so equipped)
● Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.
the headlights of vehicles behind you at night. The inside mirror is designed so that it automati- You could lose control of your vehicle
Use the day position 䊊
2 when driving in daylight cally dims during night time conditions and ac- and cause an accident.
hours. cording to the intensity of the headlights of the
vehicle following you. The automatic anti-glare ● Objects viewed in the outside mirror on
feature is activated when the ignition switch is in the passenger side are closer than they
WARNING appear. Be careful when moving to the
the ON position.
Use the night position only when neces- right. Using only this mirror could cause
sary, because it reduces rear view clarity. NOTE: an accident. Use the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder to properly
Do not hang any objects over the sensors judge distances to other objects.
䊊1 or apply glass cleaner to the sensors.
Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the
sensors, resulting in improper operation.

WARNING
● Objects viewed in the outside mirror on
the passenger side are closer than they
appear. Be careful when moving to the
right. Using only this mirror could cause
an accident. Use the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder to properly
judge distances to other objects.
● Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.
You could lose control of your vehicle
and cause an accident.
LPD2299 LPD2112
Electric control type Manual folding outside mirrors

The outside mirror remote control will operate Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it.
only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position. Reverse tilt-down feature (if so
equipped)
Move the small switch 䊊 1 to select the left or right
mirror. Adjust each mirror to the desired position The reverse tilt-down feature will turn both out-
using the large switch 䊊 2 . side mirror surfaces downward to provide better
rear visibility close to the vehicle when the mirror
control switch is in either the L or R position.
The mirrors automatically returns to their original
position when you shift out of R (Reverse).

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (if
so equipped)
The outside mirror surfaces will return to their The automatic drive positioner system has two
original position when one of the following has features:
occurred:
● Memory storage function
● The shift lever is moved to any position other
● Entry/exit function
than R (Reverse).
● The outside mirror control switch is set to the
neutral or center position.
● The ignition switch is placed in the OFF
position.
NOTE:
If the outside mirror control switch is in the
Center position, mirror surface will NOT LPD2291
turn downward when the shift lever is
moved to R (Reverse). MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION
For additional information regarding this feature, Two positions for the driver’s seat, steering col-
refer to “Automatic drive positioner” in this sec- umn (if so equipped), and outside mirrors can be
tion. stored in the automatic drive positioner memory.
Follow these procedures to use the memory sys-
Heated mirrors (if so equipped) tem.
Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost, 1. Place the ignition in the ON or ACC position
defog, or de-ice for improved visibility. For addi- (The vehicle should be stopped while setting
tional information, refer to “Rear window and the memory).
outside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch”
in the “Instruments and controls” section of this 2. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering column (if
manual. so equipped), and outside mirrors to the
desired positions by manually operating
each adjusting switch. For additional infor-
mation, refer to “Seats” in the “Safety—
Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint ● If a memory position has been stored in the a. Ignition from ON position to the OFF
system” section of this manual, and switch (1 or 2) then the indicator light for the
b. Unlock door with the desired Intelligent
“Tilt/Telescopic Steering” and “Outside mir- respective switch will stay on for approxi-
Key
rors” in this section. mately 5 seconds.
c. The desired Intelligent Key number should
3. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds, Linking an Intelligent Key to the meter appear on the meter display.
push the memory switch (1 or 2). display (if so equipped)
The system contains a ON/OFF setting for when
4. The indicator light for the pushed memory Each Intelligent Key, up to a maximum of four, can the settings are not to be memorized.
switch will come on and stay on for approxi- be linked to the meter display.
mately 5 seconds. ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION
1. When the system is enabled, the recognized
5. The chime will sound if the memory has been Intelligent Key is displayed at start up, as well This system is designed so that the driver’s seat
stored. as within “Key Link Settings”. and automatic operation steering column will au-
tomatically move when the shift lever is in the P
NOTE: 2. When the system is active, the meter setting
items are memorized for each Intelligent Key (Park) position. This allows the driver to get into
If a NEW memory position is stored in the that has been enabled in the system. and out of the driver’s seat more easily.
same memory switch, the previous memory The driver’s seat will slide backward and the
position will be overwritten by the new 3. The auto drive positioner system is memo-
rized automatically when the ignition switch steering wheel will move up:
stored position.
is turned from ON to OFF by the Intelligent ● When the driver’s door is opened and
Confirming memory storage Key with no need to set separate buttons for the ignition switch is in the OFF posi-
recalling and memorizing positions. tion.
Push the SET switch.
4. If two Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle, the
● If a memory position has not been stored in ● When the ignition switch is turned from
system will recognize the Intelligent Key that
ACC to OFF with the driver’s door open.
the switch (1 or 2) the indicator light for the was used most recently, such as to
respective switch will come ON for approxi- unlock/lock the door. The driver’s seat and steering wheel will return to
mately 0.5 seconds. the previous position:
5. If there is a desire to change to another
Intelligent Key while in the vehicle, the user ● When the ignition switch is turned to ACC or
must turn the ignition OFF and initiate com- ON while the shift lever is in the P (Park)
munication from the desired Intelligent Key. position.
The entry/exit function can be adjusted or can- ● When any of the memory switches are
celed through the Vehicle Settings in the vehicle pushed while the automatic drive positioner
information display by performing the following: is operating.
● Switch the Exit Seat Slide from ON to OFF. ● When the adjusting switch for the driver’s
seat and steering column is turned on while
● Switch the Exit Steering UP from ON to the automatic drive positioner is operating.
OFF.
● When the seat has already been moved to
Restarting the entry/exit function the memorized position.
If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse ● When no seat position is stored in the
opens, the stored memory positions may be lost memory switch.
and some of the functions will be restricted.
1. Drive the vehicle over 25 MPH (40 km/h).
OR
2. Open and close the driver’s door more than
2 times with the ignition switch in the OFF
position.
The entry/exit function should now work properly.
SYSTEM OPERATION
The automatic drive positioner system will not
work or will stop operating under the following
conditions:
● When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH
(7 km/h).

4 Display screen, heater, air conditioner,
audio and phone systems
RearView Monitor without Navigation System Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Heater and Air Conditioner (automatic). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
How to read the displayed lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Automatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Difference between predicted and actual Operating tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
RearView Monitor with Navigation System Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
How to read the displayed lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 FM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 AM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
How to turn on and off predictive course Satellite radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Difference between predicted and actual FM/AM/SAT radio with compact disc (CD)
distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 player (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Around View® Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection Port
Available views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 (models without Navigation System)
Difference between predictive and actual (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 iPod®* player operation without Navigation
How to switch the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 System (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Moving Object Detection (MOD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Bluetooth® streaming audio without
Around View® Monitor Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 Navigation System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
View malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 CD care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
How to adjust the screen view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 Steering wheel switch for audio control . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Operating tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 NissanConnectSM Mobile Apps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Registering NissanConnectSM Mobile Apps . . . . . . 4-50 Connecting procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Connect Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50 Voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Application Download. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50 Making a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51 Receiving a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System without During a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
Navigation System (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51 Ending a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
Regulatory Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53 Text messaging (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53 Bluetooth® settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55 Manual control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
REARVIEW MONITOR WITHOUT
NAVIGATION SYSTEM (if so
equipped)
WARNING
● Positioning of the heating or air condi-
tioning controls and display controls
should not be done while driving in or-
der that full attention may be given to
the driving operation.
● Do not disassemble or modify this sys-
tem. If you do, it may result in accidents,
fire, or electrical shock.
● Do not use this system if you notice any
abnormality, such as a frozen screen or
lack of sound. Continued use of the
system may result in accident, fire or
electric shock.
● In case you notice any foreign object in
the system hardware, spill liquid on it,
or notice smoke or smell coming from it,
stop using the system immediately and
contact your nearest NISSAN dealer. Ig-
noring such conditions may lead to ac-
cidents, fire or electrical shock.
LHA3521
1. ENTER/SETTING button/TUNE-SCROLL WARNING
control knob
When the shift lever is shifted into the R (Re- structions for proper use of the Rear-
verse) position, the monitor display shows the View Monitor could result in serious
view to the rear of the vehicle. injury or death.
4-2 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems
● The RearView Monitor is a convenience ● Make sure that the liftgate is securely
but it is not a substitute for proper back- close when backing up.
ing. Always turn and look out the win-
● Do not put anything on the rearview
dows, and check mirrors to be sure that
camera. The rearview camera is in-
it is safe to move before operating the
stalled above the license plate.
vehicle. Always back up slowly.
● When washing the vehicle with high
● The system is designed as an aid to the
pressure water, be sure not to spray it
driver in showing large stationary ob-
around the camera. Otherwise, water
jects directly behind the vehicle, to help
may enter the camera unit causing wa-
avoid damaging the vehicle.
ter condensation on the lens, a mal-
● The system cannot completely elimi- function, fire or an electric shock.
nate blind spots and may not show ev-
● Do not strike the camera. It is a preci-
ery object.
sion instrument. Otherwise, it may mal- LHA2944
● Underneath the bumper and the corner function or cause damage resulting in a
areas of the bumper cannot be viewed fire or an electric shock. HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED
on the RearView Monitor because of its LINES
monitoring range limitation. The system CAUTION
will not show small objects below the Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width
bumper, and may not show objects Do not scratch the cover when cleaning and distances to objects with reference to the
close to the bumper or on the ground. dirt or snow from the cover. vehicle body line 䊊
A are displayed on the monitor.
● Objects viewed in the RearView Moni- Distance guide lines:

tor differ from actual distance because
a wide-angle lens is used. Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
● Objects in a RearView Monitor will ap- ● Red line 䊊

1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
pear visually opposite than when ● Yellow line 䊊
2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)
viewed in the rearview and outside
mirrors. ● Green line 䊊
● Green line 䊊
4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)
Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-3
● Vehicle width guide lines 䊊5 : the hill is the place 䊊 B . Note that any object on
Indicate the vehicle width when backing up. the hill is further than it appears on the monitor.
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN
1. Firmly apply the brake and place the shift
lever in R (Reverse).
2. Press the ENTER/SETTING button.
3. The Settings screen will show brightness.
4. Press the ENTER/SETTING button again to
show contrast.
5. Turn the TUNE-SCROLL knob to adjust the
setting up or down.
6. Press the ENTER/SETTING button to com-
plete the adjustment.
● Do not adjust the Brightness or Contrast of
the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is
moving.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN
PREDICTED AND ACTUAL
LHA3523
DISTANCES
The distance guide line and the vehicle width Backing up on a steep uphill
guide line should be used as a reference only When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the dis-
when the vehicle is on a level, paved surface. The tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide
distance viewed on the monitor is for reference lines are shown closer than the actual distance.
only and may be different than the actual distance For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) to the
between the vehicle and displayed objects. place 䊊 A , but the actual 3 ft (1.0 m) distance on
the hill is the place 䊊B . Note that any object on
the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor.
LHA3524 LHA2946
Backing up on a steep downhill Backing up near a projecting object

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the The vehicle may seem to nearly clear the object in
distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide the display. However, the vehicle may hit the
lines are shown farther than the actual distance. object if it projects over the actual backing up
For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) to the course.
place 䊊 A , but the actual 3 ft (1.0 m) distance on
the position 䊊A if the object projects over the ● If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the cam-
actual backing up course. era, the RearView Monitor may not display
object clearly. Clean the camera.
OPERATING TIPS
● Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to
● When the shift lever is shifted to the R (Re- clean the camera. This will cause discolor-
verse) position, the monitor screen auto- ation. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth
matically changes to the RearView Monitor dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent
mode. However, the radio can be heard. and then wipe with a dry cloth.
● When the view is switched, the display im- ● Do not damage the camera as the monitor
ages on the screen may be displayed with screen may be adversely affected.
some delay.
● Do not use wax on the camera window.
● When the temperature is extremely high or Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth damp-
low, the screen may not clearly display ob- ened with mild detergent diluted with water.
jects. This is not a malfunction.
● When strong light is directly coming on the
camera, objects may not be displayed
clearly. This is not a malfunction.
● Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the
screen. This is due to strong reflected light
from the bumper. This is not a malfunction.
LHA3525 ● The screen may flicker under fluorescent
Backing up behind a projecting object light. This is not a malfunction.
The position 䊊 C is shown farther than the position ● The colors of objects on the RearView Moni-
䊊B in the display. However, the position 䊊 C is tor may differ somewhat from the actual
color of objects. This is not a malfunction.
actually at the same distance as the position 䊊 A.
The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to ● Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a
dark environment. This is not a malfunction.
REARVIEW MONITOR WITH
NAVIGATION SYSTEM (if so
equipped)
WARNING
structions for proper use of the Rear-
View Monitor could result in serious
injury or death.
● The RearView Monitor is a convenience
but it is not a substitute for proper back-
ing. Always turn and look out the win-
dows, and check mirrors to be sure that
it is safe to move before operating the
vehicle. Always back up slowly.
● The system is designed as an aid to the
driver in showing large stationary ob-
jects directly behind the vehicle, to help
avoid damaging the vehicle.
● The system cannot completely elimi-
nate blind spots and may not show ev-
ery object.
● Underneath the bumper and the corner
areas of the bumper cannot be viewed
LHA3512 on the RearView Monitor because of its
monitoring range limitation. The system
1. CAMERA button will not show small objects below the
When the shift lever is shifted into the R (Re- bumper, and may not show objects
verse) position, the monitor display shows the close to the bumper or on the ground.
view to the rear of the vehicle.
● Objects viewed in the RearView Moni- Distance guide lines:
tor differ from actual distance because Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
a wide-angle lens is used.
● Red line 䊊
1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
● Objects in a RearView Monitor will ap-
pear visually opposite than when ● Yellow line 䊊
viewed in the rearview and outside ● Green line 䊊
mirrors.
● Green line 䊊
4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)
● Make sure that the liftgate is securely
close when backing up. ● Vehicle width guide lines 䊊5 :
Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.
● Do not put anything on the rearview
camera. The rearview camera is in-
stalled above the license plate.
● When washing the vehicle with high LHA2944
pressure water, be sure not to spray it HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED
around the camera. Otherwise, water
may enter the camera unit causing wa- LINES
ter condensation on the lens, a mal- Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width
function, fire or an electric shock. and distances to objects with reference to the
● Do not strike the camera. It is a preci- vehicle body line 䊊
A are displayed on the monitor.
sion instrument. Otherwise, it may mal-
function or cause damage resulting in a
fire or an electric shock.
CAUTION
Do not scratch the cover when cleaning
dirt or snow from the cover.
HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF
PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES
To toggle ON and OFF the predictive course
lines while in the P (Park), D (Drive) or N (Neutral)
positions:
1. Press the CAMERA button.
2. Touch the Predictive Course Lines key to
turn the feature ON or OFF..
To toggle ON and OFF the predictive course
lines while in the R (Reverse) position:
1. Touch the touch screen display.
LHA3522
2. Touch the Predictive Course Lines key to
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN turn the feature ON or OFF.
1. While on a RearView Monitor screen, touch DIFFERENCE BETWEEN
the touch-screen display. The Camera Set- PREDICTED AND ACTUAL
tings screen will come up.
DISTANCES
2. Touch the Display Settings key.
The distance guide line and the vehicle width
3. Touch the “Brightness,” “Contrast,” “Tint,” guide line should be used as a reference only
“Color,” or “Black Level” key. when the vehicle is on a level, paved surface. The LHA3523
distance viewed on the monitor is for reference Backing up on a steep uphill
4. Adjust the item by touching the + or — key
only and may be different than the actual distance
on the touch screen display.
between the vehicle and displayed objects. When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the dis-
● Do not adjust the display of the RearView tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide
Monitor while the vehicle is moving. lines are shown closer than the actual distance.
For example, the display shows 3 ft (1.0 m) to the
the hill is the place 䊊 B . Note that any object on the hill is the place 䊊B . Note that any object on
the hill is further than it appears on the monitor. the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor.
LHA3524
Backing up on a steep downhill

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the
distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide
lines are shown farther than the actual distance.
the position 䊊A if the object projects over the
actual backing up course.
OPERATING TIPS
● When the shift lever is shifted to the R (Re-
verse) position, the monitor screen auto-
matically changes to the RearView Monitor
mode. However, the radio can be heard.
● When the view is switched, the display im-
ages on the screen may be displayed with
some delay.
● When the temperature is extremely high or
low, the screen may not clearly display ob-
LHA2946 LHA3525 ● The screen may flicker under fluorescent
Backing up near a projecting object Backing up behind a projecting object light. This is not a malfunction.
The vehicle may seem to nearly clear the object in The position 䊊 C is shown farther than the position ● The colors of objects on the RearView Moni-
the display. However, the vehicle may hit the 䊊B in the display. However, the position 䊊 C is tor may differ somewhat from the actual
object if it projects over the actual backing up actually at the same distance as the position 䊊 A.
course. The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to ● Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a
AROUND VIEW® MONITOR (if so
equipped)
● If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the cam-

era, the RearView Monitor may not display
object clearly. Clean the camera.
clean the camera. This will cause discolor-
ation. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth
dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent
and then wipe with a dry cloth.
● Do not damage the camera as the monitor
screen may be adversely affected.
● Do not use wax on the camera window.
Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth damp-
ened with mild detergent diluted with water.
LHA3512
1. CAMERA button
With the ignition switch in the ON position, press
the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R
(Reverse) position to operate the Around View®
Monitor. The monitor displays various views of the
position of the vehicle in a split screen format.
Available views: bird’s-eye view, a tall object near the seam 䊊
3 of
the camera viewing areas will not appear in the
● Front View
monitor 䊊2 .
An approximately 150–degree view of the
front of the vehicle.
WARNING
● Rear View
● The Around View® Monitor is a conve-
An approximately 150–degree view of the
nience but it is not a substitute for
rear of the vehicle.
proper vehicle operation because it has
● Bird’s-Eye View areas where objects cannot be viewed.
The surrounding view of the vehicle from The four corners of the vehicle in par-
above. ticular, are blind spots where objects do
not appear in the bird’s-eye, front, or
● Front-Side View
rear views. Always look out the win-
The view around and ahead of the front
dows and check with your own eyes to
passenger’s side wheel.
be sure that it is safe to move before
operating the vehicle. Always operate
the vehicle slowly.
● The driver is always responsible for
safety during parking and other
maneuvers.
● Do not use the Around View® Monitor
with the outside mirrors in the stored
LHA3513
position, and make sure that the liftgate
The system is designed as an aid to the driver in is securely closed when operating the
situations such as slot parking or parallel parking. vehicle using the Around View®
There are some areas where the system will not Monitor.
show objects and the system does not warn of
● The distance between objects viewed
moving objects. When in the front or rear view
on the Around View® Monitor differs
display, an object below the bumper or on the
ground may not be viewed 䊊 1 . When in the from the actual distance.
● The cameras are installed on the front AVAILABLE VIEWS ● Use the mirrors or actually look to prop-
grille, the outside mirrors and above the erly judge distances to other objects.
rear license plate. Do not put anything WARNING
● The distance between objects viewed in
on the cameras. ● The distance guide lines and the vehicle the rear view may differ from the actual
● When washing the vehicle with high- width lines should be used as a refer- distance. Objects in the rear view will
pressure water, be sure not to spray it ence only when the vehicle is on a appear visually opposite from those
around the cameras. Otherwise, water paved, level surface. The distance viewed in the inside and outside
may enter the camera unit causing wa- viewed on the monitor may be different mirrors.
ter condensation on the lens, a mal- than the actual distance between the
vehicle and displayed objects. ● On a snow-covered or slippery road,
function, fire or an electric shock.
there may be a difference between the
● Do not strike the cameras. They are ● Use the displayed lines and the bird’s- predictive course lines and the actual
precision instruments. Doing so could eye view as a reference. The lines and course line.
cause a malfunction or cause damage the bird’s-eye view are greatly affected
by the number of occupants, fuel level, ● The displayed lines on the rear view will
resulting in a fire or an electric shock.
vehicle position, road condition and appear slightly off to the right, because
road grade. the rear view camera is not installed in
CAUTION the rear center of the vehicle.
Do not scratch the camera lens when ● If the tires are replaced with different
sized tires, the predictive course lines ● The vehicle width and predictive course
cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the lines are wider than the actual width
camera. and the bird’s-eye view may be dis-
played incorrectly. and course.
● When driving the vehicle up a hill, ob-

jects viewed in the monitor are further
than they appear. When driving the ve-
hicle down a hill, objects viewed in the
monitor are closer than they appear.
● Objects in the rear view will appear vi-
sually opposite than when viewed in the
rear view and outside mirrors.
The front view will not be displayed when the
vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).
NOTE:
When the monitor displays the front view
and the steering wheel turns about 90 de-
grees or less from the straight ahead posi-
tion, both the right and left predictive
course lines 䊊 6 are displayed. When the
steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or
more, a line is displayed only on the oppo-
site side of the turn.
SAA1840 SAA1896
Front view Rear view
Front and rear view Vehicle width guide lines 䊊
5 :
Guiding lines, which indicate the vehicle width Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.
and distance to objects with reference to the Predictive course lines 䊊
6 :
vehicle body line 䊊
A , are displayed on the moni-
tor. Indicate the predictive course when operating
the vehicle. The predictive course lines will be
Distance guide lines:
displayed on the monitor when the steering
Indicate distances from the vehicle body: wheel is turned. The predictive course lines will
● Red line 䊊
1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m) move depending on how much the steering
wheel is turned and will not be displayed while
● Yellow line 䊊
2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m) the steering wheel is in the straight ahead posi-
● Green line 䊊
3 : approximately 7 ft (2 m) tion.
● Green line 䊊
4 : approximately 10 ft (3 m)
displayed. It will be shown only the first time after
WARNING
the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.
● Objects in the bird’s-eye view will ap-
The driver can check the direction and angle of pear further than the actual distance
the tire on the display by the tire icon 䊊
3 when because the bird’s-eye view is a pseudo
driving the vehicle forward or backward. view that is processed by combining the
Predictive course lines (䊊 4 and 䊊 5 ) indicate the views from the cameras on the outside
predictive course when operating the vehicle. mirrors, the front and the rear of the
vehicle.
The predictive course lines will be displayed on
the monitor when the steering wheel is turned. ● Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle,
The predictive course lines will move depending may be misaligned or not displayed at
on how much the steering wheel is turned and the seam of the views.
will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in ● Objects that are above the camera can-
the neutral position. not be displayed.
LHA3526
Bird’s-eye view When the monitor displays the front view and the ● The view of the bird’s-eye view may be
steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or less misaligned when the camera position
The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead view of from the neutral position, the two green predic- alters.
the vehicle, which helps confirm the vehicle po- tive course lines 䊊4 are shown in front of the
● A line on the ground may be misaligned
sition and the predicted course to a parking vehicle. and is not seen as being straight at the
space. seam of the views. The misalignment
When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees
The vehicle icon 䊊 1 shows the position of the or more, one green predictive course line is will increase as the line proceeds away
vehicle. Note that the distance between objects shown in front of the vehicle and the other green from the vehicle.
viewed in the bird’s-eye view may differ some- predictive course line 䊊5 is shown at the side of ● Tire angle display does not indicate the
what from the actual vehicle. the vehicle. actual tire angle.
The areas that the cameras cannot cover 䊊
2 are When the monitor displays the rear view, the
indicated in black. predictive course lines are shown at the back of
the vehicle.
The non-viewable area 䊊2 is highlighted in yellow
for several seconds after the bird’s-eye view is
CAUTION
● The turn signal light may look like the
side-of-vehicle line. This is not a
malfunction.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN
PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL
DISTANCES
The distance guide line and the vehicle width
guide line should be used as a reference only
when the vehicle is on a level, paved surface. The
distance viewed on the monitor is for reference
only and may be different than the actual distance
LHA2652
between the vehicle and displayed objects.
Front-side view
Guiding lines
Guiding lines that indicate the width and the front
end of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor.
The front-of-vehicle line 䊊
1 shows the front part
of the vehicle.
LHA3523
The side-of-vehicle line 䊊2 shows the vehicle
Backing up on a steep uphill
width including the outside mirrors.
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the dis-
The extensions 䊊3 of both the front 䊊
1 and side
tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide
䊊2 lines are shown with a green dotted line.
lines are shown closer than the actual distance.
the hill is the place 䊊 B . Note that any object on the hill is the place 䊊B . Note that any object on
the hill is further than it appears on the monitor. the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor.
LHA3524
Backing up on a steep downhill

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the
distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide
lines are shown farther than the actual distance.
the position 䊊A if the object projects over the
actual backing up course.
OPERATING TIPS
● When the shift lever is shifted to the R (Re-
verse) position, the monitor screen auto-
matically changes to the RearView Monitor
mode. However, the radio can be heard.
● When the view is switched, the display im-
ages on the screen may be displayed with
some delay.
● When the temperature is extremely high or
low, the screen may not clearly display ob-
LHA1201 LHA3525 ● The screen may flicker under fluorescent
Backing up near a projecting object Backing up behind a projecting object light. This is not a malfunction.
The predicted course lines 䊊 A do not touch the The position 䊊 C is shown farther than the position ● The colors of objects on the RearView Moni-
object in the display. However, the vehicle may hit 䊊B in the display. However, the position 䊊 C is tor may differ somewhat from the actual
the object if it projects over the actual backing up actually at the same distance as the position 䊊 A.
course. The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to ● Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a
● If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the cam- If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position, the ● When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N
era, the RearView Monitor may not display available views are: (Neutral) position and the vehicle is stopped,
object clearly. Clean the camera. the moving object detection system detects
● Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen
the moving objects in the bird’s-eye view.
● Rear view/front-side view split screen The MOD system will not operate if the
clean the camera. This will cause discolor-
outside mirrors are moving in or out or if
ation. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth The display will switch from the Around View®
either door is opened.
dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent Monitor screen when:
and then wipe with a dry cloth. ● When the shift lever is in the D (Drive) posi-
● When the shift lever is in the D (Drive) posi-
tion and the vehicle speed is below approxi-
● Do not damage the camera as the monitor tion and the vehicle speed increases above
mately 5 mph (8 km/h), the MOD system
screen may be adversely affected. approximately 6 mph (10 km/h).
detects moving objects in the front view.
● Do not use wax on the camera window. ● When a different screen is selected.
Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth damp- ● When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
ened with mild detergent diluted with water. MOVING OBJECT DETECTION position and the vehicle speed is below ap-
(MOD) proximately 5 mph (8 km/h), the MOD sys-
HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY tem detects moving objects in the rear view.
The Moving Object Detection (MOD) system can The MOD system will not operate if the
With the ignition switch in the ON position, press
inform the driver of moving objects behind the liftgate is open.
the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the
vehicle when backing out of garages, maneuver-
R (Reverse) position to operate the Around The MOD system does not detect moving ob-
View® Monitor. ing in parking lots and in other such instances.
jects in the front-side view. The MOD icon is not
The Around View® Monitor can display two split The MOD system detects moving objects by displayed on the screen when in this view.
screen views and a single view of the front view or using image processing technology on the image
rear view. Press the CAMERA button to switch shown in the display.
between the available views. The MOD system operates in the following con-
If the shift lever is not in the R (Reverse) position, ditions when the camera view is displayed:
the available views are:
● Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen
● Front view/front-side view split screen
WARNING
● The MOD system is not a substitute for
proper vehicle operation and is not de-
signed to prevent contact with the ob-
jects surrounding the vehicle. When
maneuvering, always use the outside
mirrors and rearview mirror and turn
and check the surrounding to ensure it
is safe to maneuver.
● The system is deactivated at speeds
above 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivated
at lower speeds.
● The system is not designed to prevent
contact with all objects.
● The MOD system does not have the
function to detect the surrounding sta-
tionary objects.
LHA3604
When the MOD system detects moving objects A blue MOD icon 䊊 2 is displayed in the view ● When vehicle speed decreases below ap-
near the vehicle, the yellow frame will be dis- where the MOD system is operative. A gray MOD proximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
played on the view where the objects are de- icon is displayed in the view where the MOD ● When the ignition switch is placed in the
tected and a chime will sound once. While the system is not operative. OFF position and then back to the ON posi-
MOD system continues to detect moving ob-
If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD icon 䊊
2 tion.
jects, the yellow frame continues to be displayed.
is not displayed.
In the bird’s eye view, the yellow frame 䊊
1 is WARNING
The MOD system will turn on automatically under
displayed on each camera image (front, rear,
the following conditions: ● Do not use the MOD system when tow-
right, left) depending on where moving objects ing a trailer. The system may not func-
are detected. ● When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) tion properly.
position.
The yellow frame is displayed on each view in the ● Excessive noise (for example, audio
front view and rear view modes. ● When the CAMERA button is pressed to system volume or open vehicle window)
While the BCI chime (if so equipped) is beeping, switch from a different screen to the camera will interfere with the chime sound, and
the MOD system does not chime. view on the display. it may not be heard.
● The MOD system performance will be ● If your vehicle sustains damage to the
limited according to environmental con- parts where the camera is installed,
ditions and surrounding objects such leaving it misaligned or bent, the sens-
as: ing zone may be altered and the MOD
system may not detect objects properly.
– When there is low contrast between
background and the moving objects. ● When the temperature is extremely
high or low, the screen may not display
– When there is a blinking source of
objects clearly. This is not a
light.
malfunction.
– When strong light such as another
vehicle’s headlight or sunlight is Camera maintenance
present. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera,
– When camera orientation is not in its the MOD system may not operate properly. Clean
usual position, such as when mirror the camera. LHA3607
is folded. AROUND VIEW® MONITOR VIEW MALFUNCTION
– When there is dirt, water drops or SETTINGS When the “!” icon is displayed on the screen,
snow on the camera lens.
MOD (Moving Object Detection) there are abnormal conditions in the Around
– When the position of the moving ob- View® Monitor. This will not hinder normal driving
jects in the display is not changed. To turn the MOD system on or off, press and hold operation but the system should be inspected by
the CAMERA button for more than 3 seconds. a NISSAN dealer.
● The MOD system might detect flowing
water droplets on the camera lens,
white smoke from the muffler, moving
shadows, etc.
● The MOD system may not function
properly depending on the speed, direc-
tion, distance or shape of the moving
objects.
3. Adjust the item by touching the + or — key ● When the temperature is extremely high or
on the touch screen display. low, the screen may not display objects
Do not adjust any of the display settings of the
Around View® Monitor while the vehicle is mov- ● When strong light directly shines on the
ing. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied. camera, objects may not be displayed
OPERATING TIPS
● The screen may flicker under fluorescent
light. This is not a malfunction.
CAUTION
● The colors of objects on the Around View®
● Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner
Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual
to clean the camera. This will cause
discoloration. To clean the camera,
wipe with a cloth dampened with a di- ● Objects on the Around View® Monitor may
LHA3608 luted mild cleaning agent and then wipe not be clear and the color of the object may
When the “[X]” icon is displayed on the screen, with a dry cloth. differ in a dark environment. This is not a
malfunction.
the camera image may be receiving temporary ● Do not damage the camera as the moni-
electronic disturbances from surrounding de- tor screen may be adversely affected. ● There may be differences in sharpness be-
vices. This will not hinder normal driving opera- tween each camera view of the bird’s-eye
● The screen displayed on the Around View® view.
tion but the system should be inspected by a
Monitor will automatically return to the pre-
NISSAN dealer if it occurs frequently. ● If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the cam-
vious screen 3 minutes after the CAMERA
HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN button has been pressed with the shift lever era, the Around View® Monitor may not
in a position other than the R (Reverse) display objects clearly. Clean the camera.
VIEW
position. ● Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off
1. Touch the touch screen display with the any wax with a clean cloth that has been
Around View® Monitor on. ● When the view is switched, the display im-
dampened with a mild detergent diluted with
ages on the screen may be displayed in
2. Touch the “Brightness,” “Contrast,” “Tint,” water.
some delay.
“Color,” or “Black Level” key.
VENTS
LHA3201 LHA3510 LHA1134

Side Center Rear
Adjust air flow direction by moving the vent
slides.
Open or close the vents by using the dial. Move
the dial toward the to open the vents or
toward the to close them.
HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER
(automatic)
9. (fan speed control) buttons

10. REAR (window and outside mirror
(if so equipped) defroster) button
11. FRONT (defroster) button
WARNING
● The air conditioner cooling function op-
erates only when the engine is running.
● Do not leave children or adults who
would normally require the assistance
of others alone in your vehicle. Pets
should also not be left alone. They
could accidentally injure themselves or
others through inadvertent operation of
the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,
temperatures in a closed vehicle could
quickly become high enough to cause
severe or possibly fatal injuries to
people or animals.
● Do not use the recirculation mode for
long periods as it may cause the interior
LHA3200 air to become stale and the windows to
1. Temperature control dial (driver’s side)/ 5. Temperature control dial (passenger’s fog up.
AUTO button side)/DUAL button
2. ON-OFF button 6. Fresh air intake button
3. Display screen 7. Air recirculation button
4. MODE (manual air flow control) button 8. A/C (air conditioner) button
NOTE: ● A visible mist may be seen coming from the vents Dehumidified defrosting or defogging
in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled
● Odors from inside and outside the vehicle rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction. 1. Press the front defroster button on.
can build up in the air conditioner unit. Odor The indicator light on the button will come
can enter the passenger compartment 3. You can individually set driver’s and front
on.
through the vents. passenger’s side temperature using each
temperature control dial. When the DUAL 2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the
● When parking, set the heater and air condi- button is pressed or passenger’s side tem- maximum temperature to aid in defrosting or
tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to perature dial is turned, the DUAL indicator defogging.
allow fresh air into the passenger compart- will come on. To turn off the passenger’s
ment. This should help reduce odors inside side temperature control, press the DUAL ● To quickly remove ice from the outside of the
the vehicle. button. windows, use the fan speed control buttons
to set the fan speed to maximum.
AUTOMATIC OPERATION Heating (A/C OFF)
● As soon as possible after the windshield is
Cooling and/or dehumidified heating The air conditioner does not activate. When you clean, press the AUTO button to return to
need to heat only, use this mode. the automatic mode.
(AUTO)
This mode may be used all year round as the 1. Press the AUTO button. The indicator light
system automatically works to keep a constant comes on.
temperature. Air flow distribution and fan speed 2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the
are also controlled automatically. desired temperature.
1. Press the AUTO button on. The indicator on ● The temperature of the passenger compart-
the button will illuminate. ment will be maintained automatically. Air
flow distribution and fan speed are also con-
2. Turn the temperature control dial to the left trolled automatically.
or right to set the desired temperature.
● Do not set the temperature lower than the
● The temperature of the passenger compart- outside air temperature. Otherwise, the sys-
ment will be maintained automatically. Air tem may not work properly.
flow distribution and fan speed are also con-
● Not recommended if windows fog up.
trolled automatically.
● When the front defroster button is Air recirculation Rear window and outside mirror (if so
pressed, the air conditioner will automati- equipped) defroster button
cally be turned on at outside temperatures Press the air recirculation button to recir-
above 36°F (2°C). The air recirculate mode culate interior air inside the vehicle. The For additional information, refer to “Rear window
automatically turns off, allowing outside air indicator light on the button will come on. and outside mirror (if so equipped) defroster
The air recirculation cannot be activated when switch” in the “Instruments and controls” section
to be drawn into the passenger compart-
of this manual.
ment to further improve the defogging per- the air conditioner is in the front defrosting
formance. When the air recirculate mode mode. OPERATING TIPS
automatically turns off, the air fresh mode will
automatically turn on. Fresh air intake ● When the engine coolant temperature and
outside air temperature are low, the air flow
Press the fresh air intake button to draw
Remote engine start logic (if so from the foot outlets may not operate for a
outside air into the passenger compartment. maximum of 150 seconds. However, this is
equipped)
Air flow control not a malfunction. After the coolant tempera-
Vehicles equipped with automatic climate con- ture warms up, air flow from the foot outlets
trols and remote start function may go into auto- Pressing the MODE button manually controls air
will operate normally.
matic heating or cooling mode when remote start flow and selects the air outlet:
is activated depending on outside and cabin tem- — Air flows mainly from center and ● Keep the moonroof (if so equipped) closed
peratures. Automatic temperature depends on while the air conditioner is in operation.
side vents.
outside and cabin temperatures. During this pe- — Air flows mainly from center and ● If you feel that the air flow mode you have
riod, the climate control display and buttons will side vents and foot outlets. selected and the outlets the air is coming out
be inoperable until ignition switch is turned on. do not match, select the mode.
— Air flows mainly from foot outlets
MANUAL OPERATION and partly from defroster. ● When you change the air flow mode, you
— Air flows mainly from defroster may feel air flow from the feet vents for just a
Fan speed control and foot outlets. moment. This is not a malfunction.
Press the fan speed control buttons to To turn system off
manually control the fan speed. Press the ON-OFF button.
Press the AUTO button to return to automatic
control of the fan speed.
SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER AUDIO SYSTEM
The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve- RADIO

hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with
the environment in mind. With the ignition placed in the ACC or ON posi-
tion, press the (power) button/VOL (vol-
This refrigerant does not harm the earth’s
ume) control knob to turn the radio on. If you
ozone layer.
listen to the radio with the engine not running, the
Special charging equipment and lubricant is re- ignition should be placed in the ACC position.
quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi- Radio reception is affected by station signal
tioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricants strength, distance from radio transmitter, build-
will cause severe damage to your air conditioner ings, bridges, mountains and other external influ-
system. For additional information, refer to “Air ences. Intermittent changes in reception quality
conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommen-
normally are caused by these external influences.
dations” in the “Technical and consumer informa-
tion” section of this manual. Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle
LHA3554
A NISSAN dealer is able to service your “environ- may influence radio reception quality.
The sunload sensor, located on the top and cen- mentally friendly” air conditioning system. Radio reception
ter of the instrument panel, helps the system
maintain a constant temperature. Do not put any- WARNING Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with
thing on or around this sensor. state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance ra-
The air conditioner system contains refrig-
dio reception. These circuits are designed to
erant under high pressure. To avoid per-
extend reception range, and to enhance the qual-
sonal injury, any air conditioner service
should be done only by an experienced ity of that reception.
technician with proper equipment. However, there are some general characteristics
of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect
radio reception quality in a moving vehicle, even
when the finest equipment is used. These char-
acteristics are completely normal in a given re-
ception area and do not indicate any malfunction
in your NISSAN radio system.
Reception conditions will constantly change be- Static and flutter: During signal interference from SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION
cause of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain, buildings, large hills or due to antenna position
(usually in conjunction with increased distance When the satellite radio is used for the first time
signal distance and interference from other ve- or the battery has been replaced, the satellite
hicles can work against ideal reception. De- from the station transmitter), static or flutter can
be heard. This can be reduced by adjusting the radio may not work properly. This is not a mal-
scribed below are some of the factors that can function. Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite
affect your radio reception. treble control to reduce treble response.
radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or
Some cellular phones or other devices may Multipath reception: Because of the reflective large building for satellite radio to receive all of
cause interference or a buzzing noise to come characteristics of FM signals, direct and reflected the necessary data.
from the audio system speakers. Storing the de- signals reach the receiver at the same time. The
signals may cancel each other, resulting in mo- No satellite radio reception is available and “NO
vice in a different location may reduce or elimi- SAT” is displayed when the SAT band option is
nate the noise. mentary flutter or loss of sound.
selected unless optional satellite receiver and
FM RADIO RECEPTION AM RADIO RECEPTION antenna are installed and a SiriusXM® Satellite
Radio service subscription is active. Satellite ra-
Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 – 30 mi AM signals, because of their low frequency, can
dio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.
(40 – 48 km), with monaural (single channel) FM bend around objects and skip along the ground.
having slightly more range than stereo FM. Exter- In addition, the signals can be bounced off the Satellite radio performance may be affected if
nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM ionosphere and bent back to earth. Because of cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio
station reception even if the FM station is within these characteristics, AM signals are also sub- signal.
25 mi (40 km). The strength of the FM signal is ject to interference as they travel from transmitter
If possible, do not put cargo over the satellite
directly related to the distance between the to receiver.
antenna.
transmitter and receiver. FM signals follow a line- Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing
of-sight path, exhibiting many of the same char- A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can
through freeway underpasses or in areas with
acteristics as light. For example, they will reflect affect satellite radio performance. Remove the
many tall buildings. It can also occur for several
off objects. ice to restore satellite radio reception.
seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in
Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away from areas where no obstacles exist.
a station transmitter, the signals will tend to fade Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical
and/or drift. power lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.
Compact disc (CD) player ● Do not expose the CD to direct sun-
light.
CAUTION ● CDs that are in poor condition or are
● Do not force a compact disc into the CD dirty, scratched or covered with finger-
insert slot. This could damage the CD prints may not work properly.
and/or CD player. ● The following CDs may not work prop-
● Trying to load a CD with the CD door erly:
closed could damage the CD and/or CD ● Copy control compact discs (CCCD)
player.
● Recordable compact discs (CD-R)
● Only one CD can be loaded into the CD
player at a time. ● Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)
● Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) ● Do not use the following CDs as they
round discs that have the “COMPACT may cause the CD player to malfunc-
disc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the disc tion:
or packaging. ● 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter
● During cold weather or rainy days, the ● CDs that are not round
player may malfunction due to the hu-
● CDs with a paper label
midity. If this occurs, remove the CD
and dehumidify or ventilate the player ● CDs that are warped, scratched, or
completely. have abnormal edges
LHA0099
● The player may skip while driving on ● This audio system can only play pre-
AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS rough roads. recorded CDs. It has no capability to
record or burn CDs.
● The CD player sometimes cannot func-
tion when the compartment tempera- ● If the CD cannot be played, one of the
ture is extremely high or low. following messages will be displayed.
Decrease/increase the temperature
before use.
CHECK DISC Compact disc with MP3 or WMA ● Sampling frequency — Sampling frequency
is the rate at which the samples of a signal
● Confirm that the CD is inserted cor- Terms are converted from analog to digital (A/D
rectly (the label side is facing up, conversion) per second.
etc.). ● MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures
Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the ● Multisession — Multisession is one of the
● Confirm that the CD is not bent or most well-known compressed digital audio methods for writing data to media. Writing
warped and it is free of scratches. file format. This format allows for near “CD data once to the media is called a single
PRESS EJECT quality” sound, but at a fraction of the size of session, and writing more than once is called
normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an a multisession.
This is an error due to excessive tem- audio track from CD-ROM can reduce the ● ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is the
perature inside the player. Remove the file size by approximately a 10:1 ratio with part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that
CD by pressing the EJECT button. After virtually no perceptible loss in quality. MP3 contains information about the digital music
a short time, reinsert the CD. The CD compression removes the redundant and file such as song title, artist, encoding bit
can be played when the temperature of irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the rate, track time duration, etc. ID3 tag infor-
the player returns to normal. human ear doesn’t hear. mation is displayed on the Artist/song title
line on the display.
UNPLAYABLE ● WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA)* is a
The file is unplayable in this audio sys- compressed audio format created by Micro- * Windows® and Windows Media® are regis-
tem (only MP3 or WMA CD). soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA tered trademarks and trademarks in the United
codec offers greater file compression than States of America and other countries of Micro-
the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more soft Corporation of the USA.
digital audio tracks in the same amount of
space when compared to MP3s at the same
level of quality.
● Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of
bits per second used by a digital music file.
The size and quality of a compressed digital
audio file is determined by the bit rate used
when encoding the file.
Playback order
Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA
files is as illustrated.
● The names of folders not containing MP3 or
WMA files are not shown in the display.
● If there is a file in the top level of the disc,
“Root Folder” is displayed.
● The playback order is the order in which the
files were written by the writing software.
Therefore, the files might not play in the
desired order.
WHA1078
Playback order chart
Specification chart
Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW

Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Apple ISO, Romeo, Joliet * ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.
Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5
MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz
Supported Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR
versions*1 WMA Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9
Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz
Bit rate 48 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR
Tag information ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only)
Folder levels Folder levels: 8, Max folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
Text character number limitation 128 characters
01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big Endian),
Displayable character codes*2
05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian)
*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
*2 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.
Troubleshooting guide
Symptom Cause and Countermeasure

Check if the disc was inserted correctly.
Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
Check if there is condensation inside the player. If there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the player.
If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.
Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will be played.
Files with extensions other than “.MP3”,“.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes and number of characters for
folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.
Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.
Check if the disc is protected by copyright.
Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
Poor sound quality
Bit rate may be too low.
It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be required before the music starts playing.
before the music starts
playing.
The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might not match the
Music cuts off or skips
specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.
Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.
files
Moves immediately to the When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, .“mp3”or “.wma”, or when play is prohibited by copyright protection, there
next song when playing will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song.
Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play in the desired order.
the desired order
USB (Universal Serial Bus) This system cannot be used to format USB de- Notes for iPod® use
Connection Port vices. To format a USB device, use a personal
iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in
computer. the U.S. and other countries.
WARNING In some jurisdictions, the USB device for the front ● Improperly plugging in the iPod® may cause
Do not connect, disconnect, or operate the seats plays only sound without images for regu- a checkmark to be displayed on and off
USB device while driving. Doing so can be latory reasons, even when the vehicle is parked. (flickering). Always make sure that the
a distraction. If distracted you could lose This system supports various USB connection iPod® is connected properly.
control of your vehicle and cause an acci- port devices, USB hard drives and iPod® play- ● An iPod® nano (1st Generation) may remain
dent or serious injury. ers. Some USB devices may not be supported by in fast forward or rewind mode if it is con-
this system. nected during a seek operation. In this case,
CAUTION please manually reset the iPod®.
● Partitioned USB devices may not play cor-
● Do not force the USB device into the rectly. ● An iPod® nano (2nd Generation) will con-
USB port. Inserting the USB device tinue to fast-forward or rewind if it is discon-
tilted or up-side-down into the port may ● Some characters used in other languages nected during a seek operation.
damage the port. Make sure that the (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) may not appear
USB device is connected correctly into properly in the display. Using English lan- ● An incorrect song title may appear when the
the USB port. guage characters with a USB device is rec- Play Mode is changed while using an iPod®
ommended. nano (2nd Generation).
● Do not grab the USB port cover (if so
equipped) when pulling the USB device ● Not all Android devices are supported for ● Audiobooks may not play in the same order
out of the port. This could damage the USB audio. as they appear on an iPod®.
port and the cover.
● Large video files cause slow responses in an
● For Apple products, only Apple or Apple
● Do not leave the USB cable in a place iPod®. The vehicle center display may mo-
certified USB cables are supported. Some
where it can be pulled unintentionally. mentarily black out, but will soon recover.
Pulling the cable may damage the port. aftermarket cables may not be supported.
● If an iPod® automatically selects large video
General notes for USB use files while in the shuffle mode, the vehicle
The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device.
USB devices should be purchased separately as ● Refer to your device manufacturer’s owner center display may momentarily black out,
necessary. information regarding the proper use and but will soon recover.
care of the device.
Bluetooth® streaming audio ● While an audio device is connected through
the Bluetooth® wireless connection, the
● Some Bluetooth® audio devices may not be battery power of the device may discharge
recognized by the in-vehicle audio system. quicker than usual.
● It is necessary to set up the wireless con- ● This system supports the Bluetooth® Audio
nection between a compatible Bluetooth® Distribution Profile (A2DP, AVRCP).
audio device and the in-vehicle Bluetooth®
module before using the Bluetooth® audio. BLUETOOTH® is a
● Operating procedure of the Bluetooth® au- trademark owned by
dio will vary depending on the devices. Make Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
sure how to operate your audio device be-
fore using it with this system.
and licensed to
Visteon.
● The Bluetooth® audio may be stopped un-
der the following conditions:
● Receiving a call on the Hands-Free
Phone System.
● Checking the connection to the hands-
free phone.
● Do not place the Bluetooth® audio device in
an area surrounded by metal or far away from
the in-vehicle Bluetooth® module to prevent
tone quality degradation and wireless con-
nection disruption.
7. TRACK button
8. BACK button
9. APPS button
10. ENTER/SETTING button/ TUNE-SCROLL
knob
11. Station select (1 - 6) buttons
12. RDM (random) button
13. RPT (repeat) button
14. (power) button/ VOL (volume) control
knob
15. DISP (display) button
16. MEDIA button
17. FM•AM button
*No satellite radio reception is available when the
XM button is pressed to access satellite radio
stations unless optional satellite receiver and an-
tenna are installed and an SiriusXM® Satellite
LHA3527
Radio service subscription is active. Satellite ra-
FM/AM/SAT RADIO WITH 3. Display screen dio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.
COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (if so 4. CD insert slot For additional information, refer to “Audio opera-
equipped) tion precautions” regarding all operation precau-
5. SEEK button
tions in this section.
1. CD eject button
6. SCAN button
2. XM button*
Audio main operation To turn the system off, press the (power) ENTER/SETTING button
button. Press the ENTER/SETTING button to show the
(power) button / VOL (volume) con-
Turn the VOL (volume) control knob to adjust the Settings screen on the display. Turn the TUNE-
trol knob
volume. SCROLL knob to navigate the options and then
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position
This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen- press the ENTER button to make a selection.
and press the (power) button while the sys-
tem is off to call up the mode (radio, CD, AUX, sitive Volume. When this feature is active, the
Bluetooth® audio, USB or iPod®) that was playing audio volume changes as the driving speed
immediately before the system was turned off. changes.
Settings
Bluetooth For additional information on Bluetooth settings, refer to “Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System without Navigation System” in this section.
Bass Adjusts the bass to the desired level.
Treble Adjusts the treble to the desired level.
Balance Adjusts the balance to the desired level. Balance adjusts the sound level between the left and right speakers.
Fade Adjusts the fade to the desired level. Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers.
Brightness Adjust the brightness to adjust the appearance of the display screen.
Contrast Adjust the contrast to adjust the appearance of the display screen.
Clock adjust Press the ENTER/SETTING button to highlight the hours or minutes and then use the TUNE/FOLDER knob to adjust the value. Press the
ENTER/SETTING button again to set the value.
On-Screen Clock Toggles ON or OFF the clock display on the upper right corner of the display screen.
RDS Display Toggles ON or OFF the RDS information displayed on the screen while the radio is playing.
Speed Sens Vol. (Speed Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function, which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the vehicle increases. Set to
Sensitive Volume) “OFF” to disable the feature. The higher the setting, the more the volume increases in relation to vehicle speed.
AUX Vol. Choose a setting from 0 to +3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume. A setting of 0 provides no additional boost in volume.
A setting of +3 provides the greatest boost in volume.
Language select Select the desired language for the system from the available options.
Bass, treble, balance and fade can also be adjusted by pressing the ENTER/SETTING button and turning the TUNE-SCROLL control knob to select the item
to adjust. When the desired item is shown on the display, turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER/SETTING button until the display returns to
the main audio screen. If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds, the radio or CD display will automatically reappear.
APPS button XM band select SEEK tuning
Press the APPS button to launch the Smart- Press the XM button to change the band as
phone Integration Mode. For additional informa- follows: Press the or SEEK buttons to tune
tion, refer to “NissanConnectSM Mobile Apps” in from low to high or high to low frequencies and to
this section regarding this feature. XM1* → XM2* → XM3* → XM1
stop at the next broadcasting station.
For additional information, refer to “Bluetooth® When the XM button is pressed while the ignition
SCAN tuning
Hands-Free Phone system without Navigation” in switch is in the ACC or ON position, the radio will
come on at the station last played. Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad-
this section regarding connecting your phone.
casting station for 5 seconds. SCAN will appear
FM/AM/SAT radio operation The last station played will also come on when on the screen while the radio is scan tuning.
the VOL (volume)/ (power) control
FM·AM button Pressing the button again during this 5 second
knob/button is pressed on.
period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will
Press the FM·AM button to change the band as *When the XM button is pressed, the satellite remain tuned to that station. If the SCAN button is
follows: radio reception will not be available unless an not pressed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning
AM → FM1 → FM2 → AM optional satellite receiver and antenna are in- moves to the next station.
stalled and a SiriusXM® Satellite Radio service
If another audio source is playing when the subscription is active. Satellite radio is not avail- 1 to 6 Station memory operations
FM·AM button is pressed, the audio source play- able in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.
ing will automatically be turned off and the last Six stations can be set for the AM band. Twelve
radio station played will begin playing. If a compact disc is playing when the XM button stations can be set for the FM band (six for FM1,
is pressed, the compact disc will automatically be six for FM2).
The FM stereo indicator (STEREO) is shown on turned off and the last radio station played will
the screen during FM stereo reception. When the 1. Choose the radio band AM, FM1 or FM2
come on. using the FM·AM select button.
stereo broadcast signal is weak, the radio auto-
matically changes from stereo to monaural re- TUNE/SCROLL knob (Tuning)
ception. 2. Tune to the desired station using the
Turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob to the left or right SEEK button or the TRACK button.
for manual tuning. Press and hold any of the desired station
memory buttons (1 – 6) until the preset
number is updated on the display and a
beep is heard.
3. Programming is now complete. SEEK/TRACK (Reverse or TUNE/SCROLL knob (MP3/WMA CD only)
4. Other buttons can be set in the same man- Fast Forward) button If a MP3/WMA CD with multiple folders is play-
ner. ing, turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob to change
Press and hold the or folders. Turn the knob to the left to skip back a
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse SEEK/TRACK button for 1.5 seconds while the folder. Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a
opens, the radio memory will be canceled. In that compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward folder.
case, reset the desired stations. the track being played. The compact disc plays at
an increased speed while reversing or fast for- RPT (repeat) button
Compact disc (CD) player operation warding. When the button is released, the com-
When the RPT (repeat) button is pressed while a
pact disc returns to normal play speed.
If the radio is already operating, it automatically compact disc is playing, the play pattern can be
turns off and the compact disc begins to play. SEEK/TRACK button changed as follows:
MEDIA button CD:
Press the SEEK/TRACK button while a CD
With a CD loaded, press the MEDIA button until or MP3/WMA CD is playing to return to the 1 Track Repeat ←→ OFF
the CD mode is displayed on the screen. beginning of the current track. Press CD with MP3 or WMA:
CD/MP3 display mode the SEEK/TRACK button several times to
skip backward several tracks. 1 Folder Repeat → 1 Track Repeat → OFF
While listening to an MP3/WMA CD, certain text Press the SEEK/TRACK button while a CD 1 Track Repeat: the current track will be re-
may be displayed on the screen if the CD has or MP3/WMA CD is playing to advance one peated.
been encoded with text information. Depending track. Press the SEEK/TRACK button sev-
on how the MP3/WMA CD is encoded, informa- eral times to skip forward several tracks. If the last 1 Folder Repeat: the current folder will be re-
tion such as Artist, Song and Folder will be dis- track on a CD is skipped, the first track on the peated.
played. disc is played. If the last track in a folder of an OFF: No repeat play pattern is applied. The indi-
The track number and the total number of tracks MP3/WMA CD is skipped, the first track of the cator on the display will turn off.
in the current folder or on the current disc are next folder is played.
The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on
displayed on the screen as well. the screen unless no pattern is applied.
RDM (random) button Additional features
When the RDM (random) button is pressed while
a compact disc is playing, the play pattern can be For additional information, refer to “iPod® player
changed as follows: operation without Navigation System” regarding
the iPod® player available with this system in this
CD: section.
1 Disc Random ←→ OFF For additional information, refer to “USB (Univer-
sal Serial Bus) Connection Port (models without
CD with MP3 or WMA:
Navigation System)” regarding the USB connec-
1 Disc Random → 1 Folder Random → OFF tion port available with this system in this section.
1 Disc Random: all tracks on the disc will be For additional information, refer to “Bluetooth®
played randomly. streaming audio without Navigation System”
about the Bluetooth® audio interface available
1 Folder Random: all tracks in the current folder
with this system in this section. LHA3205
will be played randomly.
Front
OFF: No random play pattern is applied. The
indicator on the display will turn off.
The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on
the screen unless no pattern is applied.
CD EJECT button
When the CD EJECT button is pressed

with a compact disc loaded, the compact disc
will eject and the last source will be played.
When the CD EJECT button is pressed
twice with a compact disc loaded, the compact
disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal.
If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds, the
disc will reload.
USB (Universal Serial Bus) ● Do not grab the USB port cover (if so
CONNECTION PORT (models equipped) when pulling the USB device
without Navigation System) (if so out of the port. This could damage the
port and the cover.
equipped)
● Do not leave the USB cable in a place
Connecting a device to the USB where it can be pulled unintentionally.
Connection Port Pulling the cable may damage the port.
Refer to your device manufacturer’s owner infor-
WARNING mation regarding the proper use and care of the
Do not connect, disconnect, or operate the device.
USB device while driving. Doing so can be There are two USB connection ports available in
a distraction. If distracted you could lose the vehicle. One is located in the media pocket on
control of your vehicle and cause an acci- the center console near the cupholders, the other
LHA3206
dent or serious injury. on the back of the rear center console facing the
Rear (if so equipped)
rear seats. Insert the USB device into the con-
CAUTION nection port.
● To avoid damage and loss of function When a compatible storage device is plugged
when using a USB device, note the fol- into the connection port, compatible audio files
lowing precautions. on the storage device can be played through the
● Do not force the USB device into the vehicle’s audio system.
USB port. Inserting the USB device
tilted or up-side-down into the port may
damage the port. Make sure that the
USB device is connected correctly into
the USB port.
Audio file operation SEEK and TRACK buttons RPT (repeat) button
MEDIA button When the RPT (repeat) button is pressed while
Press the SEEK button while an audio file an audio file on the USB device is playing, the
Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC on the USB device is playing to return to the play pattern can be changed as follows:
position and press the MEDIA button to switch to beginning of the current track. Press the SEEK
the USB input mode. If a CD is playing or another 1 Folder Repeat → 1 Track Repeat → OFF
button several times to skip backward sev-
audio source is plugged in through the AUX IN eral tracks. 1 Track Repeat: the current track will be re-
jack located in the center console, the MEDIA Press the TRACK button while an audio peated.
button toggles between the three sources. file on the USB device is playing to advance one 1 Folder Repeat: the current folder will be re-
Play information track. Press the TRACK button several peated.
times to skip forward several tracks. If the last
Information about the audio files being played OFF: No repeat play pattern is applied. The indi-
track in a folder on the USB device is skipped, the
can be displayed on the display screen of the cator on the display will turn off.
first track of the next folder is played.
vehicle’s audio system. Depending on how the The current play pattern of the USB device is
audio files are encoded, information such as RDM (random) button
displayed on the screen unless no pattern is
Folder, Song and Artist will be displayed. When the RDM (random) button is pressed while applied.
an audio file on the USB device is playing, the
The track number and number of total tracks in play pattern can be changed as follows: TUNE/SCROLL knob
the folder are displayed on the screen as well.
All Random → 1 Folder Random → OFF If there are multiple folders with audio files on the
SEEK/TRACK (Reverse or USB device, turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob to
All Random: all tracks on the USB device will be change folders. Turn the knob to the left to skip
Fast Forward) button played randomly. back a folder. Turn the knob to the right to skip
Press and hold the SEEK/TRACK button 1 Folder Random: all tracks in the current folder ahead a folder. If there is only one folder of audio
(rewind) or SEEK/TRACK button (fast for- will be played randomly. files on the USB device, turning the
ward) for 1.5 seconds while an audio file on the TUNE/SCROLL knob in either direction will re-
OFF: No random play pattern is applied. The turn to the first track on the USB device.
USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward
indicator on the display will turn off.
the track being played. The track plays at an
increased speed while reversing or fast forward- The current play pattern of the USB device is
ing. When the button is released, the audio file displayed on the screen unless no pattern is
returns to normal play speed. applied.
tery will be charged while connected to the ve-
CAUTION
hicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
● Do not force the USB device into the position.
USB port. Inserting the USB device
tilted or up-side-down into the port may While connected to the vehicle, the iPod® can
damage the port. Make sure that the only be operated by the vehicle audio controls.
USB device is connected correctly into To disconnect the iPod® from the vehicle, re-
the USB port. move the USB end of the cable from the USB
● Do not grab the USB port cover (if so connection port on the vehicle, then remove the
equipped) when pulling the USB device cable from the iPod®.
out of the port. This could damage the
port and the cover. * iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.
● Do not leave the USB cable in a place
LHA3205 where it can be pulled unintentionally. Compatibility
Pulling the cable may damage the port. The following models are compatible:
iPod®* PLAYER OPERATION
WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM (if Refer to your device manufacturer’s owner infor- ● iPod® Classic - 5th Generation (firmware
mation regarding the proper use and care of the version 1.3.0 or later)
so equipped) device.
● iPod® Classic - 6th Generation (firmware
Connecting iPod® To connect an iPod® to the vehicle so that the version 2.0.1 or later)
iPod® can be controlled with the audio system
WARNING ● iPod® Classic - 7th Generation (firmware
controls and display screen, use the USB conversion 2.0.4 or later)
Do not connect, disconnect, or operate the nection port located on the center console near
USB device while driving. Doing so can be the cupholders, or the other on the back of the ● iPod® nano - 1st generation (firmware ver-
a distraction. If distracted you could lose rear center console facing the rear seats. Con- sion 1.3.1 or later)
control of your vehicle and cause an acci- nect the iPod®-specific end of the cable to the ● iPod® nano - 2nd generation (firmware ver-
dent or serious injury. iPod® and the USB end of the cable to the USB sion 1.1.3 or later)
connection port on the vehicle. If your iPod®
supports charging via a USB connection, its bat- ● iPod® nano - 3rd generation (firmware ver-
sion 1.1.3 or later)
● iPod® nano - 4th generation (firmware ver- ● iPhone®5 (firmware version 5.1 or later) while reversing or fast forwarding. When the but-
sion 1.0.4 or later) (minimum iOS 5.0 required for smartphone ton is released, the track returns to normal play
integration) speed.
● iPod® nano - 5th generation (firmware ver-
sion 1.0.2 or later) Make sure that your iPod® firmware is updated to REPEAT (RPT)
the version indicated above.
● iPod® nano - 6th generation (firmware ver- When the RPT button is pressed while a track is
sion 1.1 or later) NOTE: being played, the play pattern can be changed as
follows:
● iPod® Touch - 2nd generation (firmware Apple certified USB cables are supported.
version 4.2.1 or later) Some aftermarket cables may not be sup- Repeat Off → 1 Track Repeat → All Repeat →
ported. Repeat Off
● iPod® Touch - 3rd generation (firmware ver-
sion 5.1 or later) (minimum iOS 5.0 required 1 Track Repeat: the current track will be re-
Audio main operation peated.
for smartphone integration)
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON All Repeat: all songs in the current list are re-
● iPod® Touch - 4th generation (firmware ver- position. Press the MEDIA button repeatedly to peated.
sion 5.1 or later) (minimum iOS 5.0 required switch to the iPod® mode.
for smartphone integration) Repeat Off: no repeat play pattern is applied.
If the system has been turned off while the iPod®
● iPhone® 3G (firmware version 4.2.1 or later) was playing, pressing the VOL/ control
RANDOM (RDM)
● iPhone® 3GS (firmware version 5.1 or later) knob will start the iPod®. When the RDM button is pressed while a track is
(minimum iOS 5.0 required for smartphone being played, the play pattern can be changed as
SEEK/TRACK buttons follows:
integration)
● iPhone® 4 (firmware version 5.1 or later) Shuffle Off → Track Shuffle → Album Shuffle →
Press the SEEK button or TRACK Shuffle Off
(minimum iOS 5.0 required for smartphone button to skip backward or forward one track.
integration) Track Shuffle: the tracks in the current list will be
Press and hold the SEEK button or played randomly.
● iPhone® 4S (firmware version 5.1 or later) TRACK button for 1.5 seconds while a track is
(minimum iOS 5.0 required for smartphone playing to reverse or fast forward the track being Album Shuffle: the albums in the current list will
integration) played. The track plays at an increased speed be played randomly.
Shuffle Off: no random play pattern is applied.
BACK button 5. The system will display a PIN on the screen
and request confirmation that it matches the
When the BACK button is pressed, it returns to
one on the handset.
the previous menu.
6. Using the menu control switch on the steer-
BLUETOOTH® STREAMING AUDIO ing wheel, select “Yes” and then press
WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM the button. If the PIN does not match,
If you have a compatible Bluetooth® audio de- the wrong device may have been selected
vice that is capable of playing audio files, the on the handset.
device can be connected to the vehicle’s audio
system so that the audio files on the device play NOTE:
through the vehicle’s speakers. The connecting procedure of the cellular
phone varies according to each cellular
phone model. For additional information, re-
LHA2775 fer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual. You
can also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth
Connecting Bluetooth® audio or www.nissan.ca/bluetooth for instructions
To connect your Bluetooth® audio device to the on connecting NISSAN recommended cellu-
vehicle, follow the procedure below: lar phones.
1. Press the ENTER/SETTING button. Audio main operation

To switch to the Bluetooth® audio mode, press
2. Select “Bluetooth”.
the MEDIA button repeatedly until the
3. Select “Add Phone or Device”. This same Bluetooth® audio mode is displayed on the
screen can be accessed to remove, replace screen.
or select a different Bluetooth® device. The controls for the Bluetooth® audio are dis-
4. The system acknowledges the command played on the screen. Use the Preset 3 button for
and asks you to initiate connecting from the play and the Preset 4 button for pause.
phone handset.
● A new disc may be rough on the inner and
outer edges. Remove the rough edges by
rubbing the inner and outer edges with the
side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.
LHA0049 LHA3204
CD CARE AND CLEANING 1. menu control switch/OK button

2. SOURCE button
● Handle a CD by its edges. Do not bend the
disc. Never touch the surface of the disc. 3. Volume control buttons
STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR
● Always place the discs in the storage case
when they are not being used.
AUDIO CONTROL
● To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the SOURCE select switch
center to the outer edge using a clean, soft With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON posi-
cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular tion, push the SOURCE switch to turn the audio
motion. system on.
● Do not use a conventional record cleaner or Push the source select switch to change the
alcohol intended for industrial use. mode in the following sequence:
AM → FM → XM → USB/iPod®*→ Bluetooth®
Audio* → AUX* → AM.
* These modes are only available when compat- XM Bluetooth® Audio
ible media storage is inserted into the device or
● Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds to ● Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds to
connected to the system.
increase or decrease the preset station. skip ahead or back to the next song.
Volume control switch ● Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds to ● Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds to
Push the volume control switch to increase or go to the next or previous channel. reverse or fast forward the current song.
decrease the volume. ● Press the OK button to show the XM Menu. AUX
Menu control iPod® ● Press the OK button to show the AUX Menu.
switch/OK button ● Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds to
While the display is showing a map or audio increase or decrease the track number.
screen, tilt the Menu Control switch upward or ● Press the OK button to show the iPod Menu.
downward to select a station, track, CD or folder.
For most audio sources, tilting the switch CD
up/down for more than 1.5 seconds provides a ● Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds to
different function than a tilting up/down for less increase or decrease the track number.
than 1.5 seconds.
● Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds to
AM and FM increase or decrease the folder number (if
● Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds to playing compressed audio files).
increase or decrease the preset station. ● Press the OK button to show the CD Menu.
● Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds to USB
seek up or down to the next station.
● Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds to
● Press the OK button to show the list of increase or decrease the track number.
preset stations.
● Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds to
increase or decrease the folder number.
● Press the OK button to show the USB Menu.
NISSANCONNECTSM MOBILE APPS
This vehicle is equipped with NissanConnectSM CONNECT PHONE terface. For additional information on application
Mobile Apps. This allows many compatible availability visit www.nissanusa.com/connect/ or
Smartphone applications to be displayed and To use this feature, a compatible smartphone www.canada.nissanconnect.com
easily controlled through the vehicle’s audio sys- must be connected via Bluetooth® or USB to the
tem. vehicle. For additional information, refer to
“Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System without
NOTE: Navigation System” regarding connecting your
A compatible smartphone and registration phone in this section.
is required to use mobile applications or to
access connected features of certain ve- NOTE:
hicle applications. Apple iPhone can be paired via Bluetooth
SM for NissanConnectSM Apps to function.
REGISTERING NISSANCONNECT
MOBILE APPS NOTE:
To use the NissanConnectSM Mobile Apps fea- Apple certified cables are supported and
ture, it is necessary for the user to register. In some aftermarket cables may not function
order to register, visit the NissanConnectSM correctly with the USB port.
website, www.nissanusa.com/connect/ or
https://canada.nissanconnect.com (For APPLICATION DOWNLOAD
Canada). Once registered, download the
Once connected, the NissanConnectSM App will
NissanConnectSM App from the App Store or
search your phone to determine which compat-
Google Play Store and then log into the applica-
ible applications are currently installed. The user
tion. If you already have a NISSAN Owner Portal
will then choose which apps they want to bring
Account, then you can use this login information
into their vehicle from the list of apps within the
to access the app.
“Manage My Apps” section of the Nissan-
ConnectSM App on their smartphone. The vehicle
will then download the in-vehicle interface for
each of these compatible applications. Once
downloaded, the user can access their selected
smartphone applications through the vehicle in-
CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONE
SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION
SYSTEM (if so equipped)
When installing a CB, ham radio or car phone in
CAUTION WARNING
your vehicle, be sure to observe the following
precautions; otherwise, the new equipment may ● Keep the antenna as far away as pos- ● Use a phone after stopping your vehicle
adversely affect the engine control system and sible from the electronic control in a safe location. If you have to use a
other electronic parts. modules. phone while driving, exercise extreme
caution at all times so full attention may
● Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in
WARNING be given to vehicle operation.
(20 cm) away from the electronic control
● A cellular phone should not be used for system harnesses. Do not route the an- ● If you are unable to devote full attention
any purpose while driving so full atten- tenna wire next to any harness. to vehicle operation while talking on
tion may be given to vehicle operation. the phone, pull off the road to a safe
● Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratio
Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of location and stop your vehicle.
as recommended by the manufacturer.
cellular phones while driving.
● Connect the ground wire from the CB CAUTION
● If you must make a call while your ve- radio chassis to the body.
hicle is in motion, the hands free cellu- To avoid discharging the vehicle battery,
lar phone operational mode is highly ● For details, consult a NISSAN dealer. use a phone after starting the engine.
recommended. Exercise extreme cau-
tion at all times so full attention may be
given to vehicle operation.
● If you are unable to devote full attention
to vehicle operation while talking on
the phone, pull off the road to a safe
location and stop your vehicle.
phone module when the ignition switch is placed
in the ON position with the previously connected
cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve-
hicle.
NOTE:
Some devices require the user to accept
connections to other Bluetooth® devices. If
your phone does not connect automatic
ally to the system, consult the phone’s
Owner’s Manual for details on device op-
eration.
You can connect up to five different Bluetooth®
cellular phones to the in-vehicle phone module.
However, you can talk on only one cellular phone
at a time.
Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
System, refer to the following notes.
● Set up the wireless connection between a
compatible cellular phone and the in-vehicle
LHA3199 phone module before using the hands-free
phone system.
Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth® make or receive a hands-free telephone call with
Hands-Free Phone System. If you have a com- your cellular phone in the vehicle. ● Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones
patible Bluetooth® enabled cellular phone, you may not be recognized or work properly.
Once your cellular phone is connected to the Please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth
can set up the wireless connection between your
in-vehicle phone module, no other phone con- or www.nissan.ca/bluetooth for a recom-
cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module.
necting procedure is required. Your phone is mended phone list and connecting instruc-
With Bluetooth® wireless technology, you can
automatically connected with the in-vehicle tions.
● You will not be able to use a hands-free ● For additional information, refer to “Trouble- IC Regulatory information
phone under the following conditions: shooting guide” in this section if the hands-
– Operation is subject to the following two con-
free phone system seems to be malfunction- ditions: (1) this device may not cause interfer-
– Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser-
ing. ence, and (2) this device must accept any
vice area.
● Some cellular phones or other devices may interference, including interference that may
– Your vehicle is in an area where it is cause undesired operation of the device.
cause interference or a buzzing noise to
difficult to receive a cellular signal; such
come from the audio system speakers. Stor- – This Class B digital apparatus meets all re-
as in a tunnel, in an underground parking
ing the device in a different location may quirements of the Canadian Interference-
garage, near a tall building or in a moun-
reduce or eliminate the noise. Causing Equipment Regulations.
tainous area.
● For additional information, refer to the cellu-
– Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it lar phone Owner’s Manual regarding the BLUETOOTH® is a
from being dialed. telephone charges, cellular phone antenna trademark owned by
● When the radio wave condition is not ideal and body, etc. Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
or ambient sound is too loud, it may be REGULATORY INFORMATION and licensed to
difficult to hear the other person’s voice dur- Visteon.
FCC Regulatory information
ing a call.
– CAUTION: To maintain compliance with USING THE SYSTEM
● Do not place the cellular phone in an area FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only the
surrounded by metal or far away from the The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows
supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, hands-free operation of the Bluetooth® Hands-
in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone modification, or attachments could damage
quality degradation and wireless connection Free Phone System.
the transmitter and may violate FCC regula-
disruption. tions. If the vehicle is in motion, some commands may
● While a cellular phone is connected through not be available so full attention may be given to
– Operation is subject to the following two con- vehicle operation.
the Bluetooth® wireless connection, the ditions:
battery power of the cellular phone may dis-
1. This device may not cause interference and
charge quicker than usual. The Bluetooth®
Hands-Free Phone System cannot charge 2. this device must accept any interference,
cellular phones. including interference that may cause unde-
sired operation of the device.
Initialization Giving voice commands ● You can cancel a command when the sys-
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON tem is waiting for a response by saying,
To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition (VR), “Cancel” or “Quit.” The system announces
position, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized,
press and release the button located on “Cancel” and ends the Voice Recognition
which takes a few seconds. If the button is
the steering wheel. After the beep sounds, speak session. You can also press and hold
pressed before the initialization completes, the
system will announce “Hands-free phone system a command. the button on the steering wheel for
not ready” and will not react to voice commands. The command given is picked up by the micro- 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session.
phone, and voice feedback is given when the Whenever the VR session is cancelled, a
Operating tips command is accepted. double beep is played to indicate you have
To get the best performance out of the NISSAN exited the system.
Voice Recognition system, observe the following: ● If you need to hear the available commands
for the current menu again, say “Help” and ● If you want to adjust the volume of the voice
● Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as the system will repeat them. feedback, press the volume control switches
possible. Close the windows to eliminate (+ or -) on the steering wheel while being
surrounding noises (traffic noises, vibration ● If a command is not recognized, the system provided with feedback. You can also use
sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system announces, “Command not recognized. the radio volume control knob.
from recognizing voice commands correctly. Please try again.” Make sure the command is
Voice Prompt Interrupt
said exactly as prompted by the system and
● Wait until the beep sounds before speaking In most cases you can interrupt the voice feed-
repeat the command in a clear voice.
a command. Otherwise, the command will back to speak the next command by pressing
not be received properly. ● If you want to go back to the previous com- the button on the steering wheel. After
● Start speaking a command within 5 seconds mand, you can say “Go back” or “Correc- interrupting the system, wait for a beep before
after the beep sounds. tion” any time the system is waiting for a speaking your command.
response. One Shot Call
● Speak in a natural voice without pausing
between words. To use the system faster, you may speak the
second level commands with the main menu
command on the main menu. For example, press
the button and after the beep say, “Call
Redial”.
You can also use the button
to interrupt the system feedback
and give a command at once. For
additional information, refer to
“Voice commands” and “During a
call” in this section.
PHONE/END
While the voice recognition sys-
tem is active, press and hold
the button for 5 seconds to
quit the voice recognition system
LHA3194 at any time. LHA2775
CONTROL BUTTONS CONNECTING PROCEDURE

The control buttons for the Bluetooth® Hands- Tuning switch
Free Phone System are located on the steering While using the voice recognition NOTE:
wheel. system, tilt the tuning switch up or The connecting procedure must be per-
PHONE/SEND down to manually control the formed when the vehicle is stationary. If the
phone system. vehicle starts moving during the procedure,
Press the button to initiate the procedure will be cancelled.
a VR session or answer an incom-
ing call.
To connect a phone to the Bluetooth® Hands-
Free Phone System:
1. Press the SETTING button.
2. Use the TUNE/SCROLL knob to select
“Bluetooth” and then press the ENTER but-
ton.
Menu Item Result
Bluetooth ON/OFF Allows user to switch Bluetooth on and off. Bluetooth must be turned on in order to connect device.
On Turns Bluetooth functionality on.
Off Turns Bluetooth functionality off.
Add Phone Upon pressing this button, a message with a PIN appears on the screen. Operate the Bluetooth phone to enter the PIN and complete the
connection process.
Once a phone is connected, additional options will be displayed.

Menu Item Result
Replace Phone Replace the phone currently connected to the system. This option allows the user to keep any voicetags that were recorded using the previ-
ous phone if vehicle is equipped with voice recognition.
Select Phone Choose a phone a list of previously connected or currently connected phones.
Phonebook download Adds the connected phone’s contacts to the vehicle phonebook.
Show Incoming Calls Displays a list of the connected phone’s incoming calls.
The connecting procedure varies according to each phone. For additional information, refer to the phone’s Owner’s Manual for details. You can also visit
www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or www.nissan.ca/bluetooth. You can also call the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for instructions on connecting
recommended cellular phones.
VOICE COMMANDS ● (a name) “Recent Calls”
Say a name in the phonebook to bring up a
Voice commands can be used to operate the list of options for that phonebook entry. The The following commands are available under
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System. Press system will say the name it interpreted based “Recent Calls”:
the button and say “Phone” to bring up the on the voice command provided. If the name ● Incoming Calls
phone command menu. The available options is incorrect, say “Correction” to hear another
Speak this command to list the last five
are: name.
incoming calls to the vehicle. If the call is
Once the correct phonebook entry is identi-
● Call fied, say “Dial” to dial the number or “Send from an entry in the phonebook, the name
Text” to send a text message to that number. will be displayed. Otherwise, the phone
● Phonebook number of the incoming call will be dis-
Say “Record Name” to record a name for the
● Recent Calls phonebook entry. Say “Delete Recording” to played.
delete a recorded name for the phonebook Say “Dial” to call the number or “Send Text”
● Messaging (if available) to send a text message to that number. Say
entry.
● Show Applications (if available) “Next Entry” or “Previous Entry” to move
● List Names through the list of incoming calls.
● Select Phone or Device Speak this command to have the system list
the names in the phonebook one by one ● Missed Calls
“Call” alphabetically. Say “Dial” to dial the number Speak this command to list the last five
For additional information on the “Call” com- of the current name or “Send Text” to send a missed calls to the vehicle. If the call is from
mand, refer to “Making a call” in this section. text message to that number. Say “Next En- an entry in the phonebook, the name will be
try” or “Previous Entry” to move through the displayed. Otherwise, the phone number of
“Phonebook” list alphabetically. Say “Record Name” to the missed call will be displayed.
record a name for the current phonebook Say “Dial” to call the number or “Send Text”
The following commands are available under
entry. Say “Delete Recording” to delete a to send a text message to that number. Say
“Phonebook”:
recorded name for the current phonebook “Next Entry” or “Previous Entry” to move
entry.
through the list of missed calls.
● Outgoing Calls NOTE: ● “Phone Number” — Speak this command to
Speak this command to list the last five place a call by inputting numbers. For 7– to
Compatible smartphone and registration 10–digit phone number, speak the numbers.
outgoing calls from the vehicle. If the call
necessary to access applications. For addi- Say “Correction” at any time in the process
was to an entry in the phonebook, the name
tional information, refer to “Nissan- to correct a misspoken or misinterpreted
will be displayed. Otherwise, the phone ConnectSM Mobile Apps” in this section.
number of the outgoing call will be dis- number. For phone numbers with more dig-
played. “Select Phone” its or special characters, say “Special Num-
Say “Dial” to call the number or “Send Text” ber”, then speak the digits. Up to 24 digits
Speak this command to select a phone to use can be entered. Available special characters
to send a text message to that number. Say
from a list of those phones connected to the are “start”, “pound”, “plus”, and “pause”.
“Next Entry” or “Previous Entry” to move vehicle. When finished, say “Dial” to initiate the call.
through the list of outgoing calls.
Say “Correction” at any time in the process
● Redial
MAKING A CALL to correct a misspoken or misinterpreted
Speak this command to call the last number To make a call from a phone connected to the number or character.
dialed. vehicle’s Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys- ● “Redial” – Speak this command to dial the
tem: number of the last outgoing call. The system
● Call Back
Speak this command to call the number of 1. Press the button on the steering will display “Re-dialing <name/number>”.
the last incoming call to the vehicle. wheel. The name of the phonebook entry will be
displayed if it available, otherwise the num-
“Messaging” 2. The system will prompt you for a command. ber being re-dialed will be displayed.
Say “Call”.
Speak this command to access text messaging ● “Call Back” – Speak this command to dial
functions. For additional information on these 3. Select one of the available voice commands the number of the last incoming call. The
to continue: system will display “Calling back
commands, refer to “Text messaging” in this sec-
tion. ● “(A Name)” — Speak the name of a phone- <name/number>”. The name of the phone-
book entry to place a call to that entry. The book entry will be displayed if it available,
“Show Applications” system will respond with the name it inter- otherwise the number being called back will
preted from your command and will prompt be displayed.
Speak this command to display list of smart-
phone apps available. you to confirm that the name is correct. Say
“Yes” to initiate the call or “No” to hear an-
other name from the phonebook.
RECEIVING A CALL the screen. Press the button to hold the ● Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict
active call and switch to the second call. Press the use of some of the applications and
When a call is received by the phone connected
to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone the button to reject the second call. features, such as social networking and
System, the call information is displayed on either While the second call is active, pressing texting. Check local regulations for any
the vehicle information display or both the vehicle the button will allow the same commands requirements.
information display and he control panel display. that are available during any call and two addi- ● Use the text messaging feature after
tional commands: stopping your vehicle in a safe location.
Press the button to accept the call. Press If you have to use the feature while
the button to reject the call. ● “Switch Call” – Speak this command to hold driving, exercise extreme caution at all
the second call and switch back to the origi- times so full attention may be given to
DURING A CALL nal call. vehicle operation.
While a call is active, press the button to
access additional options. Speak one of the fol- ● “End Other Call” – Speak this command to ● If you are unable to devote full attention
lowing commands: stay with the second call and end the original to vehicle operation while using the text
call. messaging feature, pull off the road to a
● “Send” – Speak this command followed by safe location and stop your vehicle.
Press the button to accept the call. Press
the digits to enter digits during the phone
call. the button to reject the call.
NOTE:
● “Mute On” or “Mute Off” – Speak the com- ENDING A CALL This feature is automatically disabled if the
mand to mute or unmute the system. To end an active call, press the button. connected device does not support the
● “Transfer Call” – Speak this command to Message Access Profile (MAP). For addi-
transfer the call to the handset. To transfer
TEXT MESSAGING (if so equipped)
tional information, refer to the phone’s
the call back from the handset to the Owner’s Manual for details and instruc-
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System, WARNING
tions or visit www.nissanusa.com/
press the button and confirm when ● Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict bluetooth or www.nissan.ca/bluetooth for
prompted. the use of “Text-to-Speech.” Check lo- additional information on phone compat-
If supported by the phone, the Bluetooth® cal regulations before using the ibility.
Hands-Free Phone System allows for call waiting feature. The system allows for the sending and receiving
functionality. If a call is received while another call of text messages through the vehicle interface.
is already active, a message will be displayed on
Sending a text message: 5. Once a recipient is chosen, the system sages if more than one are available. Press
prompts for which message to send. Five the button to exit the text message screen.
1. Press the button. predefined messages are available and Press the button to access the following
three custom messages. To choose one of options for replying to the text message:
2. Say “Messaging”.
the predefined messages, speak one of the
following: ● Call Back
3. Say “Send Text”.
Speak this command to call the sender of
4. The system will provide a list of available ● “Driving, can’t text” the text message using the Bluetooth®
commands in order to determine the recipi- Hands-Free Phone System.
● “Call me”
ent of the text message. Choose from the ● Send Text
following: ● “On my way”
Speak this command to send a text message
● (A name) ● “Running late” response to the sender of the text message.
● Number ● “Okay” ● Read Text

Speak this command to read the text mes-
● Incoming Calls To send one of the custom messages, say sage again.
“Custom Message”. If more than one cus-
● Outgoing Calls tom message is stored, the system will ● Previous Text
prompt for the number of the desired cus- Speak this command to move to the previ-
● Missed Calls
tom message. For additional information on ous text message (if available).
If “Incoming Calls”, “Outgoing Calls”, or setting and managing custom text mes-
● Next Text
“Missed Calls” is selected, the following ad- sages, refer to “Bluetooth® settings” in this
Speak this command to move to the next text
ditional commands will be displayed: section.
message (if available).
Reading a received text message:
● Send Text
1. Press the button. NOTE:
● Next Entry
2. Say “Messaging”. Text messages are only displayed if the
● Previous Entry vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
3. Say “Read Text”.
For additional information about these op-
The text message, sender and delivery time are
tions, refer to “Voice commands” in this sec- shown on the screen. Use the tuning switch on
tion. the steering wheel to scroll through all text mes-
● Delete Phone ● New Text Sound (if so equipped)
Select to delete a phone from the displayed Select to adjust the volume of the sound that
list. The system will ask to confirm before plays when a new text is received by a phone
deleting the phone. connected to the Bluetooth® Hands-Free
Phone System. The setting all the way to the
● Replace Phone
left indicates that the new text sound will be
Select to replace a phone from the displayed
muted.
list. When a selection is made, the system
will ask to confirm before proceeding. The ● Show Incoming Text (if so equipped)
recorded phonebook for the phone being Select “Driver Only” to have incoming text
deleted will be saved as long as the new messages displayed only in the vehicle infor-
phone’s phonebook is the same as the old mation display. Select “Both” to have incom-
phone’s phonebook. ing text messages displayed in both the ve-
hicle information display and the center
● Select Phone
LHA3540 display screen. Select “None” to have no
Select to connect to a previously connected
BLUETOOTH® SETTINGS display of incoming text messages.
phone from the displayed list.
To access and adjust the settings for the ● Edit Custom Messages (if so equipped)
● Phonebook Download
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System: Select to set a custom message that will be
Select to turn on or off the automatic down-
load of a connected phone’s phonebook. available with the standard options when
1. Press the SETTING button.
sending a text message. To set a custom
2. Use the TUNE/SCROLL knob to select ● Show Incoming Calls message, send a text message to your own
“Bluetooth” and then press the ENTER but- Select “Driver Only” to have incoming call phone number while the phone is connected
ton: information displayed only in the vehicle in- to the system. Three custom messages can
formation display. Select “Both” to have in- be set. Custom messages can only be set
● Bluetooth coming call information displayed in both the while the vehicle is stationary.
Select “On” or “Off” to turn the vehicle’s vehicle information display and the center
Bluetooth® system on or off. display screen.
● Add Phone ● Text Message (if so equipped)
For additional information, refer to “Con- Select to turn on or off the vehicle’s text
necting procedure” in this section. messaging feature.
● Auto Reply (if so equipped) The manual control mode does not allow dialing a
Select to turn on or off the Auto Reply func- phone number by digits. The user may select an
tion. When enabled, the vehicle will auto- entry from the Phonebook or Recent Calls lists.
matically send a predefined text message to To reactivate Voice Recognition, exit the manual
the sender when a text message is received control mode by pressing and holding the
while driving. PHONE/END ( ) button. At that time, press-
● Auto Reply Message (if so equipped) ing the PHONE/SEND ( ) button will start
Select to choose the message that is sent the Hands Free Phone System.
when the Auto Reply function is enabled.
Choose from “I’m Driving” or one of the three
custom messages stored in the system.
● Vehicle Signature On/Off (if so equipped)
Select to choose whether or not the vehicle
signature is added to outgoing text mes-
sages from the vehicle. This message can-
not be changed or customized.
MANUAL CONTROL
While using the Voice Recognition system, it is
possible to select menu options by using the
steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice
commands. To activate manual control mode,
press the PHONE/SEND ( ) button on the
steering wheel to access the phone menu and
then press either up or down on the tuning switch
( ).
MEMO
5 Starting and driving
Driver Attention Alert system

(if so equipped)...................................CLICK HERE
Precautions when starting and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Blind Spot Warning (BSW) System
Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Three-way catalyst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Blind spot warning (BSW) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . 5-3 BSW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
On-pavement and off-road driving BSW system precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 BSW driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system
Off-road recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 RCTA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 RCTA system precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Driving safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Radar maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Push-Button Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Cruise control operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Push-button ignition switch positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system
Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 (full speed range) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery discharge. . . . . . . 5-13 ICC system precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 ICC operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Predictive Forward Collision Warning system
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Remote start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 System operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Forward Emergency Braking system
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . 5-15 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 System operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58 Hill Start Assist system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
Fuel efficient driving tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59 Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
Increasing fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60 Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
All—Wheel Drive (AWD) (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60 Antifreeze. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64 Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64 Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64 Special winter equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65 Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
Engine block heater (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide) ● If electrical wiring or other cable con-
nections must pass to a trailer through
● Do not leave children or adults who WARNING the seal on the liftgate or the body,
would normally require the assistance follow the manufacturer’s recommen-
of others alone in your vehicle. Pets ● Do not breathe exhaust gases; they
contain colorless and odorless carbon dation to prevent carbon monoxide en-
should also not be left alone. They try into the vehicle.
could accidentally injure themselves or monoxide. Carbon monoxide is danger-
others through inadvertent operation of ous. It can cause unconsciousness or ● The exhaust system and body should be
the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, death. inspected by a qualified mechanic
temperatures in a closed vehicle could ● If you suspect that exhaust fumes are whenever:
quickly become high enough to cause entering the vehicle, drive with all win- a. The vehicle is raised for service.
severe or possibly fatal injuries to dows fully open, and have the vehicle
people or animals. b. You suspect that exhaust fumes are
inspected immediately.
entering into the passenger
● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or ● Do not run the engine in closed spaces compartment.
straps to help prevent it from sliding or such as a garage.
shifting. Do not place cargo higher than c. You notice a change in the sound of
the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col- ● Do not park the vehicle with the engine the exhaust system.
lision, unsecured cargo could cause running for any extended length of time.
d. You have had an accident involving
personal injury. ● Keep the lift gate and rear vent windows damage to the exhaust system, un-
● Exceeding the roof rack capacity can closed while driving, otherwise exhaust derbody, or rear of the vehicle.
change the vehicle’s center of gravity gases could be drawn into the passen-
and adversely affect the handling and ger compartment. If you must drive with THREE-WAY CATALYST
stability of the vehicle resulting in an the liftgate or rear vent windows open, The three-way catalyst is an emission control
accident causing death or serious follow these precautions: device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust
injury. 1. Open all the windows. gases in the three-way catalyst are burned at
high temperatures to help reduce pollutants.
2. Set the air recirculation but-
ton to off and the fan control dial to
high to circulate the air.
5-2 Starting and driving

● Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-
WARNING
level. Running out of fuel could cause ciency and tire tread life, and may affect the
● The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys- vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
the engine to misfire, damaging the
tem are very hot. Keep people, animals
three-way catalyst. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for
or flammable materials away from the
exhaust system components. ● Do not race the engine while warming it proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s
up. responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,
● Do not stop or park the vehicle over even if under-inflation has not reached the level to
flammable materials such as dry grass, ● Do not push or tow your vehicle to start
the engine. trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
waste paper or rags. They may ignite
telltale.
and cause a fire.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
CAUTION SYSTEM (TPMS) TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly. The TPMS mal-
● Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
function indicator is combined with the low tire
from leaded gasoline will seriously re- should be checked monthly when cold and in-
pressure telltale. When the system detects a
duce the three-way catalyst’s ability to flated to the inflation pressure recommended by
malfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-
help reduce exhaust pollutants. the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
mately one minute and then remain continuously
or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has
● Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc- tires of a different size than the size indicated on
illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
tions in the ignition, fuel injection, or subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the mal-
the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label,
electrical systems can cause overrich function exists. When the malfunction indicator is
you should determine the proper tire inflation
fuel flow into the three-way catalyst, illuminated, the system may not be able to detect
pressure for those tires.)
causing it to overheat. Do not keep driv- or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS
ing if the engine misfires, or if notice- As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons,
able loss of performance or other un- equipped with a TPMS that illuminates a low tire including the installation of replacement or alter-
usual operating conditions are pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
detected. Have the vehicle inspected significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the TPMS from functioning properly. Always
promptly by a NISSAN dealer. the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac-
should stop and check all four tires as soon as ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to
possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function
causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire properly.
Starting and driving 5-3
Additional information: ● The “Tire Pressure Low Add Air” warning
WARNING
does not appear if the low tire pressure
● The TPMS does not monitor the tire ● Radio waves could adversely affect
warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS
pressure of the spare tire. electric medical equipment. Those who
malfunction.
● The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle use a pacemaker should contact the
● Tire pressure rises and falls depending on electric medical equipment manufac-
is driven at speeds above 16 MPH
the heat caused by the vehicle’s operation turer for the possible influences before
(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect a
and the outside temperature. Low outside use.
sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a
temperature can lower the temperature of
flat tire while driving). ● If the low tire pressure warning light
the air inside the tire which can cause a
illuminates while driving, avoid sudden
● The low tire pressure warning light does not lower tire inflation pressure. This may cause steering maneuvers or abrupt braking,
automatically turn off when the tire pressure the low tire pressure warning light to illumi- reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road
is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the nate. If the warning light illuminates, check to a safe location and stop the vehicle
recommended pressure, the vehicle must be the tire pressure for all four tires. as soon as possible. Driving with under-
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) inflated tires may permanently damage
● The Tire and Loading Information label (also
to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire the tires and increase the likelihood of
referred to as the vehicle placard or tire
pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure tire failure. Serious vehicle damage
inflation pressure label) is located in the
gauge to check the tire pressure. could occur and may lead to an accident
driver’s door opening.
and could result in serious personal in-
● The “Tire Pressure Low Add Air” warning
appears in the vehicle information display ● You can also check the pressure of all tires jury. Check the tire pressure for all four
(except the spare tire) on the vehicle infor- tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the
when the low tire pressure warning light is
mation display screen. The order of the tire recommended COLD tire pressure
illuminated and low tire pressure is detected.
pressure figures displayed on the screen shown on the Tire and Loading Informa-
The “Tire Pressure Low Add Air” warning
corresponds with the actual order of the tire tion label to turn the low tire pressure
turns off when the low tire pressure warning
position. warning light OFF. If you have a flat tire,
light turns off.
replace it with a spare tire as soon as
● The “Tire Pressure Low Add Air” warning For additional information, refer to “Low tire pres- possible. (For additional information,
appears each time the ignition switch is sure warning light” in the “Instruments and con- refer to “Flat tire” in the “In case of
placed in the ON position as long as the low trols” section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys- emergency” section for changing a flat
tire pressure warning light remains illumi- tem (TPMS)” in the “In case of emergency” tire.)
nated. section of this manual.
● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel Some devices and transmitters may temporarily NOTE:
is replaced, tire pressure will not be interfere with the operation of the TPMS and
Changes or modification not expressly ap-
indicated, the TPMS will not function cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu-
and the low tire pressure warning light minate.
ance could void the user’s authority to op-
will flash for approximately 1 minute. Some examples are: erate the equipment.
The light will remain on after 1 minute.
Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as – Facilities or electric devices using similar radio For Canada:
possible for tire replacement and/or frequencies are near the vehicle.
This device complies with Industry Canada
system resetting.
– If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is license-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-
● Replacing tires with those not originally being used in or near the vehicle. tion is subject to the following two condi-
specified by NISSAN could affect the tions: (1) this device may not cause inter-
proper operation of the TPMS. – If a computer (or similar equipment) or a
DC/AC converter is being used in or near the interference, including interference that
● Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol vehicle.
tire sealant into the tires, as this may may cause undesired operation of the de-
cause a malfunction of the tire pressure FCC Notice: vice.
sensors. TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert
For USA:
CAUTION This device complies with Part 15 of the When adding air to an under-inflated tire, the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides visual and
● The TPMS may not function properly audible signals outside the vehicle to help you
lowing two conditions: (1) This device may
when the wheels are equipped with tire inflate the tires to the recommended COLD tire
not cause harmful interference, and (2) this
chains or the wheels are buried in snow. pressure.
● Do not place metalized film or any ceived, including interference that may Vehicle set-up:
metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the win- cause undesired operation.
dows. This may cause poor reception of 1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.
the signals from the tire pressure sen- 2. Apply the parking brake and place the shift
sors, and the TPMS will not function lever to the P (Park) position.
properly.
3. Place the ignition switch to the ON position.
Do not start the engine.
Operation: – There is a malfunction in the TPMS sys- designed for cornering at the same speeds as
tem. conventional 2-wheel drive vehicles any more
1. Add air to the tire.
than low-slung sports cars are designed to per-
– There is a malfunction in the horn or haz-
2. After a few seconds, the hazard indicators form satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If at
ard indicators.
will start flashing. all possible, avoid sharp turns at high speeds. As
– The identification code of the tires pres- with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate
3. When the designated pressure is reached,
sure sensor is not registered to the sys- this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control
the horn beeps once and the hazard indica-
tem. or vehicle rollover. In a rollover crash, an unbelted
tors stop flashing.
person is significantly more likely to die than a
– The battery of the tire pressure sensor is
4. Perform the above steps for each tire. person wearing a seat belt.
low.
● If the tire is over-inflated more than ap- For additional information, refer to “Driving safety
● If the Easy Fill Tire Alert does not operate
proximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn precautions” in this section.
due to TPMS interference, move the ve-
beeps and the hazard indicators flash
three times. To correct the pressure, push
hicle about 3 ft (1 m) backward or forward AVOIDING COLLISION AND
and try again. ROLLOVER
the core of the valve stem on the tire
briefly to release pressure. When the If the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not working, use a tire
pressure reaches the designated pres- pressure gauge. WARNING
sure, the horn beeps once. Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe
ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD
● If the hazard indicator does not flash and prudent manner may result in loss of
within approximately 15 seconds after
DRIVING PRECAUTIONS control or an accident.
starting to inflate the tire, it indicates that Utility vehicles have a significantly higher
Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey
the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not operating. rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,
● The TPMS will not activate the Easy Fill They have higher ground clearance than passen- high speed cornering, or sudden steering ma-
Tire Alert under the following conditions: ger cars to make them capable of performing in a neuvers, because these driving practices could
variety of on-pavement and off-road applications. cause you to lose control of your vehicle. As with
– If there is interference from an external
This gives them a higher center of gravity than any vehicle, loss of control could result in a
device or transmitter.
ordinary vehicles. An advantage of higher ground collision with other vehicles or objects or
– The air pressure from the inflation device clearance is a better view of the road, allowing cause the vehicle to roll over, particularly if
is not sufficient to inflate the tire. you to anticipate problems. However, they are not the loss of control causes the vehicle to
slide sideways. Be attentive at all times, and 4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel- the tires for wear and damage. For additional
avoid driving when tired. Never drive when under erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle. information, refer to “Wheels and tires” in the
the influence of alcohol or drugs (including pre- “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this
scription or over-the-counter drugs which may 5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the ve-
manual. If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or
cause drowsiness). Always wear your seat belt hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed
“blows-out” while driving, maintain control of the
as outlined in the “Safety – Seats, seat belts and is reduced. Do not attempt to drive the ve-
vehicle by following the procedure below. Please
supplemental restraint system” section of this hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle
note that this procedure is only a general guide.
manual, and also instruct your passengers to do speed is reduced.
The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based
so. 6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn the on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.
Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli- steering wheel until both tires return to the
sions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an road surface. When all tires are on the road WARNING
unbelted or improperly belted person is surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the ap- The following actions can increase the
significantly more likely to be injured or propriate driving lane. chance of losing control of the vehicle if
killed than a person properly wearing a
● If you decide that it is not safe to return the there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure.
seat belt. Losing control of the vehicle may cause a
vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle,
OFF-ROAD RECOVERY road or traffic conditions, gradually slow the collision and result in personal injury.
vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road. ● The vehicle generally moves or pulls in
While driving, the right side or left side wheels
may unintentionally leave the road surface. If this RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS the direction of the flat tire.
occurs, maintain control of the vehicle by follow-
Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can occur ● Do not rapidly apply the brakes.
ing the procedure below. Please note that this
procedure is only a general guide. The vehicle
if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to ● Do not rapidly release the accelerator
hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure loss pedal.
must be driven as appropriate based on the con-
can also be caused by driving on under-inflated
ditions of the vehicle, road and traffic. ● Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.
tires.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact. 1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling
2. Do not apply the brakes. and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway 2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel
speeds. with both hands and try to hold a straight
3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel
with both hands and try to hold a straight Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain- course.
course. ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect
3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel- NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However, Please observe the following precautions:
erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle. you must choose not to drive under the influence
of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are WARNING
4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location
injured or killed in alcohol-related collisions. Al-
off the road and away from traffic if possible.
though the local laws vary on what is considered ● Spinning the front wheels on slippery
to be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol surface may cause the AWD warning
5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually
affects all people differently and most people message to display and the AWD sys-
stop the vehicle.
underestimate the effects of alcohol. tem to automatically switch from the
6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and AWD to the 2WD mode. This could re-
contact a roadside emergency service to Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! That is duce the traction. Be especially careful
change the tire. For additional information, true for drugs (over-the-counter, prescription) when towing a trailer. (AWD models)
refer to “Changing a flat tire” in the “In case and illegal drugs too. Don’t drive if your ability to
● Drive carefully when off the road and
of emergency” section of this manual. operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol,
avoid dangerous areas. Every person
drugs, or some other physical condition.
DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND who drives or rides in this vehicle
DRIVING DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS should be seated with their seat belt
fastened. This will keep you and your
Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and passengers in position when driving
WARNING off-road use. However, avoid driving in deep wa- over rough terrain.
Never drive under the influence of alcohol ter or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed for
leisure use, unlike a conventional off-road ve- ● Do not drive across steep slopes. In-
or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream re- stead drive either straight up or straight
duces coordination, delays reaction time hicle.
down the slopes. Off-road vehicles can
and impairs judgement. Driving after Remember that 2-wheel drive models are less tip over sideways much more easily
drinking alcohol increases the likelihood capable than all-wheel drive models for rough than they can forward or backward.
of being involved in an accident injuring road driving and extrication when stuck in deep
yourself and others. Additionally, if you snow or mud, or the like. ● Many hills are too steep for any vehicle.
are injured in an accident, alcohol can If you drive up them, you may stall. If
increase the severity of the injury. you drive down them, you may not be
able to control your speed. If you drive
across them, you may roll over.

● Do not shift gears while driving on ● Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as ● For AWD equipped vehicles, do not at-
downhill grades as this could cause far forward and as low as possible. Do tempt to raise two wheels off the
loss of control of the vehicle. not equip the vehicle with tires larger ground and shift the transmission to
than specified in this manual. This could any drive or reverse position with the
● Stay alert when driving to the top of a
cause your vehicle to roll over. engine running. Doing so may result in
hill. At the top there could be a drop-off
drivetrain damage or unexpected ve-
or other hazard that could cause an ● Do not grip the inside or spokes of the
hicle movement which could result in
accident. steering wheel when driving off-road.
serious vehicle damage or personal
The steering wheel could move sud-
● If your engine stalls or you cannot make injury.
denly and injure your hands. Instead
it to the top of a steep hill, never at-
drive with your fingers and thumbs on ● Do not attempt to test an AWD
tempt to turn around. Your vehicle could
the outside of the rim. equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dyna-
tip or roll over. Always back straight
mometer (such as the dynamometers
down in R (Reverse) gear and apply ● Before operating the vehicle, ensure
used by some states for emissions test-
brakes to control your speed. that the driver and all passengers have
ing), or similar equipment even if the
their seat belts fastened.
● Heavy braking going down a hill could other two wheels are raised off the
cause your brakes to overheat and fade, ● Always drive with the floor mats in place ground. Make sure you inform test facil-
resulting in loss of control and an acci- as the floor may become hot. ity personnel that your vehicle is
dent. Apply brakes lightly and use a low equipped with AWD before it is placed
● Lower your speed when encountering
gear to control your speed. on a dynamometer. Using the wrong
strong crosswinds. With a higher center
● Unsecured cargo can be thrown around of gravity, your NISSAN is more affected test equipment may result in drivetrain
when driving over rough terrain. Prop- by strong side winds. Slower speeds damage or unexpected vehicle move-
erly secure all cargo so it will not be ensure better vehicle control. ment which could result in serious ve-
thrown forward and cause injury to you hicle damage or personal injury.
● Do not drive beyond the performance
or your passengers.
capability of the tires, even with AWD ● When a wheel is off the ground due to
● Exceeding the roof rack capacity can engaged. an unlevel surface, do not spin the
raise the center of gravity excessively wheel excessively.
and affect the handling and stability of ● Accelerating quickly, sharp steering
the vehicle. maneuvers or sudden braking may
cause loss of control.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
● If at all possible, avoid sharp turning ● Whenever you drive off-road through WARNING
maneuvers, particularly at high speeds. sand, mud or water as deep as the
Your NISSAN vehicle has a higher cen- Do not operate the push-button ignition
wheel hub, more frequent maintenance
ter of gravity than a passenger car. The switch while driving the vehicle except in
may be required. For additional infor-
vehicle is not designed for cornering at an emergency. (The engine will stop when
mation, refer to “Periodic maintenance”
the same speeds as passenger cars. the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecu-
in the “NISSAN Service and Mainte-
tive times in less than 1.5 seconds or the
nance Guide.”
● Failure to operate this vehicle correctly ignition switch is pushed and held for
could result in loss of control and/or a more than 2 seconds.) If the engine stops
rollover accident. while the vehicle is being driven, this
● Always use tires of the same type, size, could lead to a crash and serious injury.
brand, construction (bias, bias-belted,
or radial), and tread pattern on all four
wheels. Install tire chains on the front
wheels when driving on slippery roads
and drive carefully.
● Be sure to check the brakes immedi-
ately after driving in mud or water. For
additional information, refer to “Brake
system” in this section for “Wet
brakes”.
● Avoid parking your vehicle on steep
hills. If you get out of the vehicle and it
rolls forward, backward or sideways,
you could be injured.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,
the push-button ignition switch cannot be
moved from the LOCK position.
Some indicators and warnings for operation are
displayed on the vehicle information display. For
additional information, refer to “Vehicle informa-
tion display” in the “Instruments and controls”
section of this manual.
LSD2014 LSD2020
When the ignition switch is pushed without de- OPERATING RANGE
pressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch will
illuminate. The Intelligent Key functions can only be used
when the Intelligent Key is within the specified
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFF operating range.
position, push the ignition switch center:
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis-
● once to change to ACC. charged or strong radio waves are present near
● two times to change to ON. the operating location, the Intelligent Key sys-
tem’s operating range becomes narrower and
● three times to change to OFF. may not function properly.
The shift lever can be moved from the P If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range,
(Park) position if the ignition switch is in it is possible for anyone, even someone who does
the ON position and the brake pedal is not carry the Intelligent Key, to push the ignition
depressed. switch to start the engine.

The operating range of the engine start function ACC has a battery saver feature that will turn the ● turn signals are off.
is inside of the vehicle 䊊
1 . ignition switch to the OFF position after a period
The battery saver feature will be cancelled if any
of time under the following conditions:
● The luggage area is not included in the op- of the following occur:
erating range, but the Intelligent Key may ● all doors are closed. ● any door is opened.
function.
● shift lever is in P (Park). ● shift lever is moved out of the P (Park) posi-
● If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru- tion.
● hazard lamps are off.
ment panel, inside the glove box, storage bin
or door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not ● turn signals are off. ● ignition switch changes position.
function.
The battery saver feature will be cancelled if any ● hazard lamps are turned on.
● If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door of the following occur: ● turn signals are turned on.
or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent
● any door is opened.
Key may function. CAUTION
● shift lever is moved out of P (Park).
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH Do not leave the vehicle with the ignition
POSITIONS ● ignition switch changes position. switch in ACC or ON positions when the
engine is not running for an extended pe-
● hazard lamps are turned on.
LOCK (Normal parking position) riod. This can discharge the battery.
ON (Normal operating position)
The ignition switch can only be locked in this OFF
position. This position turns on the ignition system and
The ignition switch is in the OFF position when
electrical accessories.
The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is the engine is turned off using the ignition switch.
pushed to the ACC position while carrying the ON has a battery saver feature that will turn the If equipped, the ignition switch heart beat func-
Intelligent Key. ignition switch to the OFF position, if the vehicle tion (pulsed illumination) may activate for a period
is not running, after some time under the follow- of time when any door is unlocked and when the
The ignition switch will lock when any door is
ing conditions: door opened/closed status changes in the OFF
opened or closed with the ignition switched off.
and ACC positions.
● all doors are closed.
ACC (Accessories)
● shift lever is in P (Park).
This position activates electrical accessories,
such as the radio, when the engine is not running. ● hazard lamps are off.
EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF 3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent
Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)
To shut off the engine in an emergency situation
while driving, perform the following procedure: (After step 3 is performed, when the ignition
switch is pushed without depressing the
– Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch brake pedal, the ignition switch position will
three consecutive times in less than 1.5 sec- change to ON.)
onds, or
4. Push the ignition switch while depressing
– Push and hold the push-button ignition switch the brake pedal within ten seconds after the
for more than 2 seconds. chime sounds. The engine will start.
NOTE:
● When the ignition switch is pushed to the
ON position or the engine is started by the
SSD0860 above procedure, the Intelligent Key battery
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® discharge indicator appears in the vehicle
BATTERY DISCHARGE information display even when the Intelligent
Key is inside the vehicle. This is not a mal-
If the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent Key® is function. To turn off the Intelligent Key bat-
discharged, or environmental conditions interfere tery discharge indicator, touch the ignition
with the Intelligent Key operation, start the engine switch with the Intelligent Key again.
according to the following procedure:
● If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indi-
1. Place the shift lever in the P (Park) position. cator appears, replace the battery as soon
2. Firmly apply the foot brake. as possible. For additional information, refer
to “Battery Replacement” in the “Mainte-
nance and do-it-yourself” section of this
manual.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER ● Make sure the area around the vehicle is 1. Apply the parking brake.
SYSTEM clear.
2. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neu-
The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system will not ● Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool- tral). P (Park) is recommended.
allow the engine to start without the use of the ant, brake fluid, and windshield-washer fluid The starter is designed not to operate
registered key. as frequently as possible, or at least when- unless the shift lever is in either P
ever you refuel. (Park) or N (Neutral).
If the engine fails to start using a registered key
(for example, when interference is caused by ● Check that all windows and lights are clean. 3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
another registered key, an automated toll road ● Visually inspect tires for their appearance Depress the brake pedal and push the igni-
device or automatic payment device on the key and condition. Also check tires for proper tion switch to start the engine.
ring), restart the engine using the following pro- inflation.
cedure: To start the engine immediately, push and
● Check that all doors are closed. release the ignition switch while depressing
1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position the brake pedal with the ignition switch in
for approximately 5 seconds. ● Position seat and adjust head
restraints/headrests. any position.
2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or ● If the engine is very hard to start in ex-
LOCK position, and wait approximately ● Adjust inside and outside mirrors.
tremely cold weather or when restarting,
10 seconds. ● Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to depress the accelerator pedal a little (ap-
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2. do likewise. proximately 1/3 to the floor) and while
● Check the operation of warning lights when holding, crank the engine. Release the
4. Restart the engine while holding the device accelerator pedal when the engine starts.
(which may have caused the interference) the ignition switch is placed in the ON posi-
separate from the registered key. tion. For additional information, refer to ● If the engine is very hard to start because
“Warning/indicator lights and audible re- it is flooded, depress the accelerator
If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSAN rec- minders” in the “Instruments and controls” pedal all the way to the floor and hold it.
ommends placing the registered key on a sepa- section of this manual. Push the ignition switch to the ON posi-
rate key ring to avoid interference from other tion to start cranking the engine. After five
devices. or six seconds, stop cranking by pushing
the ignition switch to LOCK. After crank-
ing the engine, release the accelerator
pedal. Crank the engine with your foot off
DRIVING THE VEHICLE
the accelerator pedal by depressing the NOTE: CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE

brake pedal and pushing the push-button TRANSMISSION (CVT)
Care should be taken to avoid situations
ignition switch to start the engine. If the that can lead to potential battery discharge
engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) in
and potential no-start conditions such as:
above procedure. your vehicle is electronically controlled to pro-
1. Installation or extended use of electronic duce maximum power and smooth operation.
CAUTION accessories that consume battery power
when the engine is not running (Phone char- The recommended operating procedures for this
Do not operate the starter for more than gers, GPS, DVD players, etc.) transmission are shown on the following pages.
15 seconds at a time. If the engine does Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle
not start, push the ignition switch to the 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only performance and driving enjoyment.
OFF position and wait 10 seconds before driven short distances. In these cases, the
battery may need to be charged to maintain Engine power may be automatically re-
cranking again, otherwise the starter duced to protect the CVT if the engine
could be damaged. battery health.
speed increases quickly when driving on
4. Warm-up REMOTE START (if so equipped) slippery roads or while being tested on
some dynamometers.
Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec- Vehicles started with the remote start require the
onds after starting. Do not race the engine ignition switch to be placed in the ON position Starting the vehicle
while warming it up. Drive at moderate before the shift lever can be moved from the P
(Park) position. To place the ignition switch to the 1. After starting the engine, fully depress the
speed for a short distance first, especially in foot brake pedal before moving the shift
ON position, follow these steps:
cold weather. In cold weather, keep the en- lever out of the P (Park) position.
gine running for a minimum of two to three 1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is on you. This CVT is designed so that the foot
minutes before shutting it off. Starting and brake pedal must be depressed before
2. Apply the brake.
stopping the engine over a short period of shifting from P (Park) to any driving
time may make the vehicle more difficult to 3. Press the ignition switch once to the ON position while the ignition switch is in
start. position. the ON position.
The shift lever cannot be moved out of
5. To stop the engine, shift the shift lever into For additional information, refer to “NISSAN In-
the P (Park) position and into any of
the P (Park) position and push the ignition telligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checks and
the other positions if the ignition
switch to the OFF position. adjustments” section of this manual.
switch is placed in the LOCK, OFF or
ACC position.
** Click HERE to see "Owner's Manual Supplement" beginning on page 2. **
2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and

CAUTION
move the shift lever to a driving position.
● When stopping the vehicle on an uphill
3. Release the parking brake and foot brake grade, do not hold the vehicle by de-
pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle in pressing the accelerator pedal. The foot
motion. brake should be used for this purpose.
WARNING ● Except in an emergency, do not shift to

the N (Neutral) position while driving.
● Do not depress the accelerator pedal Coasting with the transmission in the N
while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu- (Neutral) position may cause serious
tral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive) position. damage to the transmission.
Always depress the brake pedal until
shifting is completed. Failure to do so
could cause you to lose control and
have an accident. LSD2222
● Cold engine idle speed is high, so use Shifting

caution when shifting into a forward or
After starting the engine, fully depress the brake
reverse gear before the engine has
warmed up. pedal, push and press the shift lever button and
move the shift lever from the P (Park) position to
● Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse) any of the desired shift positions.
while vehicle is moving. Failure to do so
could cause you to lose control and WARNING
have an accident.
Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is
● Do not downshift abruptly on slippery in any position while the engine is not
roads. This may cause a loss of control. running. Failure to do so could cause the
vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away
and result in serious personal injury or
property damage.

Use the R (Reverse) position to back up. Make
CAUTION
sure the vehicle is completely stopped before
Use the P (Park) or R (Reverse) position selecting the R (Reverse) position. The brake
only when the vehicle is completely pedal must be depressed and the shift lever
stopped. button pushed in to move the shift lever
from P (Park), N (Neutral) or any drive po-
P (Park) sition to R (Reverse).
CAUTION N (Neutral)
To prevent transmission damage, use the Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. The
P (Park) position only when the vehicle is engine can be started in this position. You may
completely stopped shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled engine
while the vehicle is moving.
Use the P (Park) shift lever position when the
vehicle is parked or when starting the engine. D (Drive)
LSD2274
Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped. Use this position for all normal forward driving.
The brake pedal must be depressed and Shift lock release
the shift lever button pushed in to move the If the battery charge is low or discharged, the
shift lever from N (Neutral) or any drive shift lever may not be moved from the P (Park)
position to P (Park). Apply the parking brake. position even with the brake pedal depressed
When parking on a hill, apply the parking brake and the shift lever button pushed. To move the
first, then move the shift lever into the P (Park) shift lever, perform the following procedure:
position. 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or
R (Reverse) LOCK position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
CAUTION
3. Remove the shift lock release cover using a
To prevent transmission damage, use the suitable tool.
R (Reverse) position only when the vehicle
is completely stopped. 4. Push down the shift lock release using a
suitable tool.
5. Press the shift lever button and move the comes too high (for example, when climbing
WARNING
shift lever to the N (Neutral) position while steep grades in high temperatures with heavy
holding down the shift lock release. The loads, such as when towing a trailer), engine When the high fluid temperature protec-
vehicle may be moved to the desired loca- power and, under some conditions, vehicle tion mode or fail-safe operation occurs,
tion. Replace the removed shift lock release speed will be decreased automatically to reduce vehicle speed may be gradually reduced.
cover after the operation. If the shift lever the chance of transmission damage. Vehicle The reduced speed may be lower than
cannot be moved out of the P (Park) posi- speed can be controlled with the accelerator other traffic, which could increase the
tion, have a NISSAN dealer check the CVT pedal, but the engine and vehicle speed may be chance of a collision. Be especially careful
when driving. If necessary, pull to the side
system as soon as possible. limited.
of the road at a safe place and allow the
Fail-safe transmission to return to normal opera-
WARNING tion, or have it repaired if necessary.
If the shift lever cannot be moved from the If the vehicle is driven under extreme con-
P (Park) position while the engine is run- ditions, such as excessive wheel spinning
ning and the brake pedal is depressed, the and subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe
stop lights may not work. Malfunctioning system may be activated. The MIL may
stop lights could cause an accident injur- come on to indicate the fail-safe mode is
ing yourself and others. activated. For additional information, refer
to “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” in the
Accelerator downshift “Instrument and controls” section of this
— in D (Drive) position — manual. This will occur even if all electrical
circuits are functioning properly. In this
For passing or hill climbing, depress the accel-
case, place the ignition switch in the OFF
erator pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmis-
position and wait for 10 seconds. Then
sion down into a lower gear, depending on the
push the switch back to the ON position.
vehicle speed.
The vehicle should return to its normal op-
High fluid temperature protection erating condition. If it does not return to its
mode normal operating condition, have a
NISSAN dealer check the transmission and
This transmission has a high fluid temperature repair if necessary.
protection mode. If the fluid temperature be-
PARKING BRAKE BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)
● Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system

WARNING
● Be sure the parking brake is fully re- WARNING
leased before driving. Failure to do so
can cause brake failure and lead to an ● The BSW system is not a replacement
accident. for proper driving procedure and is not
designed to prevent contact with ve-
● Do not release the parking brake from hicles or objects. When changing lanes,
outside the vehicle. always use the side and rear mirrors
● Do not use the shift lever in place of the and turn and look in the direction you
parking brake. When parking, be sure will move to ensure it is safe to change
the parking brake is fully engaged. lanes. Never rely solely on the BSW
system.
● Do not leave children unattended in a
vehicle. They could release the parking ● The BSW system operates above ap-
brake and cause an accident. LSD0158 proximately 20 mph (32 km/h).
To engage: BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)
Firmly depress the parking brake. SYSTEM
To release: The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system helps
alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes
1. Firmly apply the foot brake.
when changing lanes.
2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
For Driver Attention Alert System
3. Firmly depress the parking brake pedal and it
(if so equipped) information, click HERE will release.
to see "Owner's Manual Supplement" 4. Before driving, be sure the brake warning
beginning on page 5. light goes out.

LSD2223 SSD1030 LSD2228
The BSW system uses radar sensors 䊊 in- 1 Detection zone BSW indicator light
stalled near the rear bumper to detect other ve- The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either BSW SYSTEM OPERATION
hicles in an adjacent lane. side of your vehicle within the detection zone
shown as illustrated. This detection zone starts If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detec-
from the outside mirror of your vehicle and ex- tion zone, the Blind Spot Warning (BSW) indica-
tends approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear tor light located by the outside mirrors illumi-
bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) side- nates. If the turn signal is then activated, the
ways. system chimes (twice) and the BSW indicator
The BSW system operates above approximately light flashes. The BSW indicator light continues
20 MPH (32 km/h). If the radar sensors detect to flash until the detected vehicles leave the
vehicles in the detection zone, the Blind Spot detection zone.
Warning indicator light illuminates. If the driver The BSW indicator light illuminates for a few
then activates the turn signal, a chime will sound seconds when the ignition switch is placed in the
twice and the Blind Spot Warning indicator light ON position.
will flash.
The brightness of the BSW indicator light is NOTE:
adjusted automatically depending on the bright- The RCTA system is integrated into the
ness of the ambient light. BSW system. There is not a separate selec-
tion in the vehicle information display for
A chime sounds if the radar sensors have already the RCTA system. When the BSW is dis-
detected vehicles when the driver activates the abled, the RCTA system is also disabled.
turn signal. If a vehicle comes into the detection
zone after the driver activates the turn signal, then
only the BSW indicator light flashes and no
chime sounds. For additional information, refer to
“BSW driving situations” in this section.
The BSW system automatically turns on every
time the engine is started, as long as it is acti-
vated using the settings menu on the vehicle LSD2290
information display.
Temporarily not available
How to enable/disable the BSW When radar blockage is detected, the system will
system be deactivated automatically. The “Side Radar
Obstruction” warning message will appear and
Perform the following steps to enable or disable the blind spot indicator (white) will blink 䊊
A in the
the BSW system. vehicle information display.
1. Press the button until “Settings” dis- The systems are not available until the conditions
plays in the vehicle information display and no longer exist.
then press OK. Use the button to
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary
select “Driver Assistance”. Then press the
ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist
OK button.
or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused
2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK but- by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing
ton. the radar sensors.

Action to take: – Oncoming vehicles. ● The radar sensors detection zone is de-
When the above conditions no longer exist, the signed based on a standard lane width.
system will resume automatically. – Vehicles remaining in the detection
When driving in a wider lane, the radar
zone when you accelerate from a
Malfunction sensors may not detect vehicles in an
stop. For additional information, re-
adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow
When the system malfunctions, it will turn off fer to “BSW driving situations” in this
lane, the radar sensors may detect ve-
section.
automatically. The system malfunction warning hicles driving two lanes away.
message with the blind spot indicator (orange) – A vehicle merging into an adjacent
● The radar sensors are designed to ig-
will appear in the vehicle information display. If lane at a speed approximately the
nore most stationary objects, however
the BSW system fails, the RCTA system will also same as your vehicle. For additional
objects such as guardrails, walls, foli-
fail. information, refer to “BSW driving
age and parked vehicles may occasion-
situations” in this section.
Action to take: ally be detected. The system malfunc-
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the – A vehicle approaching rapidly from tion warning message with the blind
vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the engine off behind. For additional information, spot indicator (orange) will appear in
refer to “BSW driving situations” in the vehicle information display. This is a
and restart the engine. If the message continues
this section. normal driving condition.
to appear, have the system checked by a
NISSAN dealer. – A vehicle which your vehicle over- ● Severe weather or road spray condi-
takes rapidly. For additional informa- tions may reduce the ability of the radar
BSW SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS tion, refer to “BSW driving situa- to detect other vehicles.
tions” in this section.
WARNING ● Excessive noise (e.g. audio system vol-
– A vehicle that passes through the de- ume, open vehicle window) will inter-
● The radar sensors may not be able to tection zone quickly. fere with the chime sound, and it may
detect and activate BSW when certain not be heard.
objects are present such as:
– Pedestrians, bicycles, or animals.
– Vehicles such as motorcycles, low
height vehicles, or high ground clear-
ance vehicles.

However, if the overtaking vehicle is traveling
much faster than your vehicle, the indicator light
may not illuminate before the detected vehicle is
beside your vehicle. Always use the side and rear
mirrors and turn and look in the direction your
vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change
lanes.
SSD1026 SSD1031
Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind
BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn signal
then the system chimes a sound (twice) and the
Another vehicle approaching from Blind Spot Warning indicator light flashes.
behind
NOTE:
Illustration 1: The Blind Spot Warning indicator
light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection If the driver activates the turn signal before
zone from behind in an adjacent lane. a vehicle enters the detection zone, the
Blind Spot Warning indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the other
vehicle is detected.

SSD1032 SSD1033 SSD1034
Illustration 3 – Accelerate from a stop Illustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 5 – Overtaking another vehicle
NOTE: Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 5: If the driver activates the turn signal
while another vehicle is in the detection zone,
Illustration 3: If you accelerate from a stop Illustration 4: The Blind Spot Warning indicator then the system chimes a sound (twice) and the
with a vehicle in the detection zone, the light illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and that Blind Spot Warning indicator light flashes.
other vehicle may not be detected. vehicle stays in the detection zone for approxi-
mately 2 seconds.
The radar sensors may not detect slower moving
vehicles if they are passed quickly.

SSD1036 LSD2050
Illustration 6 – Overtaking several vehicles Illustration 7– Entering from the side
NOTE: Entering from the side
Illustration 6: When overtaking several ve- Illustration 7: The Blind Spot Warning indicator
hicles in a row, the vehicles after the first light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection
vehicle may not be detected if they are zone from either side.
traveling close together.
NOTE:
The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle
which is traveling at about the same speed
as your vehicle when it enters the detection
zone.

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)
RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION

The RCTA system can help alert the driver of an
approaching vehicle when the driver is backing
out of a parking space.
When the shift position is in R (Reverse) and the
vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 MPH
(8 km/h), the RCTA system is operational.
SSD1038 LSD2223
Illustration 8– Entering from the side
WARNING
Illustration 8: If the driver activates the turn signal
while another vehicle is in the detection zone the ● The RCTA system is not a replacement
Blind Spot Warning indicator light flashes and a for proper driving procedures and is not
chime will sound twice. designed to prevent contact with ve-
hicles or objects. When backing out of
NOTE: parking space, always use the side and
rear mirrors and turn and look in the
If the driver activates the turn signal before direction you will move. Never rely
a vehicle enters the detection zone, the solely on the RCTA system.
Blind Spot Warning indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when another ve-
hicle is detected.

How to enable/disable the RCTA
system
Perform the following steps to enable or disable
the RCTA system.
1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-
plays in the vehicle information display. Use
the button to select “Driver Assis-
tance”. Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK but-
ton.
NOTE:
LSD2216
The RCTA system is integrated into the
The RCTA system uses radar sensors 䊊 1 in-
BSW system. There is not a separate selec-
stalled on both sides near the rear bumper to tion in the vehicle information display for
detect an approaching vehicle. the RCTA system. When the BSW is dis-
The radar sensors 䊊 1 detect an approaching abled, the RCTA system is also disabled.
vehicle from up to approximately 66 ft. (20 m)
away.
If the radar detects a vehicle approaching from
the side, the system gives visual and audible
warnings.

RCTA SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
● Always check surroundings and turn to
check what is behind you before back-
ing up. The radar sensors detect ap-
proaching (moving) vehicles. The radar
sensors cannot detect every object such
as:
– Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles,
animals or child operated toy
vehicles
– A vehicle that is passing at speeds
greater than approximately 19 MPH
(30 km/h)
– A vehicle that is passing at speeds
lower than approximately 5 MPH
(8 km/h)
● The radar sensors may not detect ap-
proaching vehicles in certain situations:
LSD2173 – Illustration a: When a vehicle parked
next to you obstructs the beam of the
radar sensor.
– Illustration b: When the vehicle is
parked in an angled parking space.

– Illustration c: When the vehicle is ● Excessive noise (e.g. audio system vol-
parked on inclined ground. ume, open vehicle window) will inter-
fere with the chime sound, and it may
– Illustration d: When an approaching
not be heard.
vehicle turns into your vehicle’s park-
ing lot aisle. If the radar detects an approaching vehicle from
– Illustration e: When the angle formed the side, the system chimes a sound (single
by your vehicle and approaching ve- beep) and the BSW indicator light on the side the
hicle is small vehicle is approaching from flashes.
● The following conditions may reduce

the ability of the radar to detect other
vehicles:
– Severe weather
LSD2043
– Road spray
Illustration 1
– Ice build up on the vehicle NOTE:
– Frost build up on the vehicle
● In the case of several vehicles approaching
– Dirt build up on the vehicle in a row (Illustration 1) or in the opposite
● Do not attach stickers (including trans- direction (Illustration 2), a chime may not be
parent material), install accessories or sounded by the RCTA system after the first
apply additional paint near the radar vehicle passes the sensors.
sensors. These conditions may reduce RCTA temporarily not available
the ability of the radar to detect other
vehicles When radar blockage is detected, the system will
● Do not use the RCTA systems when be deactivated automatically. The “Side Radar
towing a trailer. Obstruction” warning message will appear and
the blind spot indicator (white) will blink in the
vehicle information display.

RCTA malfunction
If the RCTA system malfunctions, the system will
turn off automatically. The system malfunction
warning message with the blind spot indicator
(orange) will appear in the vehicle information
display. If the BSW system fails, the RCTA sys-
tem will also fail.
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine
off and restart the engine. If the message contin-
ues to appear, have the system checked by a
NISSAN dealer.
LSD2044 LSD2223
Illustration 2 RADAR MAINTENANCE
The systems are not available until the conditions
no longer exist. The two radar sensors 䊊 1 for the BSW and
RCTA systems are located near the rear bumper.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary Always keep the area near the radar sensors
ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist clean.
or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary
the radar sensors. ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist
or fog.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the The blocked condition may also be caused by
system will resume automatically. objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the
radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing the
area around the radar sensors.
CRUISE CONTROL
Do not attach stickers (including transparent ma- Applicable law: Canada 310
terial), install accessories or apply additional This device complies with Industry Canada
paint near the radar sensors. license-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-
tion is subject to the following two condi-
Do not strike or damage the area around the
tions: (1) this device may not cause inter-
radar sensors. Consult a NISSAN dealer if the
area around the radar sensors is damaged due to
interference, including interference that
a collision.
may cause undesired operation of the de-
Radio frequency statement vice.
This device complies with part 15 of the Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz —
FCC Rules. 24.25GHz
Operation is subject to the following two Output power: less than 20 milliwatts
conditions:
LSD2237
1. This device may not cause harmful in-
terference, and PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE
2. This device must accept any interfer- CONTROL
ence received, including interference 1. RES/+ switch
that may cause undesired operation.
2. SET/- switch
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly ap- 3. ON/OFF switch
proved by the party responsible for compli- 4. CANCEL switch
ance could void the user’s authority to op-
erate the equipment. ● If the cruise control system malfunctions, it
cancels automatically. The CRUISE indica-
tor light in the vehicle information display
then blinks to warn the driver.

● If the CRUISE indicator light blinks, turn the CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control is automatically canceled if:
cruise control switch off and have the sys-
tem checked by a NISSAN dealer. The cruise control allows driving at a speed be- ● you depress the brake pedal while pushing
tween 25 - 89 MPH (40 - 144 km/h) without the RES/+ or SET/– switch. The preset
● The CRUISE indicator light may blink when keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. speed is deleted from memory.
the cruise control switch is turned ON while
pushing the RES/+ switch, SET/- switch, or To turn on the cruise control, push the ● the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH
CANCEL switch. To properly set the cruise ON·OFF switch ON. The CRUISE indicator light (13 km/h) below the set speed.
in the vehicle information display will illuminate.
control system, use the following proce- ● you move the shift lever to N (Neutral).
dures. To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle to
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of
the desired speed, push the SET/– switch and
WARNING the following three methods.
release it. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
Do not use the cruise control when driving Your vehicle maintains the set speed. ● Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
under the following conditions: vehicle attains the desired speed, push and
● To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-
release the SET/– switch.
● When it is not possible to keep the celerator pedal. When you release the
vehicle at a set speed. pedal, the vehicle returns to the previously ● Push and hold the RES/+ switch. When the
set speed. vehicle attains the speed you desire, release
● In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in the switch.
speed. ● The vehicle may not maintain the set speed
when going up or down steep hills. If this ● Push and release the RES/+ switch. Each
● On winding or hilly roads. happens, drive without the cruise control. time you do this, the set speed increases by
● On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.). To cancel the preset speed, use one of the
about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
● In very windy areas. following three methods. To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one
of the following three methods.
Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle ● Push the CANCEL button.
control and result in an accident. ● Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-
● Tap the brake pedal.
hicle attains the desired speed, push the
● Push the ON·OFF switch off. The CRUISE SET/– switch and release it.
indicator light in the vehicle information dis-
● Push and hold the SET/– switch. Release
play goes out.
the switch when the vehicle slows to the
desired speed.
INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)
SYSTEM (full speed range) (if so
equipped)
● Push and release the SET/– switch. Each The ICC system maintains a selected distance ● Always drive carefully and attentively
time you do this, the set speed decreases by from the vehicle in front of you within the speed when using ICC system. Read and un-
about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h). range 0 to 90 MPH (0 to 144 km/h) up to the set derstand the Owner’s Manual thor-
To resume the preset speed, push and re- speed. The set speed can be selected by the oughly before using the ICC system. To
lease the RES/+ switch. The vehicle returns to driver between 20 to 90 MPH (32 to 144 km/h). avoid serious injury or death, do not rely
the last set cruising speed when the vehicle The vehicle travels at a set speed when the road on the system to prevent accidents or to
speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h). control the vehicle’s speed in emer-
ahead is clear.
gency situations. Do not use ICC system
To turn off the cruise control, use one of the For maintaining a selected distance between except in appropriate road and traffic
following three methods. your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up to conditions.
● Push the CANCEL button. the preset speed.
The ICC system automatically maintains a se-
● Tap the brake pedal. lected distance from the vehicle traveling in front
WARNING of you according to that vehicle’s speed (up to
● Push the ON·OFF switch off. The CRUISE
● ICC is not a collision avoidance or warn- the set speed), or at the set speed when the road
indicator light in the vehicle information dis- ahead is clear.
ing device. For highway use only and
play goes out.
not intended for congested areas or city
driving. Will not brake automatically to
a stop. Failure to apply the brakes could
result in an accident.
● Always observe posted speed limits
and do not set the speed over them.

WARNING WARNING
● This system is only an aid to assist the ● As there is a performance limit to the
driver and is not a collision warning or distance control function, never rely
avoidance device. It is the driver’s re- solely on the Intelligent Cruise Control
sponsibility to stay alert, drive safely system. This system does not correct
and be in control of the vehicle at all careless, inattentive or absent-minded
times. driving, or overcome poor visibility in
rain, fog, or other bad weather. Deceler-
● The system is primarily intended for use
ate the vehicle speed by depressing the
on straight, dry, open roads with light
brake pedal, depending on the distance
traffic. It is not advisable to use the
to the vehicle ahead and the surround-
system in city traffic or congested areas.
ing circumstances in order to maintain a
● This system will not adapt automatically safe distance between vehicles.
to road conditions. This system should
LSD2249 ● If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the
be used in evenly flowing traffic. Do not
ICC SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS vehicle decelerates to a standstill
use the system on roads with sharp
within the limitations of the system. The
The system is intended to enhance the operation curves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain or
system will cancel once it judges that
in fog.
of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the vehicle has come to a standstill and
the same lane and direction. The distance sensor will not detect the following sound a warning chime. To prevent the
objects: vehicle from moving, the driver must
If the distance sensor 䊊 A detects a slower mov-
depress the brake pedal.
ing vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the ● Stationary and slow moving vehicles
vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the ● The system may not detect the vehicle
● Pedestrians or objects in the roadway in front of you in certain road or weather
vehicle in front at the selected distance.
● Oncoming vehicles in the same lane conditions. To avoid accidents, never
The system automatically controls the throttle use the Intelligent Cruise Control sys-
and applies the brakes (up to 40% of vehicle ● Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane tem under the following conditions:
braking power) if necessary.
– On roads where the traffic is heavy or
The detection range of the sensor is approxi- there are sharp curves
mately 390 ft (120 m) ahead.
– On slippery road surfaces such as on ● In some road or traffic conditions, a
ice or snow, etc. vehicle or object can unexpectedly
come into the sensor detection zone
– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,
and cause automatic braking. You may
etc.)
need to control the distance from other
– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the vehicles using the accelerator pedal. Al-
bumper around the distance sensor ways stay alert and avoid using the ICC
– On steep downhill roads (the vehicle system where not recommended in this
may go beyond the set vehicle speed warning section.
and frequent braking may result in
overheating the brakes)
– On repeated uphill and downhill
roads
LSD2249
– When traffic conditions make it diffi-
cult to keep a proper distance be- ICC OPERATION
tween vehicles because of frequent
acceleration or deceleration Always pay attention to the operation of the ve-
hicle and be ready to manually control the proper
– Interference by other radar sources. following distance. The ICC system may not be
● Do not use the Intelligent Cruise Con- able to maintain the selected distance between
trol system if you are towing a trailer. vehicles (following distance) or selected vehicle
The system may not detect a vehicle speed under some circumstances.
ahead.
The Intelligent Cruise Control uses a sensor 䊊 A
located on the front of the vehicle to detect
vehicles traveling ahead. The sensor generally
detects the signals returned from the vehicle
ahead. Therefore, if the sensor cannot detect the
reflection from the vehicle ahead, the ICC system
may not maintain the selected distance.
The following are some conditions in which the This system should only be used when traffic ● When there is a vehicle traveling ahead, the
sensor cannot detect the signals: conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly ICC system adjusts the speed to maintain
constant or when vehicle speeds change gradu- the distance, selected by driver, from the
● When snow or road spray from traveling
ally. If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane vehicle ahead. The adjusting speed range is
vehicles reduces the sensor’s detection.
ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly de- up to the set speed. If the vehicle ahead
● When excessively heavy baggage is loaded celerates, the distance between vehicles may comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a
in the rear seat or the trunk of your vehicle. become closer because the ICC system cannot standstill within the limitations of the system.
decelerate the vehicle quickly enough. If this oc- The system will cancel once it judges a
The ICC system is designed to automatically standstill with a warning chime.
check the sensor’s operation within the limitation curs, the ICC system will sound a warning chime
of the system. When the sensor area is covered and blink the system display to notify the driver to ● When the vehicle traveling ahead has moved
with dirt or is obstructed, the system will auto- take necessary action. out from its lane of travel, the ICC system
matically be canceled. If the sensor area is cov- accelerates and maintains vehicle speed up
The system will cancel and a warning chime will to the set speed.
ered with ice, a transparent or translucent vinyl
bag, etc., the ICC system may not detect them. In sound if the speed is below approximately
15 MPH (24 km/h) and a vehicle is not detected The ICC system does not control vehicle speed
these instances, the ICC system may not cancel
ahead. The system will also disengage when the or warn you when you approach stationary and
and may not be able to maintain the selected
vehicle goes above the maximum set speed. slow moving vehicles. You must pay attention to
following distance from the vehicle ahead. Be
vehicle operation to maintain proper distance
sure to check and clean the sensor area around For additional information, refer to “Approach from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates
the distance sensor regularly. warning” in this section. or traffic congestion.
The ICC system is designed to maintain a se- The following items are controlled in the ICC
lected distance and reduce the speed to match
system:
the slower vehicle ahead. The system will decel-
erate the vehicle as necessary and if the vehicle ● When there are no vehicles traveling ahead,
ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to the ICC system maintains the speed set by
a standstill. However, the ICC system can only the driver. The set speed range is between
apply up to 40% of the vehicle’s total braking approximately 20 and 90 MPH (32 and
power. 144 km/h).

SSD0252
The detection zone of the ICC sensor is limited. A manually control the proper distance away
vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for from vehicle traveling ahead.
the vehicle-to-vehicle distance detection mode
to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle
ahead.
A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detec-
tion zone due to its position within the same lane
of travel. Motorcycles may not be detected in the
same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from
the centerline of the lane. A vehicle that is enter-
ing the lane ahead may not be detected until the
vehicle has completely moved into the lane. If
this occurs, the ICC system may warn you
by blinking the system indicator and
sounding the chime. The driver may have to
SSD0253 SSD0254
When driving on some roads, such as winding, have to manually control the proper dis- When driving on the freeway at a set speed and
hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are tance away from the vehicle traveling approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead, the
under construction, the ICC sensor may detect ahead. ICC will adjust the speed to maintain the dis-
vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not tance, selected by the driver, from the vehicle
detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause ahead. If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits
the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the the freeway, the ICC system will accelerate and
vehicle. maintain the speed up to the set speed. Pay
attention to the driving operation to maintain con-
The detection of vehicles may also be affected by trol of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set
vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling speed.
position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If
The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on
this occurs, the ICC system may warn you winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will have
by blinking the system indicator and to manually control the vehicle speed.
sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will

4. DISTANCE switch:
Changes the vehicle’s following distance:
● Long
● Middle
● Short
5. CANCEL switch:
Deactivates the system without erasing the
set speed.
LSD2250 LSD2285
ICC switch ICC system display and indicators

The system is operated by the CRUISE ON/OFF The display is located between the speedometer
switch and four control switches, all mounted on and tachometer.
the steering wheel.
1. CRUISE ON/OFF switch indicator:
1. RES/ACCELERATE (+) switch:
● ICC system ON indicator (white): Indi-
Resumes set speed or increases speed in- cates that the CRUISE ON/OFF switch is
crementally. ON.
2. SET/COAST (–) switch: ● ICC system SET indicator (green): Indi-
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speed cates that the cruising speed is set.
incrementally.
● ICC system warning (orange): Indicates
3. CRUISE ON/OFF switch: that if there is a malfunction in the ICC
system.
Master switch to activate the system.
2. Set vehicle speed indicator:
Indicates the set vehicle speed.
For Canadian models, the speed is dis-
played in km/h.
3. Set distance indicator:
Displays the selected distance between ve-
hicles set with the distance switch.
4. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:
Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front
of you.
LSD2286 LSD2287
Operating ICC To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle
to the desired speed, push the SET/COAST (–)
To turn on the cruise control, quickly push switch and release it. The ICC system set indica-
and release the CRUISE ON/OFF switch 䊊 A on.
tor (green), vehicle ahead detection indicator, set
The ICC system ON indicator (white), set dis-
distance indicator and set vehicle speed indica-
tance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator
come on in a standby state for setting. tor 䊊B will come on.) Take your foot off the accel-
erator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the set
speed.
When the SET/COAST (–) switch is pushed
under the following conditions, the system can-
not be set and the ICC indicators will blink for
approximately 2 seconds:
● When traveling below 20 MPH (32 km/h)
and the vehicle ahead is not detected
● When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or System operation
Manual mode
● When the parking brake is applied WARNING
● When the brakes are operated by the driver Normally when controlling the distance to
a vehicle ahead, this system automatically
When the SET/COAST (–) switch is pushed accelerates or decelerates your vehicle
under the following conditions, the system can- according to the speed of the vehicle
not be set. ahead. Depress the accelerator to prop-
A warning chime will sound and a message will erly accelerate your vehicle when accel-
pop up. eration is required for a lane change. De-
press the brake pedal when deceleration
● When the VDC system is off (To use the ICC is required to maintain a safe distance to
system, turn on the VDC system. Push the the vehicle ahead due to its sudden brak-
CRUISE ON/OFF switch to turn off the ICC ing or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert
LSD2288
system and reset the ICC switch by pushing when using the ICC system.
the CRUISE ON/OFF switch again.) 䊊
1 System set display with vehicle ahead
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based
For additional information about the VDC 䊊
2 System set display without vehicle ahead
on the road conditions.
system, refer to “Vehicle Dynamic Control
(VDC) system” in this section. The ICC system displays the set speed.
● When ABS or VDC (including the TCS) is Vehicle detected ahead:
operating
When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead, the
● When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC ICC system decelerates the vehicle by control-
system, make sure the wheels are no longer ling the throttle and applying the brakes to match
slipping. Push the CRUISE ON/OFF switch the speed of a slower vehicle ahead. The system
to turn off the ICC, and reset the ICC system then controls the vehicle speed based on the
by pushing the CRUISE ON/OFF switch speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver
again.) selected distance.

The stoplights of the vehicle come on when How to change the set vehicle speed
braking is performed by the ICC system.
To cancel the preset speed, use any of these
When the brake operates, a noise may be methods:
heard. This is not a malfunction.
● Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehicle
When a vehicle ahead is detected, the vehicle speed indicator will go out.
ahead detection indicator comes on. The ICC
system will also display the set speed and se- ● Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle speed
lected distance. indicator will go out.
Vehicle ahead not detected: ● Turn the CRUISE ON/OFF switch off. The
ICC indicators will go out.
When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the
ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of
resume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICC the following methods:
system then maintains the set speed. LSD2289 ● Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle When passing another vehicle, the set speed vehicle attains the desired speed, push and
ahead detection indicator turns off. indicator 䊊B will flash when the vehicle speed release the SET/COAST (–) switch.
exceeds the set speed. The vehicle detect indi- ● Push and hold the RES/ACCELERATE (+)
If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration to cator will turn off when the area ahead of the
the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system switch. The set vehicle speed will increase
vehicle is open. When the pedal is released, the by approximately 5 MPH (5 km/h for
is in operation, the system controls the distance vehicle will return to the previously set speed.
to that vehicle. Canada).
Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC ● Push, then quickly release the
When a vehicle is no longer detected under system, you can depress the accelerator pedal
approximately 15 MPH (24 km/h), the system will RES/ACCELERATE (+) switch. Each time
when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle you do this, the set speed will increase by
be canceled. rapidly. approximately 1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one
of the following methods:
● Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-
hicle attains the desired speed, push the
SET/COAST (–) switch and release it.
● Push and hold the SET/COAST (–) switch.
The set vehicle speed will decrease by ap-
proximately 5 MPH (5 km/h for Canada).
● Push, then quickly release the SET/COAST
(–) switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will decrease by approximately
1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).
To resume the preset speed, push and re- LSD2242 LSD2124
lease the RES/ACCELERATE (+) switch. The
vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed
How to change the set distance to the Distance Approximate distance at
when the vehicle speed is over 20 MPH vehicle ahead 60 MPH (100 km/h) [ft (m)]
(32 km/h). The distance to the vehicle ahead can be se- 1. Long 200 (60)
lected at any time depending on the traffic con- 2. Average 150 (45)
ditions.
3. Short 90 (30)
Each time the distance switch 䊊 A is pushed, the
● The distance to the vehicle ahead will
set distance will change to long, average, short
change according to the vehicle speed. The
and back to long again, in that sequence.
higher the vehicle speed, the longer the dis-
tance.
● If the engine is stopped, the set distance
becomes “long”. (Each time the engine is
started, the initial setting becomes “long”.)

Approach warning NOTE: ● When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or
Manual mode
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead The approach warning chime may sound
due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if and the system display may blink when the ● When the parking brake is applied
another vehicle cuts in, the system warns the ICC sensor detects objects on the side of ● When the VDC system is turned off
driver with the chime and ICC system display. the vehicle or on the side of the road. This
Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to may cause the ICC system to decelerate or ● When ABS or VDC (including the traction
accelerate the vehicle. The ICC sensor may control system) operates
maintain a safe vehicle distance if:
detect these objects when the vehicle is ● When a wheel slips
● The chime sounds. driven on winding roads, narrow roads, hilly
● The vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks. roads, or when entering or exiting a curve.
In these cases you will have to manually
The warning chime may not sound in some cases control the proper distance ahead of your
when there is a short distance between vehicles. vehicle.
Some examples are:
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by
● When the vehicles are traveling at the same vehicle operation (steering maneuver or driving
speed and the distance between vehicles is position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle condition
not changing (for example, if a vehicle is being driven with some
● When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster damage).
and the distance between vehicles is in-
Automatic cancellation
creasing
A chime sounds under the following conditions
● When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle
and the control is automatically canceled.
The warning chime will not sound when:
● When the vehicle ahead is not detected and
● The vehicle approaches other vehicles that your vehicle is traveling below the speed of
are parked or moving slowly. 15 MPH (24 km/h)
● The accelerator pedal is depressed, overrid- ● When the system judges the vehicle is at
ing the system. standstill

Action to take:
When the conditions listed above are no longer
present, turn the system off using the ICC
CRUISE ON/OFF switch. Turn the ICC system
back on to use the system.
Condition B:
When the sensor area of the front bumper is dirty
making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead,
the ICC system is automatically canceled.
The system warning light (orange) will illuminate
and the “front radar obstruction” warning mes-
sage will appear in the vehicle information dis-
LSD2256 play. LSD2257
Warning light and display Action to take:
Condition A: If the warning light (orange) comes on, park the
vehicle in a safe location and turn the engine off.
Under the following conditions, the ICC system is Check to see if the sensor window is blocked. If
automatically canceled. The chime will sound and the sensor window is blocked, remove the block-
the system will not be able to be set. ing material. Restart the engine. If the warning
● When the VDC system is turned off light continues to illuminate, have the ICC system
● When the VDC or ABS (including the TCS)
operates Condition C:
When the ICC system is not operating properly,
the chime sounds and the system warning light
(orange) will come on.

● Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-
ent material) or install an accessory near the
sensor. This could cause failure or malfunc-
tion.
● Do not attach metallic objects near the sen-
sor area (brush guard, etc.) This could cause
failure or malfunction.
● Do not alter, remove, or paint the front bum-
per. Before customizing or restoring the
front bumper, please contact an NISSAN
dealer.
Radar certificate
LSD2258 LSD2249 FCC Notice:
Action to take: Sensor maintenance For USA:
If the warning light comes on, park the vehicle in a The sensor for the ICC system 䊊
A is located on User Manual statement according to §15.19:
safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine, the front of the vehicle.
resume driving and set the ICC system again. This device complies with part 15 of the
To keep the ICC system operating properly, be FCC Rules.
If it is not possible to set the system or the
sure to observe the following: Operation is subject to the following two
indicator stays on, it may indicate that the
system is malfunctioning. Although the ve- ● Always keep the sensor area clean. conditions:
hicle is still driveable under normal condi-
tions, have the vehicle checked at an ● Do not strike or damage the areas around 1. This device may not cause harmful in-
the sensor. Do not touch or remove the terference, and
NISSAN dealer.
screw located on the sensor. Doing so could 2. This device must accept any interfer-
failure or malfunction . If the sensor is dam- ence received, including interference
aged due to an accident, contact an that may cause undesired operation.
NISSAN dealer.

User Manual statement according to §15.21: RF Exposure Information according 2.1091 / Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR
2.1093 / OET bulletin 65: d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils ra-
Changes or modifications made to this equip-
dio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autori-
ment not expressly approved by Robert BOSCH Radio frequency radiation exposure Information:
sée aux deux conditions suivantes:
GmbH may void the FCC authorization to oper-
This equipment complies with FCC radiation ex-
ate this equipment. 1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de
posure limits set forth for an uncontrolled envi-
brouillage, et
User Manual statement according to §15.105: ronment.
2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter
This equipment has been tested and found to This equipment should be installed and operated
tout brouillage radioélectrique subi,
comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, with minimum distance of 20 cm between the
même si le brouillage est susceptible
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These radiator and your body.
d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
limits are designed to provide reasonable protec-
This transmitter must not be co-located or oper-
tion against harmful interference when the equip-
ating in conjunction with any other antenna or
ment is operated in a commercial environment.
transmitter.
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate
radio frequency energy and, if not installed and For Canada:
used in accordance with the instruction manual,
may cause harmful interference to radio commu- This device complies with Industry Canada
nications. Operation of this equipment in a resi- license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is
dential area is likely to cause harmful interference subject to the following two conditions:
in which case the user will be required to correct 1. This device must not cause interfer-
the interference at his own expense. ence, and
2. This device must accept any interfer-
ence, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the de-
vice.

PREDICTIVE FORWARD COLLISION
WARNING SYSTEM (if so equipped)
LSD2263 LSD2249
The Predictive Forward Collision Warning sys- SYSTEM OPERATION
tem can help alert the driver when there is a
sudden braking of a second vehicle traveling in The Predictive Forward Collision Warning sys-
front of the vehicle ahead in the traveling same tem uses a radar sensor 䊊 A located on the front
lane. of the vehicle to measure the distance to a sec-
ond vehicle ahead in the traveling lane.
The Predictive Forward Collision Warning sys-
tem operates at speeds above approximately
3 MPH (5 km/h).
If there is a potential risk of a forward collision, the
Predictive Forward Collision Warning system will
warn the driver by blinking the vehicle ahead
detection indicator, and sounding a warning
tone.

LSD2264
Precautions on the Predictive Forward – Pedestrians, animals or obstacles in

Collision Warning system the roadway
– Oncoming vehicles
WARNING
– Crossing vehicles
● The Predictive Forward Collision Warn-
ing system helps warn the driver before
a collision but will not avoid a collision.
It is the driver’s responsibility to stay
alert, drive safely and be in control of
the vehicle at all times.
● The radar sensor does not detect the
following objects:

LSD2265
WARNING – Snow or road spray from travelling

vehicles.
● The Predictive Forward Collision Warn-
ing system does not function when a – Driving in a tunnel.
vehicle ahead is a narrow vehicle, such
as a motorcycle. The radar sensor may
not detect a second vehicle ahead in the
following conditions:
– Snow or heavy rain.
– Dirt, ice, snow or other material cov-
ering the radar sensor.
– Interference by other radar sources.

LSD2266

LSD2267 LSD2262
Forward Emergency Braking system warn-
WARNING ● Excessive noise will interfere with the
ing light (orange)
warning tone sound, and it may not be
● The radar sensor may not detect a sec- System temporarily unavailable
heard.
ond vehicle when the vehicle ahead is
being towed. Condition A:
● When the distance to the vehicle ahead When the radar sensor picks up interference
is too close, the beam of the radar sen- from another radar source, making it impossible
sor is obstructed. to detect a vehicle ahead, the Predictive Forward
Collision Warning system is automatically turned
● The radar sensor may not detect a sec- off.
ond vehicle when driving on a steep
downhill slope or on roads with sharp The Forward Emergency Braking system warning
curves. light (orange) and the driver assist system for-
ward indicator (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take: System malfunction Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the System malfunction
Predictive Forward Collision Warning system will 1. This device may not cause harmful in-
resume automatically. If the predictive forward collision warning system terference, and
malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a
Condition B: chime will sound, the forward emergency braking 2. This device must accept any interfer-
When the sensor area of the front bumper is system warning light (orange) will illuminate. ence received, including interference
covered with dirt or is obstructed, making it im- Action to take: that may cause undesired operation.
possible to detect a vehicle ahead, the Predictive User Manual statement according to §15.21:
Forward Collision Warning system is automati- If the warning light (orange) illuminates, stop the
cally turned off. vehicle in a safe location and place the shift lever Changes or modifications made to this equip-
in the P (Park) position. Turn the engine off and ment not expressly approved by Robert BOSCH
The Forward Emergency Braking system warning restart the engine. If the warning light continues GmbH may void the FCC authorization to oper-
light (orange) will illuminate and the “FRONT to illuminate, have the predictive forward collision
RADAR OBSTRUCTION” warning message will ate this equipment.
warning system checked by an NISSAN dealer.
appear in the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to “Sensor Main- User Manual statement according to §15.105:
Action to take: tenance” in the “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
This equipment has been tested and found to
system (if so equipped)” section of this manual.
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop the comply with the limits for a Class A digital device,
vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in the Radar certificate pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
P (Park) position and turn the engine off. Clean limits are designed to provide reasonable protec-
FCC Notice:
the radar cover on lower grille with a soft cloth, tion against harmful interference when the equip-
and restart the engine. If the warning light contin- For USA: ment is operated in a commercial environment.
ues to illuminate, have the Predictive Forward This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate
User Manual statement according to §15.19:
Collision Warning system checked by an radio frequency energy and, if not installed and
NISSAN dealer. This device complies with part 15 of the used in accordance with the instruction manual,
FCC Rules. may cause harmful interference to radio commu-
nications. Operation of this equipment in a resi-
dential area is likely to cause harmful interference
in which case the user will be required to correct
the interference at his own expense.
FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKING
RF Exposure Information according 2.1091 / Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR
2.1093 / OET bulletin 65: d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils ra-
dio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autori-
Radio frequency radiation exposure Information:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation ex-
1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de
posure limits set forth for an uncontrolled envi-
brouillage, et
ronment.
2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter
This equipment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 20 cm between the
radiator and your body.
d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
This transmitter must not be co-located or oper-
ating in conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
LSD2249
For Canada:
The forward emergency braking system can as-
This device complies with Industry Canada sist the driver when there is a risk of a forward
license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is collision with the vehicle ahead in the travelling
subject to the following two conditions: lane. The forward emergency braking system
1. This device must not cause interfer- uses a radar sensor 䊊 A located at the front of the
ence, and vehicle to measure the distance to the vehicle
ahead in the travelling lane. The forward emer-
2. This device must accept any interfer- gency braking system operates at speeds above
ence, including interference that may approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).
vice.

WARNING
● The forward emergency braking system
is a supplemental aid to the driver. It is
not a replacement for the driver’s atten-
tion to traffic conditions or responsibil-
ity to drive safely. It cannot prevent ac-
cidents due to carelessness or
dangerous driving techniques.
● The forward emergency braking system
does not function in all driving, traffic,
weather and road conditions.
LSD2284
SYSTEM OPERATION gency braking system issues the second visual

warning (red) and audible warning and also ap-
The forward emergency braking system will func- plies partial braking. If the risk of a collision be-
tion when your vehicle is driven at speeds above comes imminent, the forward emergency braking
approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h). system applies harder braking automatically.
If a risk of a forward collision is detected, the
NOTE:
forward emergency braking system will provide
the first warning to the driver by an audible warn- The vehicle’s brake lights come on when
ing. braking is performed by the forward emer-
gency braking system.
If the driver applies the brakes quickly and force-
fully after the warning, and the forward emer- Depending on vehicle speed and distance to the
gency braking system detects that there is still vehicle ahead, as well as driving and roadway
the possibility of a forward collision, the system conditions, the system may help the driver avoid a
will automatically increase the braking force. If the forward collision or may help mitigate the conse-
driver does not take action, the forward emer- quences if a collision should one be unavoidable.
If the driver is handling the steering wheel, accel- ● The radar sensor has some perfor- ● Braking distances increase on slippery
erating or braking, the forward emergency brak- mance limitations. If a stationary ve- surfaces.
ing system will function later or will not function. hicle is in the vehicle’s path, the forward
● Excessive noise will interfere with the
The automatic braking will cease under the fol- emergency braking system will not
warning chime sound, and the chime
lowing conditions: function when the vehicle is driven at
may not be heard.
speeds over approximately 50 MPH
● When the steering wheel is turned as far as (80 km/h). ● The system is designed to automatically
necessary to avoid a collision. check the sensor’s functionality, within
● The radar sensor may not detect a ve-
certain limitations. The system may not
● When the accelerator pedal is depressed. hicle ahead in the following conditions:
detect some forms of obstruction of the
● When there is no longer a vehicle detected – Dirt, ice, snow or other material cov- sensor area such as ice, snow, stickers,
ahead. If the forward emergency braking ering the radar sensor. for example. In these cases, the system
system has stopped the vehicle, the vehicle may not be able to warn the driver prop-
– Interference by other radar sources.
will remain at a standstill for approximately erly. Be sure that you check, clean and
– Snow or road spray from travelling clear the sensor area regularly.
2 seconds before the brakes are released.
vehicles.
– If the vehicle ahead is narrow (e.g.
Turning the Forward Emergency
WARNING
motorcycle). Braking system ON/OFF
● The radar sensor does not detect the
following objects: – When driving on a steep downhill Perform the following steps to turn the Forward
slope or roads with sharp curves. Emergency Braking system ON or OFF.
– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles in
the roadway – When towing a trailer. 1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-
– Oncoming vehicles ● In some road or traffic conditions, the plays in the vehicle information display and
forward emergency braking system may then press OK button. Use the button
– Crossing vehicles
unexpectedly push the accelerator to select “Driver Assistance”. Then press the
pedal up or apply partial braking. When OK button.
acceleration is necessary, continue to
depress the accelerator pedal to over- 2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the
ride the system. OK button.
3. Select “System” and press the OK button.
The Forward Emergency Braking system will be Condition B:
automatically turned on when the engine is re-
When the sensor window is dirty, making it im-
started.
possible to detect a vehicle ahead, the forward
NOTE: emergency braking system is automatically
turned off. The system warning light (orange) will
When the Forward Emergency Braking sys- illuminate and the “front radar obstruction” warn-
tem setting is turned on or off, the Predic- ing message will appear in the vehicle information
tive Forward Collision Warning system is display.
also turned on or off simultaneously.
Action to take:
If the warning light (orange) comes on, park the
vehicle in a safe location and turn the engine off.
Check to see if the sensor window is blocked. If
the sensor window is blocked, remove the block-
LSD2262
ing material. Restart the engine. If the warning
System temporarily unavailable light continues to illuminate, have the ICC system
Condition A:
System malfunction
When the radar sensor picks up interference
from another radar source, making it impossible If the forward emergency braking system mal-
to detect a vehicle ahead, the forward emergency functions, it will be turned off automatically, a
braking system is automatically turned off. chime will sound, the forward emergency braking
system warning light (orange) will illuminate and
The forward emergency braking system warning the warning message [Malfunction] will appear in
light (orange) will illuminate. the vehicle information display.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the
forward emergency braking system will resume
automatically.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE
Action to take: For Canada:

CAUTION
If the warning light (orange) comes on, park the This device complies with Industry Canada During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),
vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine off and license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is follow these recommendations to obtain
restart the engine. If the warning light continues subject to the following two conditions: maximum engine performance and ensure
to illuminate, have the forward emergency brak- the future reliability and economy of your
1. This device must not cause interfer-
ing system checked by a NISSAN dealer. new vehicle. Failure to follow these rec-
ence, and
Radar certificate ommendations may result in shortened
2. This device must accept any interfer- engine life and reduced engine
FCC Notice: ence, including interference that may performance.
For USA: vice. ● Avoid driving for long periods at constant
User Manual statement according to §15.19: speed, either fast or slow, and do not run the
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR engine over 4,000 RPM.
This device complies with part 15 of the d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils ra-
FCC Rules. dio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autori- ● Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.
Operation is subject to the following two ● Avoid quick starts.
conditions: 1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de
● Avoid hard braking as much as possible.
brouillage, et
1. This device may not cause harmful in- ● Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 mi
terference, and 2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter
(805 km). Your engine, axle or other parts
2. This device must accept any interfer- could be damaged.
ence received, including interference d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
that may cause undesired operation.

FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS
Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient Driving ● Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more 6. Plan for the Shortest Route
Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy efficient to use A/C to cool the vehicle
● Utilize a map or navigation system to de-
from your vehicle. due to increased aerodynamic drag.
termine the best route to save time.
1. Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake ● Recirculating the cool air in the cabin
7. Avoid Idling
Pedal Application when the A/C is on reduces cooling load.
● Shutting off your engine when safe for
● Avoid rapid starts and stops. 4. Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis-
stops exceeding 30–60 seconds saves
tances
● Use smooth, gentle accelerator and fuel and reduces emissions.
brake application whenever possible. ● Observing the speed limit and not ex-
8. Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads
ceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) (where le-
● Maintain constant speed while commut- gally allowed) can improve fuel efficiency ● Automated passes permit drivers to use
ing and coast whenever possible. due to reduced aerodynamic drag. special lanes to maintain cruising speed
through the toll and avoid stopping and
2. Maintain Constant Speed ● Maintaining a safe following distance be-
starting.
hind other vehicles reduces unnecessary
● Look ahead to try and anticipate and mini- braking. 9. Winter Warm Up
mize stops.
● Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate ● Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel
● Synchronizing your speed with traffic changes in speed permits reduced brak- economy.
lights allows you to reduce your number ing and smooth acceleration changes.
of stops. ● Vehicles typically need no more than
● Select a gear range suitable to road con- 30 seconds of idling at start-up to effec-
● Maintaining a steady speed can minimize ditions. tively circulate the engine oil before driv-
red light stops and improve fuel effi- ing.
5. Use Cruise Control
ciency.
● Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating
● Using cruise control during highway driv-
3. Use Air Conditioning (A/C) at Higher temperature more quickly while driving
ing helps maintain a steady speed.
Vehicle Speeds versus idling.
● Cruise control is particularly effective in
● Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more providing fuel savings when driving on flat
efficient to open windows to cool the terrains.
vehicle due to reduced engine load.

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY ALL—WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if so
equipped)
10. Keeping your Vehicle Cool ● Keep your engine tuned up. If any malfunction occurs in the All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) system while the engine is running, mes-
● Park your vehicle in a covered parking ● Follow the recommended scheduled main-
sages are displayed in the meter.
area or in the shade whenever possible. tenance.
● When entering a hot vehicle, opening the ● Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres-
windows will help to reduce the inside sure. Low tire pressure increases tire wear
temperature faster, resulting in reduced and lowers fuel economy.
demand on your A/C system.
● Keep all the wheels in correct alignment.
Improper alignment increases tire wear and
lowers fuel economy.
● Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.
For additional information, refer to “Engine
oil and oil filter recommendations” in the
“Technical and consumer information” sec-
tion of this manual.

LSD2275 LSD2276 LSD2277
If the AWD error warning message is displayed, The AWD high temperature message may be The tire size message may be displayed if there is
there may be a malfunction in the All-Wheel Drive displayed while trying to free a stuck vehicle due a large difference between the diameters of front
(AWD) system. Reduce vehicle speed and have to increased oil temperature. The driving mode and rear wheels. Pull off the road in a safe area,
your vehicle checked by an NISSAN dealer as may change to 2-wheel drive. If this message is with the engine idling. Check that all tire sizes are
soon as possible. displayed, stop the vehicle with the engine idling, the same, that the tire pressure is correct and that
as soon as it is safe to do so. Then if the message the tires are not excessively worn.
turns off, you can continue driving.
If any warning messages continue to be dis-
played, have your vehicle checked by an NISSAN
dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING ● Do not attempt to test an AWD ● The powertrain may be damaged if you
equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dyna- continue driving when the AWD tem-
● Do not drive beyond the performance
mometer (such as the dynamometers perature or tire size incorrect messages
capability of the tires. Accelerating
used by some states for emissions test- are displayed
quickly, sharp steering maneuvers or
ing) or similar equipment even if the
sudden braking may cause loss of con- ● If the AWD high temperature message
other two wheels are raised off the
trol, even with All-Wheel Drive (AWD) is displayed while you are driving, pull
ground. Make sure that you inform the
engaged. off the road in a safe area, and idle the
test facility personnel that your vehicle
engine. The driving mode will change to
● For AWD equipped vehicles, do not at- is equipped with AWD before it is
2WD to prevent the AWD system from
tempt to raise two wheels off the placed on a dynamometer. Using the
malfunctioning. If the warning message
ground and shift the transmission to wrong test equipment may result in
turns off, you can drive again.
any drive or reverse position with the drivetrain damage or unexpected ve-
engine running. Doing so may result in hicle movement which could result in ● If the tire size incorrect message is dis-
drivetrain damage or unexpected ve- serious personal injury or vehicle played while you are driving, pull off the
hicle movement which could result in damage. road in a safe area with the engine
serious personal injury or vehicle idling. Check that all tire sizes are the
damage. CAUTION same, that the tire pressure is correct
and that the tires are not excessively
● Do not operate the engine on a free worn.
roller when any of the wheels are
raised. ● If a warning message continues to be
displayed after the above operations,
● If you use the free roller, rotate four have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN
wheels with the same speed without dealer as soon as possible.
raising any wheels.
● If an AWD warning message is dis-
played while driving there may be a
malfunction in the AWD system. Reduce
the vehicle speed immediately and have
your vehicle checked by a NISSAN
dealer as soon as possible.

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS
● HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: 䊊

A
Turn the wheels into the curb and move the

vehicle forward until the curb side wheel
gently touches the curb.
● HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: 䊊
B
Turn the wheels away from the curb and

move the vehicle back until the curb side
wheel gently touches the curb.
● HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO
CURB: 䊊
C
Turn the wheels toward the side of the road

so the vehicle will move away from the cen-
WSD0050
ter of the road if it moves.
WARNING ● Never leave the engine running while 4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi-
the vehicle is unattended. tion.
● Do not stop or park the vehicle over
flammable materials such as dry grass, ● Do not leave children unattended inside
waste paper or rags. They may ignite the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-
and cause a fire. tivate switches or controls. Unattended
● Safe parking procedures require that
ous accidents.
both the parking brake be set and the
transmission placed into P (Park). Fail- 1. Firmly apply the parking brake.
ure to do so could cause the vehicle to
move unexpectedly or roll away and re- 2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.
sult in an accident. Make sure the shift 3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into
lever has been pushed as far forward as traffic when parked on an incline, it is a good
it can go and cannot be moved without practice to turn the wheels as illustrated.
depressing the foot brake pedal.

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM
of the power steering system will go down after a The brake system has two separate hydraulic
WARNING
period of time and the power assist level will circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still
● If the engine is not running or is turned return to normal after starting the engine. The have braking at two wheels.
off while driving, the power assist for power steering warning light will go off. Avoid
the steering will not work. Steering will repeating such steering wheel operations that BRAKE PRECAUTIONS
be harder to operate. could cause the power steering system to over-
heat. Vacuum assisted brakes
● When the power steering warning light
illuminates with the engine running, You may hear a noise from the front of the vehicle The brake booster aids braking by using engine
there will be no power assist for the when the steering wheel is operated. This is a vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the
steering. You will still have control of normal operational noise and is not a malfunction. vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,
the vehicle, but the steering will be greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be
much harder to operate. Have the power If the power steering warning light illuminates required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis-
steering system checked by a NISSAN while the engine is running, it may indicate the
tance will be longer.
dealer. power steering system is not functioning properly
and may need servicing. Have the power steering Using the brakes
The power steering system is designed to pro- system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
vide power assistance while driving to operate Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while
When the power steering warning light illumi- driving. This will overheat the brakes, wear out the
the steering wheel with light force. nates with the engine running, the power assist brake pads faster, and reduce gas mileage.
When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly for the steering will cease operation but you will
or continuously while parking or driving at a very still have control of the vehicle. At this time, To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the
low speed, the power assist for the steering greater steering efforts are required to operate brakes from overheating, reduce speed and
wheel will be reduced. This is to prevent over- the steering wheel, especially in sharp turns and downshift to a lower gear before going down a
heating of the power steering system and protect at low speeds. slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may
it from getting damaged. While the power assist reduce braking performance and could result in
is reduced, steering wheel operation will become loss of vehicle control.
heavy. If the steering wheel operation is still per-
formed, the power steering may stop and the
power steering warning light will illuminate. In a
safe location, stop the engine and push the igni-
tion switch to the OFF position. The temperature
This procedure is described in the vehicle service – When installing a spare tire, make
WARNING
manual and can be performed by a NISSAN sure that it is the proper size and type
● While driving on a slippery surface, be dealer. as specified on the Tire and Loading
careful when braking, accelerating or
Information label. For additional in-
downshifting. Abrupt braking or accel- ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM formation, refer to “Tire and Loading
erating could cause the wheels to skid (ABS) Information label” in the “Technical
and result in an accident.
and consumer information” section
● If the engine is not running or is turned WARNING of this manual.
off while driving, the power assist for ● The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a – For additional information, refer to
the brakes will not work. Braking will be sophisticated device, but it cannot pre- “Wheels and tires” in the “Mainte-
harder. vent accidents resulting from careless nance and do-it-yourself” section of
or dangerous driving techniques. It can this manual.
Wet brakes help maintain vehicle control during
When the vehicle is washed or driven through braking on slippery surfaces. Remem- The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls the
water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your ber that stopping distances on slippery brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard
braking distance will be longer and the vehicle surfaces will be longer than on normal braking or when braking on slippery surfaces.
may pull to one side during braking. surfaces even with ABS. Stopping dis- The system detects the rotation speed at each
tances may also be longer on rough, wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre-
To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe gravel or snow covered roads, or if you vent each wheel from locking and sliding. By
speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to are using tire chains. Always maintain a preventing each wheel from locking, the system
heat up the brakes. Do this until the brakes return safe distance from the vehicle in front of helps the driver maintain steering control and
to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high you. Ultimately, the driver is respon- helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip-
speeds until the brakes function correctly. sible for safety. pery surfaces.
Parking brake break-in ● Tire type and condition may also affect
braking effectiveness. Using the system
Break-in the parking brake shoes whenever the – When replacing tires, install the Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. De-
effect of the parking brake is weakened or when- specified size of tires on all four press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure,
ever the parking brake shoes and/or drum/rotors wheels. but do not pump the brakes. The ABS will oper-
are replaced, in order to assure the best brake ate to prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer
performance. the vehicle to avoid obstacles.
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)
SYSTEM
When the ABS senses that one or more wheels The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system uses
WARNING
are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly ap- various sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve-
Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so plies and releases hydraulic pressure. This action hicle motion. Under certain driving conditions,
may result in increased stopping is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly. You the VDC System helps to perform the following
distances. may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a functions:
noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from
Self-test feature ● Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel
the actuator when it is operating. This is normal
slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is
The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric and indicates that the ABS is operating properly.
transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on
However, the pulsation may indicate that road
pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The the same axle.
conditions are hazardous and extra care is re-
computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that
quired while driving. ● Controls brake pressure and engine output
tests the system each time you start the engine
to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle
and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or BRAKE ASSIST speed (traction control function).
reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may hear
When the force applied to the brake pedal ex- ● Controls brake pressure at individual wheels
a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake
ceeds a certain level, the brake assist is activated and engine output to help the driver maintain
pedal. This is normal and does not indicate a generating greater braking force than a conven-
malfunction. If the computer senses a malfunc- control of the vehicle in the following condi-
tional brake booster even with light pedal force. tions:
tion, it switches the ABS off and illuminates the
ABS warning light on the instrument panel. The WARNING – understeer (vehicle tends to not follow
brake system then operates normally but without the steered path despite increased steer-
anti-lock assistance. The brake assist is only an aid to assist ing input)
braking operation and is not a collision
If the ABS warning light illuminates during the warning or avoidance device. it is the driv- – oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to
self-test or while driving, have the vehicle ers responsibility to stay alert, drive safely certain road or driving conditions)
checked by a NISSAN dealer. and be in control of the vehicle at all times. The VDC system can help the driver to maintain
Normal operation control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss of
vehicle control in all driving situations.
The ABS operates at speeds above 3 - 6 MPH (5
- 10 km/h). The speed varies according to road
conditions.

When the VDC system operates, the indi- indicator flashes if this occurs. All other VDC ● Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension.
cator in the instrument panel flashes so note the functions are off and the indicator will not If suspension parts such as shock ab-
following: flash. sorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars,
The VDC system is automatically reset to on bushings and wheels are not NISSAN
● The road may be slippery or the system may
when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF recommended for your vehicle or are
determine some action is required to help
position then back to the ON position. extremely deteriorated, the VDC system
keep the vehicle on the steered path. may not operate properly. This could
● You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal The computer has a built in diagnostic feature adversely affect vehicle handling per-
and hear a noise or vibration from under the that tests the system each time you start the formance, and the indicator may
hood. This is normal and indicates that the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse
at a slow speed. When the self-test occurs, you flash or both the and indica-
VDC system is working properly. tor lights may illuminate.
may hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation in
● Adjust your speed and driving to the road the brake pedal. This is normal and is not an ● If brake related parts such as brake
conditions. indication of a malfunction. pads, rotors and calipers are not
For additional information, refer to “Slip indicator NISSAN recommended or are extremely
light” and ”Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF WARNING deteriorated, the VDC system may not
indicator light” in the ”Instruments and controls” operate properly and both the
● The VDC system is designed to help the
section of this manual. driver maintain stability but does not and the indicator lights may
prevent accidents due to abrupt steer- illuminate.
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the
ing operation at high speeds or by care- ● If engine control related parts are not
and indicator lights come on in the instru- less or dangerous driving techniques. NISSAN recommended or are extremely
ment panel. The VDC system automatically turns Reduce vehicle speed and be especially
off when these indicator lights are on. deteriorated, both the and
careful when driving and cornering on indicator lights may illuminate.
The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC slippery surfaces and always drive
system. The indicator illuminates to indi- carefully.
cate the VDC system is off.
When the VDC switch is used to turn off the
system, the VDC system still operates to prevent
one drive wheel from slipping by transferring
power to a non slipping drive wheel. The
HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM
● When driving on extremely inclined sur- WARNING When the vehicle is stopped on a hill, the Hill
faces such as higher banked corners, Start Assist system automatically keeps the
the VDC system may not operate prop- ● Never rely solely on the Hill Start Assist
brakes applied. This helps prevent the vehicle
system to prevent the vehicle from mov-
erly and the indicator may flash or from rolling backward in the time it takes the
ing backward on a hill. Always drive
both the and indicator driver to release the brake pedal and apply the
carefully and attentively. Depress the
lights may illuminate. Do not drive on accelerator.
brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped
these types of roads. on a steep hill. Be especially careful Hill Start Assist will operate automatically under
● When driving on an unstable surface when stopped on a hill on frozen or the following conditions:
muddy roads. Failure to prevent the ve-
such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or ● The shift lever is shifted to a forward or
hicle from rolling backwards may result
ramp, the indicator may flash or reverse gear.
in a loss of control of the vehicle and
both the and indicator possible serious injury or death. ● The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill
lights may illuminate. This is not a mal- by applying the brake.
function. Restart the engine after driv- ● The Hill Start Assist system is not de-
ing onto a stable surface. signed to hold the vehicle at a standstill ● The hill grade is above 10%.
on a hill. Depress the brake pedal when
● If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. The maximum holding time is two seconds. After
recommended ones are used, the VDC Failure to do so may cause the vehicle two seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back
system may not operate properly and to roll backwards and may result in a and Hill Start Assist will stop operating com-
the indicator may flash or both collision or serious personal injury. pletely.
the and indicator lights may ● The Hill Start Assist may not prevent the Hill Start Assist will not operate when the shift
illuminate. vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill lever is shifted into N (Neutral) or P (Park) or on a
under all load or road conditions. Al- flat and level road.
● The VDC system is not a substitute for
winter tires or tire chains on a snow ways be prepared to depress the brake
covered road. pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling
backwards. Failure to do so may result
in a collision or serious personal injury.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING
FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK engine coolant” in the “Maintenance and do-it- SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT
yourself” section of this manual.
To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply de- It is recommended that the following items be
icer through the key hole. If the lock becomes TIRE EQUIPMENT carried in the vehicle during winter:
frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the key 1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed to ● A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove
hole, or use the NISSAN Intelligent Key®. provide superior performance on dry pave- ice and snow from the windows and wiper
ANTIFREEZE ment. However, the performance of these blades.
tires will be substantially reduced in snowy
In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem- and icy conditions. If you operate your ve- ● A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the
perature will drop below 32°F (0°C), check the hicle on snowy or icy roads, NISSAN recom- jack to give it firm support.
antifreeze to assure proper winter protection. For mends the use of MUD & SNOW or ALL ● A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.
additional information, refer to “Engine cooling SEASON TIRES on all four wheels. Please
system” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type, ● Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield-
section of this manual. size, speed rating and availability informa- washer fluid reservoir.
tion.
BATTERY DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE
2. For additional traction on icy roads, studded
If the battery is not fully charged during extremely tires may be used. However, some U.S. WARNING
cold weather conditions, the battery fluid may states and Canadian provinces prohibit their
use. Check local, state and provincial laws ● Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),
freeze and damage the battery. To maintain maxi-
before installing studded tires. very cold snow or ice can be slick and
mum efficiency, the battery should be checked very hard to drive on. The vehicle will
regularly. For additional information, refer to “Bat- Skid and traction capabilities of studded have much less traction or “grip” under
tery” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec- snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be these conditions. Try to avoid driving on
tion of this manual. poorer than that of non-studded snow tires. wet ice until the road is salted or
3. Tire chains may be used. For additional in- sanded.
DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER
formation, refer to “Tire chains” in the “Main- ● Whatever the condition, drive with cau-
If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti- tenance and do-it-yourself” section of this tion. Accelerate and slow down with
freeze, drain the cooling system, including the manual. care. If accelerating or downshifting too
engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle. fast, the drive wheels will lose even
For additional information, refer to “Changing more traction.

● Allow more stopping distance under To use the engine block heater:
WARNING
these conditions. Braking should be 1. Turn the engine off.
started sooner than on dry pavement. ● Do not use your engine block heater
with an ungrounded electrical system or 2. Open the hood and unwrap the engine block
● Allow greater following distances on a 2-pronged adapter. You can be seri- heater cord.
slippery roads. ously injured by an electrical shock if
you use an ungrounded connection. 3. Plug the engine block heater cord into a
● Watch for slippery spots (glare ice). grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension
These may appear on an otherwise ● Disconnect and properly store the en- cord.
clear road in shaded areas. If a patch of gine block heater cord before starting
ice is seen ahead, brake before reach- the engine. Damage to the cord could 4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault
ing it. Try not to brake while on the ice, result in an electrical shock and can Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-
and avoid any sudden steering cause serious injury. volt AC (VAC) outlet.
maneuvers. 5. The engine block heater must be plugged in
● Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged ex-
● Do not use the cruise control on slip- tension cord rated for at least 10 A. Plug for at least two to four hours, depending on
pery roads. the extension cord into a Ground Fault outside temperatures, to properly warm the
Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded engine coolant. Use an appropriate timer to
● Snow can trap dangerous exhaust turn the engine block heater on.
gases under your vehicle. Keep snow 110-VAC outlet. Failure to use the
clear of the exhaust pipe and from proper extension cord or a grounded 6. Before starting the engine, unplug and prop-
around your vehicle. outlet can result in a fire or electrical erly store the cord to keep it away from
shock and cause serious personal moving parts.
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if so injury.
equipped)
Engine block heaters are used to assist with cold
temperature starting.
The engine block heater should be used when
the outside temperature is 20°F (-7°C) or lower.

6 In case of emergency
Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Push starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF
SWITCH
The flashers will operate with the ignition switch To shut off the engine in an emergency situation
placed in any position. while driving, perform the following procedure:
Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use of – Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch 3
the hazard warning flasher switch while consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or
driving.
– Push and hold the push-button ignition switch
for more than 2 seconds.
LIC0394
Push the switch on to warn other drivers when
you must stop or park under emergency condi-
tions. All turn signal lights flash.
WARNING
● If stopping for an emergency, be sure to
move the vehicle well off the road.
● Do not use the hazard warning flashers
while moving on the highway unless
unusual circumstances force you to
drive so slowly that your vehicle might
become a hazard to other traffic.
● Turn signals do not work when the haz-
ard warning flasher lights are on.
6-2 In case of emergency

FLAT TIRE
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING ● If the low tire pressure warning light ● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel
SYSTEM (TPMS) illuminates while driving, avoid sudden is replaced, tire pressure will not be
steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, indicated, the TPMS will not function
This vehicle is equipped with TPMS. It monitors reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road and the low tire pressure warning light
tire pressure of all tires except the spare. When to a safe location and stop the vehicle will flash for approximately 1 minute.
the low tire pressure warning light is lit, and the as soon as possible. Driving with under- The light will remain on after 1 minute.
Tire Pressure Low - Add Air warning appears in inflated tires may permanently damage Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as
the vehicle information display, one or more of the tires and increase the likelihood of possible for tire replacement and/or
your tires is significantly under-inflated. If tire failure. Serious vehicle damage system resetting.
equipped, the system also displays pressure of could occur and may lead to an accident
● Replacing tires with those not originally
all tires (except the spare tire) on the display and could result in serious personal in-
screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is jury. Check the tire pressure for all four
installed in each wheel. If the vehicle is being tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the
driven with low tire pressure, the TPMS will acti- recommended COLD tire pressure ● Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol
vate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa- tire sealant into the tires, as this may
warning light. This system will activate only when tion label to turn the low tire pressure cause a malfunction of the tire pressure
the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph warning light OFF. If you have a flat tire, sensors.
(25 km/h). For additional information, refer to replace it with a spare tire as soon as ● If the light still comes on while driving
“Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders” possible. If the light still comes on while after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire
in the “Instruments and controls” section and driving after adjusting the tire pressure, may be flat or the TPMS may be mal-
“Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be functioning. If you have a flat tire, re-
“Starting and driving” section of this manual. malfunctioning. If you have a flat tire, place it with a spare tire as soon as
replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible. If no tire is flat and all tires are
WARNING possible. If no tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated, have the vehicle
properly inflated, have the vehicle
● Radio waves could adversely affect checked by a NISSAN dealer.
electric medical equipment. Those who
use a pacemaker should contact the
electric medical equipment manufac-
turer for the possible influences before
use.
In case of emergency 6-3

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE WARNING
If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions be- ● Make sure the parking brake is securely
low: applied and the shift lever is shifted into
P (Park).
Stopping the vehicle
● Never change tires when the vehicle is
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and on a slope, ice or slippery areas. This is
away from traffic. hazardous.
2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. ● Never change tires if oncoming traffic is
3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking close to your vehicle. Wait for profes-
brake. Move the shift lever to P (Park). sional road assistance.
4. Turn off the engine.
5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to LCE2142
signal professional road assistance person-
nel that you need assistance. A. Blocks
B. Flat tire
6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle
and stand in a safe place, away from traffic Blocking wheels
and clear of the vehicle.
Place suitable blocks at both the front and back
of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to
prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked
up.
WARNING
Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle
may move and result in personal injury.

LCE0186
Getting the spare tire and tools
1. Open the rear liftgate.
2. Pull up on the handle to lift the carpeted
floorboard and attach the hook as shown.
LCE2186 LCE2200
3. The jack and tools are located in the storage
compartment beneath the carpeted lid on
the passenger side of the cargo area.
4. Remove the storage door by pulling the
strap on the storage compartment lid.

5. Remove the jack and tools from the storage
area.
WCE0188 LCE2109
6. To remove the spare tire, loosen the bolt by Changing the spare tire with BOSE®
turning counterclockwise. sub-woofer (if so equipped)
7. Once free, remove the bolt. 1. To loosen the bolt, turn counterclockwise.
8. Remove the spare tire. 2. Once free, remove the bolt.
9. Once the flat tire is exchanged with the
spare tire, store the flat tire where the spare
tire was located.
10. Turn the bolt clockwise to tighten and place
the carpeted floorboard back over the tire.

LCE2216
3. Place the sub-woofer in the lower left corner
of the cargo area, leaning against the driver
side wall.
4. Remove the spare tire.
5. Once the flat tire is exchanged with the
spare tire, store the flat tire where the spare
was located.
LCE2184
6. Place the sub-woofer inside the flat tire.
7. Turn the bolt clockwise to tighten and place
the carpeted lid back over the tire.

Jacking up vehicle and removing the
damaged tire
WARNING
● Never get under the vehicle while it is
supported only by the jack. If it is nec-
essary to work under the vehicle, sup-
port it with safety stands.
● Use only the jack provided with your
vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use the
jack provided with your vehicle on other
vehicles. The jack is designed for lifting
only your vehicle during a tire change.
● Use the correct jack-up points. Never SCE0002
use any other part of the vehicle for jack Always refer to the proper illustrations for the the front or the rear as shown. Also fit the
support. correct placement and jack-up points for your groove of the jack head between the
● Never jack up the vehicle more than specific vehicle model and jack type. notches as shown.
necessary. The jack should be used on firm and
Carefully read the caution label attached to
● Never use blocks on or under the jack. the jack body and the following instruc- level ground.
● Do not start or run the engine while ve- tions. 3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever
hicle is on the jack. It may cause the and rod with both hands. Carefully raise the
vehicle to move. This is especially true for 1. Loosen each wheel nut 1 or 2 turns by
turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut vehicle until the tire clears the ground. Re-
vehicles with limited slip differentials. move the wheel nuts, and then remove the
wrench. Do not remove the wheel nuts
● Do not allow passengers to stay in the until the tire is off the ground. tire.
vehicle while it is on the jack.
2. Place the jack directly under the jack-up
● Never run the engine with a wheel(s) off point as illustrated so the top of the jack
the ground. It may cause the vehicle to contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.
move. Align the jack head between the 2 notches in
4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire Wheel nut tightening torque:
touches the ground. Then, with the wheel
83 ft-lb (113 N·m)
nut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securely
in the sequence illustrated (䊊
A,䊊B,䊊 C,䊊 D, The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to
䊊E ). Lower the vehicle completely. specification at all times. It is recom-
mended that wheel nuts be tightened to
5. Securely store the jack and tools back in
specifications at each lubrication interval.
their storage compartment. Ensure the jack
is expanded and tools snapped into place to Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure.
prevent rattle noise from happening while
driving. COLD pressure: After vehicle has been
parked for 3 hours or more or driven less
than 1 mile (1.6 km).
WARNING
COLD tire pressures are shown on the tire
● Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly
and loading information label affixed to the
WCE0056 tightened wheel nuts can cause the
driver side center pillar.
wheel to become loose or come off.
Installing the spare tire This could cause an accident.
The spare tire is designed for emergency ● Do not use oil or grease on the wheel
use. For additional information, refer to studs or nuts. This could cause the nuts
“Wheels and tires” in the “Maintenance to become loose.
and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.
● Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve-
1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be- hicle has been driven for 600 miles
tween the wheel and hub. (1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,
etc.).
2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten
the wheel nuts finger tight. As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts
to the specified torque with a torque
3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel wrench.
nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until
they are tight (䊊
A,䊊 B,䊊 C,䊊 D,䊊 E ).

JUMP STARTING
To start your engine with a booster battery, the ● Whenever working on or near a battery,
instructions and precautions below must be fol- always wear suitable eye protectors (for
lowed. example, goggles or industrial safety
spectacles) and remove rings, metal
WARNING bands, or any other jewelry. Do not lean
● If done incorrectly, jump starting can over the battery when jump starting.
lead to a battery explosion, resulting in ● Do not attempt to jump start a frozen
severe injury or death. It could also battery. It could explode and cause se-
damage your vehicle. rious injury.
● Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres- ● Your vehicle has an automatic engine
ent in the vicinity of the battery. Keep all cooling fan. It could come on at any
sparks and flames away from the time. Keep hands and other objects
battery. away from it.
● Do not allow battery fluid to come into
contact with eyes, skin, clothing or
painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a cor-
rosive sulfuric acid solution which can
cause severe burns. If the fluid should
come into contact with anything, imme-
diately flush the contacted area with
water.
● Keep battery out of the reach of
children.
● The booster battery must be rated at
12 volts. Use of an improperly rated
battery can damage your vehicle.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle and
let it run for a few minutes.
6. Keep the engine speed of the booster ve-
hicle at about 2,000 rpm and start the en-
gine of the vehicle being jump started.
CAUTION
Do not keep the starter motor engaged for
more than 10 seconds. If the engine does
not start right away, place the ignition
switch in the OFF position and wait 3 to
4 seconds before trying again.
7. After starting the engine, carefully discon-
LCE2187
nect the negative cable and then the positive
3. Ensure the vent caps are level and tight. cable.
WARNING
Always follow the instructions below. Fail- 4. Connect the jumper cables in the sequence
ure to do so could result in damage to the illustrated (䊊
A,䊊
B,䊊C,䊊 D ).
charging system and cause personal
injury. CAUTION
● Always connect positive (⫹) to positive
1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,
(⫹) and negative (⫺) to body ground (for
position the two vehicles to bring their bat-
example, strut mounting bolt, engine
teries near each other. lift bracket, etc.) — not to the battery.
Do not allow the two vehicles to touch. ● Make sure the jumper cables do not
2. Apply the parking brake. Move the shift lever touch moving parts in the engine com-
to P (Park). Switch off all unnecessary elec- partment and that the cable clamps do
trical systems (lights, heater, air conditioner, not contact any other metal.
etc.).
PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS
3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for

CAUTION WARNING
steam or coolant escaping from the radiator
● CVT models cannot be push-started or ● Do not continue to drive if your vehicle before opening the hood. If steam or coolant
tow-started. Attempting to do so may overheats. Doing so could cause engine is escaping, turn off the engine. Do not open
cause transmission damage. damage or a vehicle fire. the hood further until no steam or coolant
● Do not push start this vehicle. The 3-way ● To avoid the danger of being scalded, can be seen.
catalyst may be damaged. never remove the radiator or coolant 4. Open the engine hood.
reservoir cap while the engine is still
hot. When the radiator or coolant reser- WARNING
voir cap is removed, pressurized hot
water will spurt out, possibly causing If steam or water is coming from the en-
serious injury. gine, stand clear to prevent getting
burned.
● Do not open the hood if steam is com-
ing out. 5. Visually check drive belts for damage or
looseness. Also check if the cooling fan is
If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by an running. The radiator hoses and radiator
extremely high temperature gauge reading and should not leak water. If coolant is leaking,
the illumination of the engine oil pressure/engine the water pump belt is missing or loose, or
coolant temperature high indicator light), or if you the cooling fan does not run, stop the en-
feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormal gine.
noise, etc. take the following steps:
WARNING
1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, apply
the parking brake and move the shift lever to Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,
P (Park). jewelry or clothing to come into contact
with, or get caught in, engine belts or the
Do not stop the engine. engine cooling fan. The engine cooling fan
2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all the can start at any time.
windows, move the heater or air conditioner
temperature control to maximum hot and fan
control to high speed.
TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
6. After the engine cools down, check the cool- When towing your vehicle, all jurisdictional and For additional information about towing your front
ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank local regulations for towing must be followed. wheel drive vehicle behind a recreational vehicle
with the engine running. Add coolant to the Incorrect towing equipment could damage your (RV), refer to “Flat towing for front wheel drive
engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary. vehicle. Towing instructions are available from a vehicle” in the “Technical and Consumer Informa-
Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN NISSAN dealer. Local service operators are gen- tion” section of this manual.
dealer. erally familiar with the applicable laws and proce- For additional information about towing your all-
dures for towing. To assure proper towing and to wheel drive vehicle behind a recreational vehicle
prevent accidental damage to your vehicle, (RV), refer to “Flat towing for all-wheel drive
NISSAN recommends having a service operator vehicle” in the “Technical and Consumer Informa-
tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have the ser- tion” section of this manual.
vice operator carefully read the following precau-
tions: TOWING RECOMMENDED BY
NISSAN
WARNING
● Never ride in a vehicle that is being
towed.
● Never get under your vehicle after it has
been lifted by a tow truck.
CAUTION
● When towing, make sure that the trans-
mission, axles, steering system and
powertrain are in working condition. If
any of these conditions apply, dollies or
a flatbed tow truck must be used.
● Always attach safety chains before
towing.

CAUTION
DO NOT tow AWD models with any of the
wheels on the ground as this may cause
serious and expensive damage to the
powertrain.
LCE2199
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be
used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be
placed on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

● When towing with the rear wheels on
the ground or on towing dollies, place
the ignition switch in the ON position,
and secure the steering wheel in the
straight-ahead position with a rope or
similar device.
VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck

vehicle)
Pulling a stuck vehicle
WARNING
LCE2188 To avoid vehicle damage, serious personal
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) models injury or death when recovering a stuck
vehicle:
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) models WARNING ● Contact a professional towing service
NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed ● Never tow your vehicle with the front to recover the vehicle if you have any
with the driving wheels (front) off the ground or wheels on the ground or 4 wheels on questions regarding the recovery
place the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated. the ground (forward or backward), as procedure.
this may cause serious and expensive ● Attach recovery devices only to main
damage to the transmission. If it is nec- structural members of the vehicle or the
essary to tow the vehicle with the rear recovery hooks.
wheels raised always use towing dollies
under the front wheels. ● Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to tow
or free a stuck vehicle.
● Only use devices specifically designed
for vehicle recovery and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions.

● Always pull the recovery device straight If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,
out from the front of the vehicle. Never use the following procedure:
pull at an angle. 1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
● Route recovery devices so they do not system.
touch any part of the vehicle except the 2. Make sure the area in front and behind the
attachment point.
vehicle is clear of obstructions.
If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., 3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear
use a tow strap or other device designed specifi-
an area around the front tires.
cally for vehicle recovery. Always follow the
manufacturer’s instructions for the recovery de- 4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-
vice. ward.
Do not use the tie-down hooks for towing or ● Shift back and forth between R (Reverse)
vehicle recovery. and D (Drive).
Rocking a stuck vehicle ● Apply the accelerator as little as possible
to maintain the rocking motion.
WARNING
● Release the accelerator pedal before
● Stand clear of a stuck vehicle. shifting between R and D.
● Do not spin your tires at high speed. ● Do not spin the tires above 35 mph
This could cause them to explode and (55 km/h).
result in serious injury. Parts of your
vehicle could also overheat and be 5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few
damaged. tries, contact a professional towing service
to remove the vehicle.

7 Appearance and care
Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Floor mats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Cleaning the seat tracks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle
Aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Environmental factors influence the rate of
Tire dressings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Cleaning interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
CLEANING EXTERIOR
In order to maintain the appearance of your ve- the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas
CAUTION
hicle, it is important to take proper care of it. must be cleaned regularly. Take care that the
● Do not use car washes that use acid in drain holes in the lower edge of the door are
To protect the paint surfaces, please wash your the detergent. Some car washes, espe- open. Spray water under the body and in the
vehicle as soon as you can: cially brushless ones, use some acid for wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away
● after a rainfall to prevent possible damage cleaning. The acid may react with some road salt.
from acid rain plastic vehicle components, causing
them to crack. This could affect their A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to
● after driving on coastal roads appearance, and also could cause them avoid water spots.
not to function properly. Always check WAXING
● when contaminants such as soot, bird drop-
with your car wash to confirm that acid
pings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs get is not used. Regular waxing protects the paint surface and
on the paint surface helps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing is
● Do not wash the vehicle with strong recommended to remove built-up wax residue
● when dust or mud builds up on the surface household soap, strong chemical deter- and to avoid a weathered appearance before
Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle gents, gasoline or solvents. re-applying wax.
inside a garage or in a covered area. ● Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun- A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the
light or while the vehicle body is hot, as proper product.
When it is necessary to park outside, park in a
the surface may become water-spotted.
shady area or protect the vehicle with a body ● Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash-
cover. ● Avoid using tight-napped or rough
ing. Follow the instructions supplied with the
cloths, such as washing mitts. Care
Be careful not to scratch the paint surface wax.
must be taken when removing
when putting on or removing the body caked-on dirt or other foreign sub- ● Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,
cover. stances so the paint surface is not cutting compounds or cleaners that may
scratched or damaged. damage the vehicle finish.
WASHING
Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean Machine compounding or aggressive polishing
Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of
water. on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the
water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild
finish or leave swirl marks.
soap, a special vehicle soap or general purpose Inside edges, seams and folds on the doors,
dishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to
(never hot) water.
7-2 Appearance and care
REMOVING SPOTS CAUTION CHROME PARTS
Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects, When cleaning the inside of the windows, Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non-
and tree sap as quickly as possible from the do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasive abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.
surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant
staining. Special cleaning products are available cleaners. They could damage the electrical
TIRE DRESSINGS
at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory conductors, radio antenna elements or NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire
store. rear window defroster elements. dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to
the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub-
UNDERBODY ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS ber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it may
In areas where road salt is used in winter, it is Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp- react with the coating and form a compound. This
compound may come off the tire while driving and
necessary to clean the underbody regularly in ened in a mild soap solution, especially during
stain the vehicle paint.
order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and winter months in areas where road salt is used. If
causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un- not removed, road salt can discolor the wheels. If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the
derbody and suspension. Before the winter pe- following precautions:
riod and again in the spring, the underseal must CAUTION ● Use a water-based tire dressing. The coat-
be checked and, if necessary, re-treated. Follow the directions below to avoid ing on the tire dissolves more easily than
GLASS staining or discoloring the wheels: with an oil-based tire dressing.
● Do not use a cleaner that uses strong ● Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help
Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film
acid or alkali contents to clean the prevent it from entering the tire
from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to tread/grooves (where it would be difficult to
wheels.
become coated with a film after the vehicle is remove).
parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft ● Do not apply wheel cleaners to the
cloth will easily remove this film. wheels when they are hot. The wheel ● Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry
temperature should be the same as am- towel. Make sure the tire dressing is com-
bient temperature. pletely removed from the tire tread/grooves.
● Rinse the wheel to completely remove ● Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-
the cleaner within 15 minutes after the mended by the tire dressing manufacturer.
cleaner is applied.
Appearance and care 7-3

CLEANING INTERIOR
Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior ● Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on
CAUTION
trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum the vents. These products can cause imme-
cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and ● Never use benzine, thinner or any simi- diate damage and discoloration when
leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth damp- lar material. spilled on interior surfaces.
ened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean with a ● Small dirt particles can be abrasive and Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s in-
dry, soft cloth. damaging to leather surfaces and structions before using the air fresheners.
Regular care and cleaning is required in order to should be removed promptly. Do not
maintain the appearance of the leather. use saddle soap, car waxes, polishes, FLOOR MATS (if so equipped)
oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, deter-
Before using any fabric protector, read the manu- gents or ammonia-based cleaners as WARNING
facturer’s recommendations. Some fabric pro- they may damage the leather’s natural
tectors contain chemicals that may stain or To avoid potential pedal interference that
finish. may result in a collision or injury:
bleach the seat material.
● Never use fabric protectors unless rec- ● NEVER place a floor mat on top of an-
Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean ommended by the manufacturer.
the meter and gauge lens. other floor mat in the driver front
● Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on position.
WARNING meter or gauge lens covers. It may dam- ● Use only Genuine NISSAN floor mats
age the lens cover. specifically designed for use in your ve-
Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot
hicle model. For additional information,
steam cleaners) on the seat. This can dam- AIR FRESHENERS refer to your NISSAN dealer.
age the seat or occupant classification
sensor. This can also affect the operation Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect ● Properly position the mats in the floor-
of the air bag system and result in serious the vehicle interior. If you use an air freshener, well using the floor mat positioning aid.
personal injury. take the following precautions: Refer to ⴖFloor mat positioning aidⴖ in
● Hanging-type air fresheners can cause per- this section.
manent discoloration when they contact ve- The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats can
hicle interior surfaces. Place the air fresh- extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it
ener in a location that allows it to hang free easier to clean the interior. Mats should be main-
and not contact an interior surface. tained with regular cleaning and replaced if they
become excessively worn.

CORROSION PROTECTION
SEAT BELTS MOST COMMON FACTORS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE
with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution. CORROSION
Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade
before using them. For additional information, Most vehicle corrosion is caused by:
refer to “Seat belt maintenance” in the “Safety – ● the accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt
Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint sys- and debris in body panel sections, cavities,
tem” section of this manual. and other areas
WARNING ● damage to paint and other protective coat-

ings caused by gravel and stone chips or
Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the minor traffic collisions
retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye or
chemical solvents to clean the seat belts, ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS
LAI2016 since these materials may severely INFLUENCE THE RATE OF
Floor mat positioning aid weaken the seat belt webbing.
CORROSION
This vehicle includes two driver’s side front floor CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS Moisture
mat bracket hooks, two passenger’s side front
floor mat bracket hooks and two rear floor mat CAUTION Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the ve-
bracket hooks to help keep your floor mats in hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion.
Periodically clean the seat tracks to pre-
place. Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside
vent reduction of ability to move the seats.
specially designed for your vehicle model. The the vehicle and should be removed for drying to
floor mats have grommet holes incorporated in Clean periodically with a high-powered vacuum avoid floor panel corrosion.
them. Position each mat by placing the floor mat cleaner. Dirt and debris may reduce the ability to
bracket hook through the floor mat grommet adjust the seat. A wet cleansing agent may be
Relative humidity
holes while centering the mat in the floorwell. used if necessary. Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high
Periodically check to make certain the mats are relative humidity, especially those areas where
properly positioned. the temperatures stay above freezing and where
atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is
used.
Appearance and care 7-5
Temperature CAUTION
High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro- ● NEVER remove dirt, sand or other de-
sion to those parts which are not well ventilated. bris from the passenger compartment
by washing it out with a hose. Remove
Air pollution dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom.
Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air ● Never allow water or other liquids to
in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use acceler- come in contact with electronic compo-
ates the corrosion process. Road salt also accel- nents inside the vehicle as this may
erates the disintegration of paint surfaces. damage them.
PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM Chemicals used for road surface de-icing are
CORROSION extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion
● Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the and deterioration of underbody components
vehicle clean. such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines,
brake cables, floor pan and fenders.
● Always check for minor damage to the paint
and repair it as soon as possible. In winter, the underbody must be cleaned
periodically.
● Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors
open to avoid water accumulation. For additional protection against rust and corro-
● Check the underbody for accumulation of sion, which may be required in some areas, con-
sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water sult a NISSAN dealer.
as soon as possible.

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
Maintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
Explanation of general maintenance items . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23
Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid . . . . . . 8-13
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27
Power steering fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 Fog lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27
Windshield-washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 Exterior and interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
Windshield-washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 Tire labeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32
Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 Types of tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35
Spark plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18 Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36
Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18 Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE
Your NISSAN is designed to have minimum main- Performing general maintenance checks requires During the normal day-to-day operation of the
tenance requirements with long service intervals minimal mechanical skill and only a few general vehicle, general maintenance should be per-
to save you both time and money. However, some automotive tools. formed regularly as prescribed in this section. If
day-to-day and regular maintenance is essential These checks or inspections can be done by you, you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or
to maintain your NISSAN’s good mechanical a qualified technician, or, if you prefer, a NISSAN smells, be sure to check for the cause or have a
condition, as well as its emissions and engine dealer. NISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, you
performance. should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that
Where to go for service repairs are required.
It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that
the scheduled maintenance, as well as general If maintenance service is required or your vehicle When performing any checks or maintenance
maintenance, is performed. appears to malfunction, have the systems work, closely observe the “Maintenance precau-
checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer.
tions” in this section.
As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who
NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialists
can ensure that your vehicle receives proper EXPLANATION OF GENERAL
who are kept up-to-date with the latest service
maintenance. You are a vital link in the mainte- information through technical bulletins, service MAINTENANCE ITEMS
nance chain. tips and in-dealership training programs. They
are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve- Additional information on the following
Scheduled maintenance items with “ * ” is found in this section.
hicles before they work on your vehicle rather
For your convenience, both required and optional than after they have worked on it.
scheduled maintenance items are described and
Outside the vehicle
listed in your “NISSAN Service and Maintenance You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’s
The maintenance items listed here should be
Guide”. You must refer to that guide to ensure service department performs the best job to meet
performed from time to time, unless otherwise
the maintenance requirements on your vehicle —
that necessary maintenance is performed on your specified.
in a reliable and economical way.
NISSAN at regular intervals.
Doors and engine hood Check that the doors
General maintenance and engine hood operate properly. Also ensure
General maintenance includes those items which that all latches lock securely. Lubricate hinges,
should be checked during normal day-to-day op- latches, latch pins, rollers and links as necessary.
eration. They are essential for proper vehicle op- Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the
eration. It is your responsibility to perform these hood from opening when the primary latch is
maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed. released.
8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
When driving in areas using road salt or other alignment. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at ther than normal, the pedal feels spongy or the
corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently. normal highway speeds, wheel balancing may be vehicle seems to take longer to stop, see a
needed. NISSAN dealer immediately. Keep the floor mat
Lights* Clean the headlights on a regular basis.
● For additional information regarding tires, away from the pedal.
Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail
lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all refer to “Important Tire Safety Information” Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the
operating properly and installed securely. Also (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in vehicle to one side when applied.
check headlight aim. the Warranty Information Booklet.
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)* When checking Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular P (Park) position mechanism On a fairly
the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing, basis. Check the windshield at least every six steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely
months for cracks or other damage. Have a dam-
and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if with the shift lever in the P (Park) position without
aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair
necessary. applying any brakes.
facility.
Tire rotation* Tires should be rotated every Windshield wiper blades* Check for cracks or Parking brake Check the parking brake opera-
5,000 miles (8,000 km). wear if they do not wipe properly. tion regularly. The vehicle should be securely held
on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake
Tires* Check the pressure with a gauge often
Inside the vehicle applied. If the parking brake needs adjustment,
and always prior to long distance trips. If neces-
see a NISSAN dealer.
sary, adjust the pressure in all tires, including the The maintenance items listed here should be
spare, to the pressure specified. Check carefully checked on a regular basis, such as when per- Seats Check seat position controls such as seat
for damage, cuts or excessive wear. forming periodic maintenance, cleaning the ve- adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensure they
hicle, etc. operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) every position. Check that the head
transmitter components Replace the TPMS Additional information on the following
restraints/headrests move up and down
transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap items with an “*” is found in this section.
smoothly and the locks (if so equipped) hold
when the tires are replaced due to wear or age. Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth securely in all latched positions.
Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle operation and make sure the pedal does not bind
Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt
or require uneven effort. Keep the floor mat away
should pull to either side while driving on a system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusters
from the pedal.
straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or and retractors) operate properly and smoothly,
abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for wheel Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera- and are installed securely. Check the belt web-
tion. If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur- bing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3
Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer- NOTE: Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose
ing system, such as excessive freeplay, hard supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of the
Care should be taken to avoid situations
steering or strange noises. exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of
that can lead to potential battery discharge
exhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaust
Warning lights and chimes Make sure all and potential no-start conditions such as:
system inspected by a NISSAN dealer. For addi-
warning lights and chimes are operating properly. 1. Installation or extended use of electronic tional information, refer to the carbon monoxide
Windshield wiper and washer* Check that accessories that consume battery power warning in the “Starting and driving” section of
the wipers and washer operate properly and that when the engine is not running (Phone char- this manual.
the wipers do not streak. gers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)
Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil,
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has
Windshield defroster Check that the air
driven short distances. In these cases, the been parked for a while. Water dripping from the
comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in
battery may need to be charged to maintain air conditioner after use is normal. If you should
sufficient quantity when operating the heater or notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,
battery health.
air conditioner. check for the cause and have it corrected imme-
Brake fluid level* Make sure that the brake fluid diately.
Under the hood and vehicle level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the
reservoir. Power steering fluid level* and lines Check
The maintenance items listed here should be
the level when the fluid is cold, with the engine
checked periodically (for example, each time you Engine coolant level* Check the coolant level off. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,
check the engine oil or refuel). when the engine is cold. cracks, etc.
Battery* Check the fluid level in each cell. It Engine drive belts* Make sure the drive belts Radiator and hoses Check the front of the
should be between the MAX and MIN lines. Ve- are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily. radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,
hicles operated in high temperatures or under Engine oil level* Check the level after parking etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure the
severe conditions require frequent checks of the the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off. hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose
battery fluid level. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain connections.
back into the oil pan.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
Underbody The underbody is frequently ex- When performing any inspection or maintenance ● Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-
posed to corrosive substances such as those work on your vehicle, always take care to prevent matic engine cooling fan. It may come
used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to on at any time without warning, even if
important to remove these substances from the the vehicle. The following are general precau- the ignition switch is in the OFF posi-
underbody, otherwise rust may form on the floor tions which should be closely observed. tion and the engine is not running. To
pan, frame, fuel lines and exhaust system. At the avoid injury, always disconnect the
end of winter, the underbody should be thor- WARNING negative battery cable before working
oughly flushed with plain water, in those areas near the fan.
where mud and dirt may have accumulated. For ● Park the vehicle on a level surface, ap-
additional information, refer to the “Appearance ply the parking brake securely and ● If you must run the engine in an en-
and care” section of this manual. block the wheels to prevent the vehicle closed space such as a garage, be sure
from moving. Move the shift lever to P there is proper ventilation for exhaust
Windshield-washer fluid* Check that there is (Park). gases to escape.
adequate fluid in the reservoir.
● Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF ● Never get under the vehicle while it is
or LOCK position when performing any supported only by a jack. If it is neces-
parts replacement or repairs. sary to work under the vehicle, support
● If you must work with the engine run- it with safety stands.
ning, keep your hands, clothing, hair ● Keep smoking materials, flame and
and tools away from moving fans, belts sparks away from the fuel tank and
and any other moving parts. battery.
● It is advisable to secure or remove any ● The fuel filter or fuel lines should be
loose clothing and remove any jewelry, serviced by a NISSAN dealer because
such as rings, watches, etc. before the fuel lines are under high pressure
working on your vehicle. even when the engine is off.
● Always wear eye protection whenever
you work on your vehicle.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK
LOCATIONS
CAUTION
● Do not work under the hood while the
engine is hot. Turn the engine off and
wait until it cools down.
● Avoid contact with used engine oil and
coolant. Improperly disposed engine
oil, engine coolant and/or other vehicle
fluids can damage the environment. Al-
ways conform to local regulations for
disposal of vehicle fluid.
● Never leave the engine or continuously
variable transmission related compo-
nent harnesses disconnected while the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
● Never connect or disconnect the battery
or any transistorized component while
the ignition switch is in the ON position.
This “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section
gives instructions regarding only those items
which are relatively easy for an owner to perform.
You should be aware that incomplete or improper
servicing may result in operating difficulties or
excessive emissions, and could affect warranty
coverage. If in doubt about any servicing,
have it done by a NISSAN dealer.
LDI2633

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
VQ35DE engine The engine cooling system is filled at the factory

CAUTION
1. Engine coolant reservoir with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% Genuine
2. Drive belt location NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and ● Never use any cooling system additives
3. Engine oil dipstick 50% water to provide year-round antifreeze and such as radiator sealer. Additives may
coolant protection. The antifreeze solution con- clog the cooling system and cause dam-
4. Engine oil filler cap
tains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional en- age to the engine, transmission and/or
5. Brake fluid reservoir gine cooling system additives are not necessary. cooling system.
6. Air cleaner
7. Fuse box ● When adding or replacing coolant, be
WARNING sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long
8. Fuse box/Fusible links
● Never remove the radiator or coolant Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or
9. Battery reservoir cap when the engine is hot. equivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long Life
10 Radiator cap Wait until the engine and radiator cool Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted
11. Power steering fluid reservoir down. Serious burns could be caused to provide antifreeze protection to -34°
12. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir by high pressure fluid escaping from F (-37° C). If additional freeze protection
the radiator. For additional information, is needed due to weather where you
refer to precautions in “If your vehicle operate your vehicle, add Genuine
overheats” found in the “In case of NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant
emergency” section of this manual. (blue) concentrate following the direc-
tions on the container. If an equivalent
● The radiator is equipped with a pres- coolant other than Genuine NISSAN
sure type radiator cap. To prevent en- Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is
gine damage, use only a Genuine used, follow the coolant manufacturer’s
NISSAN radiator cap. instructions to maintain minimum anti-
freeze protection to -34° F (-37° C). The
use of other types of coolant solutions
other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent
may damage the engine cooling
system.

● The life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant or the use of non-distilled water will re-
coolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or duce the life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant.
7 years. Mixing any other type of cool- For additional information, refer to the NISSAN
ant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Service and Maintenance Guide.
Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue), includ- If the cooling system frequently requires
ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life coolant, have it checked by a NISSAN
Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or the use dealer.
of non-distilled water will reduce the
life expectancy of the factory-fill cool- For additional information on the location of the
ant. For additional information, refer to engine coolant reservoir, refer to “Engine com-
the NISSAN Service and Maintenance partment check locations” in this section.
Guide.
CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT
A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant.
LDI2590 The service procedure can be found in the
CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT NISSAN Service Manual.
LEVEL Improper servicing can result in reduced
heater performance and engine overheat-
Check the coolant level in the reservoir when ing.
the engine is cold. If the coolant level is below
the MIN level, add coolant to the MAX level. If the WARNING
reservoir is empty, check the coolant level in the
radiator when the engine is cold. If there is ● To avoid the danger of being scalded,
insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator never change the coolant when the en-
with coolant up to the filler opening and also add gine is hot.
it to the reservoir up to the MAX level. ● Never remove the radiator or engine
This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life coolant reservoir cap when the engine
Antifreeze/Coolant (blue). The life expectancy of is hot. Serious burns could be caused by
the factory-fill coolant is 105,000 miles high pressure fluid escaping from the
(168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixing any other type of radiator.

ENGINE OIL
● Avoid direct skin contact with used

coolant. If skin contact is made, wash
thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as
soon as possible.
● Keep coolant out of the reach of chil-
dren and pets.
Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.
Check your local regulations.
LDI2556 WDI0214
CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oil
level. It should be between the H (High) and
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply L (Low) marks 䊊 B . This is the normal oper-
the parking brake.
ating oil level range. If the oil level is below
2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches the L (Low) mark 䊊 A , remove the oil filler cap
operating temperature. and pour recommended oil through the
3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than opening. Do not overfill 䊊 C.
10 minutes for the oil to drain back into 6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.
the oil pan.
It is normal to add some oil between oil
4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. Re- maintenance intervals or during the
install dipstick. break-in period, depending on the severity
of operating conditions.

CAUTION
Oil level should be checked regularly. Op-
erating the engine with an insufficient
amount of oil can damage the engine, and
such damage is not covered by warranty.
LDI2554 LDI2558
CHANGING ENGINE OIL 6. Remove the drain plug 䊊 C with a wrench by

turning it counterclockwise and completely
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply drain the oil.
the parking brake.
If the engine oil filter is to be changed, re-
2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches move and replace it at this time. For addi-
operating temperature, then turn it off. tional information, refer to “Changing engine
3. Remove the oil filler cap 䊊
A by turning it oil filter” in this section.
counterclockwise. ● Waste oil must be disposed of prop-
4. Remove pins 䊊
B from the under-engine pro- erly.
tector. ● Check your local regulations.
5. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug
䊊C.

10. Turn the engine off and wait more than
CAUTION
10 minutes. Check the oil level with the
Be careful not to burn yourself. The engine dipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.
oil may be hot.
7. Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new
washer. Securely tighten the drain plug with
a wrench. Do not use excessive force.
Drain plug tightening torque:
26 ft-lb (34 N·m)
8. Refill engine with recommended oil through
the oil filler opening, then install the oil filler
cap securely.
LDI2634
For additional information, refer to “Recom-
WARNING mended fluids/lubricants and capacities” in
the “Technical and consumer information”
● Prolonged and repeated contact with section of this manual for drain and refill
used engine oil may cause skin cancer.
capacity.
● Try to avoid direct skin contact with
used oil. If skin contact is made, wash The drain and refill capacity depends on the
thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as oil temperature and drain time. Use these
soon as possible. specifications for reference only. Always use
the dipstick to determine when the proper
● Keep used engine oil out of reach of amount of oil is in the engine.
children.
9. Start the engine. Check for leakage around
the drain plug and oil filter. Correct as re-
quired.

4. Remove pins 䊊 A from the right engine pro- 6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean
tector located inside the right wheel well and engine oil.
then remove protector. Remove oil filter 䊊 B
7. Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance
with an oil filter wrench by turning it counter-
is felt, then tighten an additional 2/3 turn.
clockwise. Then remove the oil filter by turn-
ing it by hand. 8. Start the engine and check for leakage
around the oil filter. Correct as required.
CAUTION
9. Turn the engine off and wait more than
Be careful not to burn yourself. The engine 10 minutes. Check the oil level. Add engine
oil may be hot. oil if necessary.
5. Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with
a clean rag.
CAUTION
● Be sure to remove any old gasket
material remaining on the sealing
surface of the engine. Failure to do
so could lead to an oil leak and en-
gine damage.
● The dipstick must be inserted in
place to prevent oil spillage from the
LDI2562 dipstick hole when filling the engine
CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER with oil.
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.
2. Turn the engine off.
3. Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 䊊
B.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE POWER STEERING FLUID
TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID
CAUTION CAUTION
● NISSAN recommends using Genuine ● DO NOT OVERFILL.
NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 ONLY in
● Use of a power steering fluid other than
NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other
Genuine NISSAN E-PSF or equivalent
fluids.
will prevent the power steering system
● Do not use Automatic transmission from operating properly.
fluid (ATF) or Manual transmission fluid
● Power steering fluid is poisonous and
in a NISSAN CVT, as it may damage the
should be stored carefully in marked
CVT. Damage caused by the use of flu-
containers out of the reach of children.
ids other than as recommended is not
covered under NISSAN’s New Vehicle
Limited Warranty.
● Using fluids that are not equivalent to LDI2635
Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 may
also damage the CVT. Damage caused Check the fluid level in the reservoir.
by the use of fluids other than as recom- The fluid level should be checked when the fluid
mended is not covered under NISSAN’s is cold at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86ºF (0 to
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. 30ºC). The fluid level can be checked with the
When checking or replacement of CVT fluid is level gauge which is attached to the cap. To
required, we recommend your NISSAN dealer for check the fluid level, remove the cap. The fluid
servicing. level should be between the MAX 䊊 1 and MIN 䊊 2
lines.
If the fluid is below the MIN 䊊
2 line, add Genuine
NISSAN E-PSF or equivalent. Remove the cap
and fill through the opening.

BRAKE FLUID WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID
CAUTION
Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur-
faces. This will damage the paint. If fluid is
spilled, immediately wash the surface with
water.
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the brake
fluid is below the MIN line, the brake warning light
will illuminate. Add brake fluid up to the MAX line.
For additional information on brake fluid type,
refer to “Recommended fluids/lubricants and ca-
pacities” in the “Technical and consumer informa-
tion” section.
LDI2592 If the brake fluid must be added frequently, the LDI2573
brake system should be thoroughly checked by a
WARNING NISSAN dealer. WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID
● Use only new fluid from a sealed con-
RESERVOIR
tainer. Old, inferior or contaminated Fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir periodi-
fluid may damage the brake system. cally. Add windshield-washer fluid when the low
The use of improper fluids can damage windshield-washer fluid warning light comes on.
the brake system and affect the vehi-
cle’s stopping ability. To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir, lift
the cap off the reservoir and pour the windshield-
● Clean the filler cap before removing.
washer fluid into the reservoir opening.
● Brake fluid is poisonous and should be
stored carefully in marked containers Add a washer solvent to the washer for better
out of reach of children. cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield-
washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s in-
structions for the mixture ratio.

BATTERY
Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving ● Keep the battery surface clean and dry.
WARNING
conditions require an increased amount of Clean the battery with a solution of baking
windshield-washer fluid. soda and water. ● Do not expose the battery to flames, an
electrical spark or a cigarette. Hydrogen
Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind- ● Make certain the terminal connections are gas generated by the battery is explo-
shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze clean and securely tightened. sive. Explosive gases can cause blind-
or equivalent. ness or injury. Do not allow battery fluid
● If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or
longer, disconnect the negative (-) battery to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics or
CAUTION painted surfaces. Sulfuric acid can
terminal cable to prevent discharge.
● Do not substitute engine antifreeze cause blindness or injury. After touch-
coolant for windshield-washer fluid. ing a battery or battery cap, do not
NOTE:
This may result in damage to the paint. touch or rub your eyes. Thoroughly
Care should be taken to avoid situations wash your hands. If the acid contacts
● Do not fill the windshield-washer fluid your eyes, skin or clothing, immediately
that can lead to potential battery discharge
reservoir with washer fluid concen- flush with water for at least 15 minutes
and potential no-start conditions such as:
trates at full strength. Some methyl al- and seek medical attention.
cohol based washer fluid concentrates 1. Installation or extended use of electronic
may permanently stain the grille if accessories that consume battery power ● Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in
spilled while filling the windshield- when the engine is not running (Phone char- the battery is low. Low battery fluid can
washer fluid reservoir. gers, GPS, DVD players, etc.) cause a higher load on the battery
which can generate heat, reduce battery
● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only
life, and in some cases lead to an
water to the manufacturer’s recom- driven short distances. In these cases, the
explosion.
mended levels before pouring the fluid battery may need to be charged to maintain
into the windshield-washer fluid reser- battery health. ● When working on or near a battery, al-
voir. Do not use the windshield-washer ways wear suitable eye protection and
fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid remove all jewelry.
concentrate and water. ● Battery posts, terminals and related ac-
cessories contain lead and lead com-
pounds. Wash hands after handling.

● Keep battery out of the reach of
children.
● Do not tip the battery. Keep the vent
caps tight and the battery level.
WDI0224
1. Remove the vent caps with a screwdriver as
shown. Use a cloth to protect the battery
case.
LDI0302
2. Check the fluid level in each cell. If it is
necessary to add fluid, add only distilled
water to bring the level up to the bottom of
the filler opening. Do not overfill. Reinstall
the vent caps.

DRIVE BELT
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under 1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual
severe conditions require frequent checks of the wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt is
battery fluid level. in poor condition or is loose, have it replaced
or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.
JUMP STARTING
2. Have the belt checked regularly for condi-
If jump starting is necessary, refer to “Jump start- tion and tension in accordance with the
ing” in the “In case of emergency” section of this maintenance schedule found in the
manual for additional information. If the engine “NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”.
does not start by jump starting, the battery may
have to be replaced. Contact a NISSAN dealer.
LDI2131
VQ35DE engine
1. Crankshaft pulley
2. Drive belt automatic tensioner pulley
3. Generator pulley
4. Air conditioner compressor pulley
WARNING
Be sure the ignition switch is placed in the
OFF or LOCK position before servicing
drive belt. The engine could rotate
unexpectedly.

SPARK PLUGS AIR CLEANER
WARNING
Be sure the engine and ignition switch are
off and that the parking brake is engaged
securely.
CAUTION
Be sure to use the correct socket to re-
move the spark plugs. An incorrect socket
can damage the spark plugs.
If replacement is required, see your NISSAN
dealer for assistance.
SDI1895 LDI2553
REPLACING SPARK PLUGS The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and
reused. Replace it according to the maintenance
Iridium-tipped spark plugs log shown in the “NISSAN Service and Mainte-
It is not necessary to replace iridium-tipped 䊊
A nance Guide.”
spark plugs as frequently as conventional type To remove the air cleaner filter:
spark plugs because they last much longer. Fol-
low the maintenance log shown in the “NISSAN 1. Unlatch the retaining clips 䊊
A.
Service and Maintenance Guide”. Do not service 2. Move the air cleaner cover upwards.
iridium-tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap-
ping. 3. Remove the air cleaner filter. Wipe the inside
of the air cleaner filter housing and the cover
● Always replace spark plugs with rec- with a damp cloth, then replace air cleaner
ommended or equivalent ones. filter.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES
NOTE: IN-CABIN MICROFILTER CLEANING

After installing a new air cleaner filter, The in-cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air- If your windshield is not clear after using the
make sure the air cleaner cover is seated in borne dust and pollen particles and reduces windshield-washer or if a wiper blade chatters
the housing and latch the clips. some objectionable outside odors. The filter is when running, wax or other material may be on
located behind the glove box. For additional in- the blade or windshield.
WARNING formation, refer to the “NISSAN Service and
Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer
● Operating the engine with the air Maintenance Guide” for change intervals.
solution or a mild detergent. Your windshield is
cleaner removed can cause you or oth- If replacement is required, see your NISSAN clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear
ers to be burned. The air cleaner not dealer. water.
only cleans the air, it stops the flame if
the engine backfires. If it isn’t there, and Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked
the engine backfires, you could be in a washer solution or a mild detergent. Then
burned. Do not drive with the air cleaner rinse the blades with clear water. If your wind-
removed, and be careful when working shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades
on the engine with the air cleaner and using the wiper, replace the blades.
removed.
WARNING
● Never pour fuel into the throttle body or
attempt to start the engine with the air Worn windshield wiper blades can dam-
cleaner removed. Doing so could result age the windshield and impair driver
in serious injury. vision.

CAUTION
● After wiper blade replacement, return
the wiper arm to its original position;
otherwise it may be damaged when the
hood is opened.
● Make sure the wiper blades contact the
glass; otherwise the arms may be dam-
aged from wind pressure.
LDI2584
REPLACING
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.
To replace the windshield wiper blades, follow
the procedure below:
1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.
2. Lift the release tab 䊊
A. LDI2182
3. Move the wiper blade 䊊

B down and remove. If you wax the surface of the hood, be careful not
to let wax get into the washer nozzle 䊊
A . This may
4. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper cause clogging or improper windshield-washer
arm. operation. If wax gets into the nozzle, remove it
5. Push the release tab down until it clicks. with a needle or small pin 䊊B.
6. Push wiper on to windshield.

BRAKES
Rear window wiper blade If the brakes do not operate properly, have the Proper brake inspection intervals should
brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer. be followed. For additional information regard-
Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replace- ing brake inspections, refer to the appropriate
ment is required. Self-adjusting brakes maintenance schedule information in the
Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting “NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”.
brakes.
The front and rear disc-type brakes self-adjust
every time the brake pedal is applied.
WARNING
See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system
check if the brake pedal height does not
return to normal.
Brake pad wear indicators

The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible
wear indicators. When a brake pad requires re-
placement, a high pitched scraping or screech-
ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in
motion. The noise will be heard whether or not the
brake pedal is depressed. Have the brakes
checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator
sound is heard.
Under some driving or climate conditions, occa-
sional brake squeak, squeal or other noise may
be heard. Occasional brake noise during light to
moderate stops is normal and does not affect the
function or performance of the brake system.
FUSES
3. Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the

tab and lifting the cover up.
4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller. The
fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse
block in the passenger compartment.
LDI2385 LDI2636
If any electrical equipment does not operate, ENGINE COMPARTMENT
check for an open fuse.
Fuses are used in the passenger and engine CAUTION
compartment. Spare fuses are provided and can Never use a fuse of a higher or lower
be found in the passenger compartment fuse amperage rating than specified on the
box. fuse box cover. This could damage the
When installing a fuse make sure the fuse is electrical system or cause a fire.
installed in the fuse box securely.
If any electrical equipment does not come on,
1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight
switch are OFF.
2. Open the engine hood.

LDI0456 LDI2560 LDI2569
5. If the fuse is open 䊊
A , replace it with a new Fusible links PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
fuse 䊊 B.
If the electrical equipment does not operate and
6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical fuses are in good condition, check the fusible CAUTION
system checked and repaired by a NISSAN links. If any of these fusible links are melted, Never use a fuse of a higher or lower
dealer. replace with only Genuine NISSAN parts. amperage rating than specified on the
fuse box cover. This could damage the
electrical system or cause a fire.
If any electrical equipment does not operate,

LDI2570 LDI0456 LDI2035
NOTE: 5. If the fuse is open 䊊A , replace it with an Extended storage switch
equivalent good fuse 䊊B.
The fuse box is located on the driver’s side If any electrical equipment does not operate,
of the instrument panel. 6. Push the fuse box cover to install. remove the extended storage switch and check
1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical for an open fuse.
switch are OFF. system checked and repaired by a NISSAN
dealer. NOTE:
2. Pull down on fuse box cover 䊊
1 to remove.
The extended storage switch is used for
3. Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced. long term vehicle storage. Even if the ex-
4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 䊊
2 . tended storage switch is broken it is not
necessary to replace it. Replace only the
open fuse in the switch with a new fuse.

BATTERY REPLACEMENT
How to replace the extended storage switch:

CAUTION
1. To remove the extended storage switch, be Be careful not to allow children to swallow
sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or the battery or removed parts.
LOCK position.
2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF
position.
3. Remove the fuse box cover.
4. Pinch the locking tabs 䊊 1 found on each
side of the storage switch.
5. Pull the storage switch straight out from the
fuse box 䊊 2 .
LDI2001

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® 4. Close the lid securely as illustrated 䊊
C 䊊
D.
Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fol- 5. Operate the buttons to check the operation.
lows: See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for
1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli- replacement.
gent Key. FCC Notice:
2. Insert a small screwdriver 䊊
A into the slit 䊊
B
For USA:
of the corner and twist it to separate the This device complies with Part 15 of the
upper part from the lower part. Place a cloth FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
to protect the casing. lowing two conditions: (1) This device may
3. Replace the battery with a new one. not cause harmful interference, and (2) this
Recommended battery: CR2032 or equiva- ceived, including interference that may
lent. cause undesired operation.
● Do not touch the internal circuit and elec- Note:
tric terminals as doing so could cause a
malfunction. Changes or modifications not expressly ap-
● Hold the battery by the edges. Holding ance could void the user’s authority to op-
the battery across the contact points will erate the equipment.
seriously deplete the storage capacity.
For Canada:
● Make sure that the + side faces the bot- This device complies with Industry Canada
tom of the lower part. licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-
tion is subject to the following two condi-
tions: (1) this device may not cause inter-
interference, including interference that
may cause undesired operation of the de-
LDI2637 vice.

LIGHTS
HEADLIGHTS ● High pressure halogen gas is sealed CAUTION

Replacing the halogen headlight bulb inside the halogen bulb. The bulb may
● High pressure halogen gas is sealed
(if so equipped) break if the glass envelope is scratched
inside the halogen bulb. The bulb may
or the bulb is dropped.
The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type which break if the glass envelope is scratched
uses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb. Be- Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the or the bulb is dropped.
cause the headlight assembly must be removed exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A ● When handling the bulb, do not touch
temperature difference between the inside and the glass envelope.
from the vehicle for bulb replacement, see your
the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is not
NISSAN dealer. ● Use the same number and wattage as
a malfunction. If large drops of water collect
inside the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer. originally installed as shown in the
CAUTION chart.
● Aiming is not necessary after replacing Replacing the LED headlight bulb (if
● Do not leave the bulb out of the fog light
the bulb. When aiming adjustment is so equipped) for a long period of time as dust, mois-
necessary, contact a NISSAN dealer. If LED headlight bulb replacement is required, ture and smoke may enter the fog light
● Do not leave the headlight assembly see your NISSAN dealer. body and affect the performance of the
open without a bulb installed for a long fog light.
period of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped)
etc. entering the headlight body may Replacing the fog light bulb
affect bulb performance. Remove the
bulb from the headlight assembly just If replacement is required, see your NISSAN
before a replacement bulb is installed. dealer.
● Only touch the base when handling the
bulb. Never touch the glass envelope.
Touching the glass could significantly
affect bulb life and/or headlight
performance.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS
Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.
Headlight assembly (Type A) (if so equipped)*
High (Halogen) 65 H9
Low (Halogen) 55 H11
Turn 28/8 7444NA
Side marker 5 W5W
Park — —
Headlight assembly (Type B) (if so equipped)*
High — —
Low — —
Turn 28/8 7444NA
Side marker 5 W5W
Park — —
Front fog lights (if so equipped)* 35 H8
Daytime running lights* — —
Door mirror turn signal light — —
Map light* — —
Personal light* — —
Vanity mirror light* 1.3 37LL
Glove box light* — —
Cargo light* 5 —
High-mounted stop light* — —
Rear combination light*
Tail/Stop — —
Turn 21 WY21W
Rear side marker 5 W5W
Backup (reversing) 16 921
License plate light* 5 W5W
* See a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information.
LDI2638

WHEELS AND TIRES
1. Map light If you have a flat tire, refer to the “In case of For additional information, refer to “Low tire pres-
2 Headlight assembly emergency” section of this manual. sure warning light” in the “Instruments and con-
3 Personal light trols” section and “Flat tire” in the “In case of
TIRE PRESSURE emergency” section of this manual.
4. Door mirror turn signal light
5. Fog light (if so equipped) Tire Pressure Monitoring System Tire inflation pressure
6. High mounted stoplight (TPMS)
7. License plate light Check the tire pressures (including the
8. Rear combination light WARNING spare) often and always prior to long dis-
9. Cargo light tance trips. The recommended tire pres-
Radio waves could aversely affect electric sure specifications are shown on the
10. Daytime running light medical equipment. Those who use a
pacemaker should contact the electric
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label
medical equipment manufacturer for the or the Tire and Loading Information label
possible influences before use. under the “Cold Tire Pressure” heading.
The Tire and Loading Information label is
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure
affixed to the driver side center pillar. Tire
Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire pres-
sure of all tires except the spare. When the low
pressures should be checked regularly
tire pressure warning light is lit and the Tire because:
Pressure Low - Add Air warning appears in the ● Most tires naturally lose air over time.
vehicle information display, one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated. If equipped, ● Tires can lose air suddenly when
the system also displays pressure of all tires driven over potholes or other objects
(except the spare tire) on the display screen by or if the vehicle strikes a curb while
sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in parking.
each wheel.
The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). Also,
this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire
pressure (for example a flat tire while driving).
The tire pressures should be checked WARNING ● For additional information re-
when the tires are cold. The tires are garding tires, refer to “Important
considered COLD after the vehicle has ● Improperly inflated tires can fail Tire Safety Information” (US) or
been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven suddenly and cause an accident. “Tire Safety Information”
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate ● The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (Canada) in the Warranty Infor-
speeds. (GVWR) is located on the mation Booklet.
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-
The TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro- tion label. The vehicle weight ca-
vides visual and audible signals outside pacity is indicated on the Tire and
the vehicle for inflating the tires to the Loading Information label. Do
recommended COLD tire pressure. For not load your vehicle beyond this
additional information, refer to “TPMS capacity. Overloading your ve-
with Easy Fill Tire Alert” in the “Starting hicle may result in reduced tire
and driving” section of this manual. life, unsafe operating conditions
due to premature tire failure, or
Incorrect tire pressure, including un- unfavorable handling character-
der inflation, may adversely affect istics and could also lead to a
tire life and vehicle handling. serious accident. Loading beyond
the specified capacity may also
result in failure of other vehicle
components.
● Before taking a long trip, or
whenever you heavily load your
vehicle, use a tire pressure gauge
to ensure that the tire pressures
are at the specified level.

䊊
4 Original tire size: The size of the tires
originally installed on the vehicle at
the factory.
䊊
5 Spare tire size.
䊊
6 Vehicle load limit: Refer to “Vehicle
loading information” in the “Technical
and consumer information” section of
this manual.
LDI2083
Tire and loading information label 䊊

3 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to
this pressure when the tires are cold.
䊊
1 Seating capacity: The maximum num-
Tires are considered COLD after the
ber of occupants that can be seated
vehicle has been parked for 3 or more
in the vehicle.
hours, or driven less than 1 mile
䊊
2 Tire size - refer to “Tire labeling” in (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. The
this section. recommended cold tire inflation is set
by the manufacturer to provide the
best balance of tire wear, vehicle
handling, driveability, tire noise, etc.,
up to the vehicle’s GVWR.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge
stem and compare to the specifica-
tion shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label.
5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too
much air is added, press the core of
the valve stem briefly with the tip of
the gauge stem to release pressure.
Recheck the pressure and add or
release air as needed.
6. Install the valve stem cap.
LDI0393 7. Check the pressure of all other tires, WDI0394
including the spare. Example

Checking tire pressure
TIRE LABELING
1. Remove the valve stem cap from the Size Cold Tire Inflation
tire. Pressure Federal law requires tire manufacturers to
place standardized information on the
2. Press the pressure gauge squarely Front and Rear sidewall of all tires. This information iden-
onto the valve stem. Do not press too Original Tire: 33 PSI, 230 kPa tifies and describes the fundamental
hard or force the valve stem side- 235/65R18 characteristics of the tire and also pro-
ways, or air will escape. If the hissing Front and Rear vides the tire identification number (TIN)
sound of air escaping from the tire is Original Tire: 35 PSI, 240 kPa for safety standard certification. The TIN
heard while checking the pressure, 235/55R20 can be used to identify the tire in case of a
reposition the gauge to eliminate this Spare Tire: recall.
leakage. 60 PSI, 420 kPa
T165/90D18
3. Remove the gauge.
7. H: Tire speed rating. You should not
drive the vehicle faster than the tire
speed rating.
WDI0395
Example
䊊
1 Tire size (example: P215/65R15 95H) 4. R: The “R” stands for radial.
1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is de- 5. Two-digit number (15): This number
signed for passenger vehicles (not all is the wheel or rim diameter in inches.
tires have this information). 6. Two- or three-digit number (95): This
2. Three-digit number (215): This num- number is the tire’s load index. It is a
ber gives the width in millimeters of measurement of how much weight
the tire from sidewall edge to side- each tire can support. You may not
wall edge. find this information on all tires be-
cause it is not required by law.
3. Two-digit number (65): This number,
known as the aspect ratio, gives the
tire’s ratio of height to width.
䊊
3 Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of rubber-

coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufactur-
ers also must indicate the materials in the
tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester
and others.
䊊4 Maximum permissible inflation pres-
sure
This number is the greatest amount of air
pressure that should be put in the tire. Do
not exceed the maximum permissible in-
WDI0396 flation pressure.
Example
䊊
2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for a 4. Three-digit code: Tire type code 䊊
5 Maximum load rating
new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXX (Optional). This number indicates the maximum load
XXXX) 5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufac- in kilograms and pounds that can be car-
ture. ried by the tire. When replacing the tires
1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Depart- on the vehicle, always use a tire that has
ment Of Transportation”. The symbol 6. Four numbers represent the week the same load rating as the factory in-
can be placed above, below or to the and year the tire was built. For ex- stalled tire.
left or right of the Tire Identification ample, the numbers 3103 means the
Number. 31st week of 2003. If these numbers 䊊
6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”
2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s are missing then look on the other Indicates whether the tire requires an in-
identification mark. sidewall of the tire. ner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tubeless”).
3. Two-digit code: Tire size.

䊊
7 The word “radial” TYPES OF TIRES ● Always use tires of the same type, size,
brand, construction and tread pattern
The word “radial” is shown if the tire has WARNING on all four wheels. Failure to do so may
radial structure. result in a circumference difference be-
● When changing or replacing tires, be
䊊
8 Manufacturer or brand name sure all four tires are of the same type tween tires on the front and rear axles
which can cause the VDC system to mal-
(i.e., Summer, All Season or Snow) and
Manufacturer or brand name is shown. construction. A NISSAN dealer may be function resulting in personal injury or
able to help you with information about death, excessive tire wear and may
Other Tire-related Terminology damage the transmission, transfer case
tire type, size, speed rating and
and differential gears.
In addition to the many terms that are availability.
defined throughout this section, Intended ● Replacement tires may have a lower All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
Outboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall that speed rating than the factory equipped
contains a whitewall, bears white lettering tires, and may not match the potential CAUTION
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed ● ONLY use spare tires specified for the
the maximum speed rating of the tire. AWD model.
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same molding on the ● Replacing tires with those not originally
If excessive tire wear is found, it is recommended
other sidewall of the tire, or (2) the out- that all four tires be replaced with tires of the
proper operation of the low tire pres-
ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical same size, brand, construction and tread pattern.
sure warning system.
The tire pressure and wheel alignment should
tire that has a particular side that must ● For additional information regarding also be checked and corrected as necessary.
always face outward when mounted on a tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In- Contact a NISSAN dealer.
vehicle. formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-
tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-
tion Booklet.

All season tires Generally, snow tires have lower speed ratings Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to
than factory equipped tires and may not match location. Check the local laws before installing
NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod- the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never ex- tire chains. When installing tire chains, make sure
els to provide good performance all year, includ- ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire. they are the proper size for the tires on your
ing snowy and icy road conditions. All Season vehicle and are installed according to the chain
tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&S If you install snow tires, they must be the same
manufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAE
on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all
class “S” chains. Class “S” chains are used on
traction than All Season tires and may be more four wheels.
vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance.
appropriate in some areas. For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains are de-
Summer tires may be used. However, some U.S. states and signed to meet the minimum clearances between
Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or
NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models local, state and provincial laws before installing body component required to accommodate the
to provide superior performance on dry roads. studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of use of a winter traction device (tire chains or
Summer tire performance is substantially re- studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be cables). The minimum clearances are determined
duced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have poorer than that of non-studded snow tires. using the factory equipped tire size. Other types
the tire traction rating “M&S” on the tire sidewall. may damage your vehicle. Use chain tensioners
TIRE CHAINS when recommended by the tire chain manufac-
If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy
turer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the
conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of CAUTION tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent
SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four
Tire chains/cables should not be installed the possibility of whipping action damage to the
wheels.
on 235/55R20 size tires. Installation of the fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully load-
Snow tires tire chains/cables on 235/55R20 size tires ing your vehicle when using tire chains. In addi-
will cause damage to the vehicle. If you tion, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, your
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle handling
tires equivalent in size and load rating to the plan to use tire chains/cables, you should
install 235/65R18 size tires on your and performance may be adversely affected.
original equipment tires. If you do not, it can
adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle. Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving with
vehicle. chains in such conditions can cause damage to
the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to
some overstress.

Wheel nut tightening torque:
83 ft-lb (113 N·m)
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to
specifications at all times. It is recom-
mended that wheel nuts be tightened to
specification at each tire rotation interval.
WARNING
● After rotating the tires, check and adjust
the tire pressure.
● Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve-
hicle has been driven for 600 miles
(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,
WDI0258 WDI0259
etc.).
CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES ● Do not include the spare tire in the tire Tire wear and damage
Tire rotation rotation. 1. Wear indicator
NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every ● For additional information regarding
tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In- 2. Location mark
5,000 miles (8,000 km).
formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-
For additional information, refer to “Flat tire” in the tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa- WARNING
“In case of emergency” section of this manual for tion Booklet.
tire replacing procedures.
● Tires should be periodically in-
spected for wear, cracking, bulg-
As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts ing or objects caught in the tread.
to the specified torque with a torque If excessive wear, cracks, bulging
wrench. or deep cuts are found, the tire(s)
should be replaced.

● The original tires have built-in Replacing wheels and tires ● For 2WD models, if your vehicle was
tread wear indicators. When the When replacing a tire, use the same size, tread originally equipped with 4 tires that
wear indicators are visible, the were the same size and you are only
design, speed rating and load carrying capacity
tire(s) should be replaced. replacing 2 of the 4 tires, install the new
as originally equipped. Recommended types and
tires on the rear axle. Placing new tires
● Tires degrade with age and use. sizes are shown in “Wheels and tires” in the on the front axle may cause loss of
Have tires, including the spare, “Technical and consumer information” section of vehicle control in some driving condi-
over 6 years old checked by a this manual. tions and cause an accident and per-
qualified technician because sonal injury
some tire damage may not be ob- WARNING
● If the wheels are changed for any rea-
vious. Replace the tires as neces- ● The use of tires other than those recom- son, always replace with wheels which
sary to prevent tire failure and mended or the mixed use of tires of have the same off-set dimension.
possible personal injury. different brands, construction (bias, Wheels of a different off-set could
bias-belted or radial), or tread patterns cause premature tire wear, degrade ve-
● Improper service of the spare tire can adversely affect the ride, braking, hicle handling characteristics, affect the
may result in serious personal in- handling, VDC system, ground clear- VDC system and/or interference with
jury. If it is necessary to repair the ance, body-to-tire clearance, tire chain the brake disc/drum. Such interference
spare tire, contact a NISSAN clearance, speedometer calibration, can lead to decreased braking effi-
dealer. headlight aim and bumper height. ciency and/or early brake pad/shoe
Some of these effects may lead to acci-
● For additional information re- dents and could result in serious per-
wear. For additional information, refer
garding tires, refer to “Important to “Wheels and tires” in the “Technical
sonal injury. and consumer information” section of
Tire Safety Information” (US) or
“Tire Safety Information” this manual for wheel off-set
dimensions.
(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-
mation Booklet.

● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel ● Always use tires of the same type, size, Care of wheels
is replaced, tire pressure will not be brand, construction and tread pattern ● Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle
indicated, the TPMS will not function on all four wheels. Failure to do so may to maintain their appearance.
and the low tire pressure warning light result in a circumference difference be-
will flash for approximately 1 minute. tween tires on the front and rear axles ● Clean the inner side of the wheels when the
The light will remain on after 1 minute. which can cause the VDC system to mal- wheel is changed or the underside of the
Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as function resulting in personal injury or vehicle is washed.
possible for tire replacement and/or death, excessive tire wear and may ● Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing
system resetting. damage the transmission, transfer case the wheels.
and differential gears (AWD models).
● Replacing tires with those not originally
● Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or
specified by NISSAN could affect the Wheel balance corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of
Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.
● Do not install a damaged or deformed and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can get ● NISSAN recommends waxing the road
wheel or tire even if it has been re- out of balance. Therefore, they should be bal- wheels to protect against road salt in areas
paired. Such wheels or tires could have anced as required. where it is used during winter.
structural damage and could fail with-
out warning. Wheel balance service should be per-
formed with the wheels off the vehicle.
● The use of retread tires is not
Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle
recommended.
could lead to mechanical damage.
● For additional information regarding
● For additional information regarding
tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-
tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety
formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-
Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-
tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-
mation” (Canada) in the Warranty In-
tion Booklet.
formation Booklet.

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLY ● When driving on roads covered with CAUTION
spare tire) snow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE
● Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO-
ONLY spare tire should be used on the
Observe the following precautions if the TEM- RARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire chains
rear wheels and the original tire used
PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used. will not fit properly and may cause dam-
on the front wheels (drive wheels). Use
Otherwise, your vehicle could be damaged or age to the vehicle.
tire chains only on the front (original)
involved in an accident: tires. ● Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY
spare tire is smaller than the original
WARNING ● Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE
tire, ground clearance is reduced. To
ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate
● The spare tire should be used for emer- avoid damage to the vehicle, do not
than the standard tire. Replace the
gency use only. It should be replaced drive over obstacles. Also, do not drive
spare tire as soon as the tread wear
with the standard tire at the first oppor- the vehicle through an automatic car
indicators appear.
tunity to avoid possible tire or differen- wash since it may get caught.
tial damage. ● Do not use the spare tire on other
vehicles.
● Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY
USE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoid ● Do not use more than one spare tire at
sharp turns and abrupt braking while the same time.
driving. ● Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO-
● Periodically check spare tire inflation RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed.
pressure. Always keep the pressure of
the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire
at 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).
● With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare
tire installed do not drive the vehicle at
speeds faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

9 Technical and consumer information
Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . 9-2 Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13

Recommended fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Engine oil and oil filter recommendations . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil Securing the load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Maximum load limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Towing load/specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
When traveling or registering your vehicle in
another country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Flat towing for All–Wheel drive vehicle
Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . . 9-10 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Vehicle identification number Flat towing for front wheel drive vehicle
(chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Emission control system warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Tire and loading information label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test . . . . . 9-28
Air conditioner specification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Event Data Recorders (EDR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information . . . 9-29
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/
LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedure
described in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Capacity (Approximate) Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
US measure Imp measure Liter
• Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (RON 91).
Fuel 19 gal 15 7/8 gal 71.9 L
• For additional information, refer to “Recommended fuel” in this section.
• Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent.
Engine oil • Engine oil with API Certification Mark.
With oil filter • Viscosity SAE 0W-20.
5-1/8 qt 4-1/4 qt 4.8 L • As an alternative to this recommended oil, SAE 5W-30 conventional pe-
change
troleum based oil may be used and meet all specifications and requirements
necessary to maintain the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
• For additional information, refer to “Engine oil and oil filter recommenda-
Drain and refill tions” in this section.
Without oil • For additional information, refer to “Changing engine oil” and “Changing
4-3/4 qt 4.0 qt 4.5 L
filter change engine oil filter” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this
manual.
8.7 L • Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or
Cooling system With reservoir 2-1/4 gal 1-7/8 gal
equivalent.
• Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3.
• NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3
ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids. Using fluids
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
— — — that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 may
fluid
damage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as
recommended is not covered under NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
• Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or equiva-
Differential gear oil — — — lent conventional (non-synthetic) oil.
• See a NISSAN dealer for service for synthetic oil.
9-2 Technical and consumer information

Capacity (Approximate) Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
US measure Imp measure Liter
• Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or equiva-
Transfer oil — — — lent conventional (non-synthetic) oil.
• See a NISSAN dealer for service for synthetic oil.
• Genuine NISSAN E-PSF or equivalent.
Power steering fluid Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in •Use of power steering fluid other than Genuine NISSAN E-PSF will pre-
the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section. vent the power steering system from operating properly.
See your NISSAN dealer for service. • Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3.
Brake fluid
• Available in mainland USA through a NISSAN dealer.
• NLGI No. 2 (Lithium Soap base).
Multi-purpose grease — — —
• See your NISSAN dealer for service.
• HFC-134a (R-134a).
• For additional information, refer to “Air conditioner system refrigerant and
Air conditioning system refrigerant — — —
oil recommendations” in this section.
•See your NISSAN dealer for service.
• NISSAN A/C System Oil Type ND-OIL8 or equivalent.
• For additional information, refer to “Air conditioner system refrigerant and
Air conditioning system oil — — —
oil recommendations” in this section.
•See your NISSAN dealer for service.
• Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the “Maintenance
and do-it-yourself” section.
Windshield-washer fluid 1-3/8 gal 1-1/8 gal 4.6 L
• Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze
or equivalent.
Technical and consumer information 9-3

RECOMMENDED FUEL ● U.S. government regulations require patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de-
ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi- termined. If in doubt, ask your service station
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane manager.
fied by a small, square, orange and
rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) num-
black label with the common abbrevia- If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please take
ber (Research octane number 91).
tion or the appropriate percentage for the following precautions as the usage of such
that region. fuels may cause vehicle performance problems
CAUTION
Gasoline specifications and/or fuel system damage.
● Only vehicles with the E-85 filler door
label can operate on E-85. Fuel system ● The fuel should be unleaded and have
NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets
or other damage can occur if E-85 is the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifi- an octane rating no lower than that
used in vehicles that are not designed cations where it is available. Many of the automo- recommended for unleaded gasoline.
to run on E-85. bile manufacturers developed this specification ● If an oxygenate-blend other than
● Using a fuel other than that specified to improve emission control system and vehicle methanol blend is used, it should con-
could adversely affect the emission performance. Ask your service station manager if tain no more than 10% oxygenate.
control system, and may also affect the the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications. (MTBE may, however, be added up to
warranty coverage. 15%.)
Reformulated gasoline
● Under no circumstances should a
Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu- ● E-15 fuel contains more than 10% oxy-
leaded gasoline be used, because this
lated gasolines. These gasolines are specially genate. E-15 fuel will adversely affect
will damage the three-way catalyst.
designed to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSAN the emission control devices and sys-
● Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in your supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug- tems of the vehicle and should not be
vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed to gests that you use reformulated gasoline when used. Damage caused by such fuel is
run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or available. not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle
E-85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically limited warranty.
designed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can ad- Gasoline containing oxygenates
versely affect the emission control de-
Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy-
vices and systems of the vehicle. Dam-
genates such as ethanol, MTBE and methanol
age caused by such fuel is not covered
with or without advertising their presence.
by the NISSAN new vehicle limited
NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of
warranty.
which the oxygenate content and the fuel com-
● If a methanol blend is used, it should E–15 fuel Octane rating tips
contain no more than 5% methanol
(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15% fuel Using unleaded gasoline with an octane
should also contain a suitable amount ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E-15 can rating lower than recommended can cause
of appropriate cosolvents and corro- only be used in vehicles designed to run on E-15 persistent, heavy “spark knock.” (“Spark
sion inhibitors. If not properly formu- fuel. Do not use E-15 in your vehicle. U.S. gov- knock” is a metallic rapping noise.) If se-
lated with appropriate cosolvents and ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens- vere, this can lead to engine damage. If you
corrosion inhibitors, such methanol ing pumps to be identified with small, square, detect a persistent heavy spark knock even
blends may cause fuel system damage orange and black label with the common abbre- when using gasoline of the stated octane
and/or vehicle performance problems. viation or the appropriate percentage for that rating, or if you hear steady spark knock
At this time, sufficient data is not avail- region. while holding a steady speed on level
able to ensure that all methanol blends roads, have a NISSAN dealer correct the
are suitable for use in NISSAN ve- E–85 fuel condition. Failure to correct the condition
hicles. E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuel is misuse of the vehicle, for which NISSAN
ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 can is not responsible.
If any driveability problems such as engine stall-
ing and difficult hot-starting are experienced after only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Do Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark
using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediately not use E-85 in your vehicle. U.S. government knock, after-run and/or overheating, which may
change to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing cause excessive fuel consumption or engine
low blend of MTBE. pumps to be identified by a small, square, orange damage. If any of the above symptoms are en-
and black label with the common abbreviation or countered, have your vehicle checked at a
Take care not to spill gasoline during refu- the appropriate percentage for that region. NISSAN dealer.
eling. Gasoline containing oxygenates can
cause paint damage. Aftermarket fuel additives However, now and then you may notice
light spark knock for a short time while
NISSAN does not recommend the use of any accelerating or driving up hills. This is not a
aftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuel injec- cause for concern, because you get the
tor cleaner, octane booster, intake valve deposit greatest fuel benefit when there is light
removers, etc.) which are sold commercially. spark knock for a short time under heavy
Many of these additives intended for gum, varnish engine load.
or deposit removal may contain active solvents or
similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel
system and engine.
Oil viscosity
The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes
with temperature. Because of this, it is important
to select the engine oil viscosity based on the
temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper-
ated before the next oil change. Choosing an oil
viscosity other than that recommended could
cause serious engine damage.
Selecting the correct oil filter
Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a
high-quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter. When
replacing, use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter or its
LTI2051 equivalent for the reason described in “Change
intervals.”
ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER Committee (ILSAC) certification and SAE vis-
RECOMMENDATIONS cosity standard. These oils have the API certifica- Change intervals
tion mark on the front of the container. Oils which
The oil and oil filter change intervals for your
Selecting the correct oil do not have the specified quality label should not
engine are based on the use of the specified
be used as they could cause engine damage.
It is essential to choose the correct grade, quality quality oils and filters. Using engine oil and filters
and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory Oil additives that are not of the specified quality, or exceeding
engine life and performance. For additional infor- recommended oil and filter change intervals
NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil could reduce engine life. Damage to the engine
mation, refer to “Recommended fluids/lubricants
additives. The use of an oil additive is not neces- caused by improper maintenance or use of incor-
and capacities” in this section. NISSAN recom-
sary when the proper oil type is used and main- rect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is not
mends the use of an energy conserving oil in
tenance intervals are followed. covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war-
order to improve fuel economy.
ranty.
Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been
Select only engine oils that meet the American
previously used should not be used.
Petroleum Institute (API) certification or Interna-
tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval
Your engine was filled with a high-quality engine
CAUTION
oil when it was built. You do not have to change
the oil before the first recommended change The use of any other refrigerant or oil will
interval. Oil and filter change intervals depend cause severe damage to the air condition-
upon how you use your vehicle. ing system and will require the replace-
ment of all air conditioner system
Operation under the following conditions may components.
require more frequent oil and filter changes:
The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in your
● repeated short distance driving at cold out- NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth’s ozone
side temperatures layer. Although this refrigerant does not affect the
earth’s atmosphere, certain government regula-
● driving in dusty conditions
tions require the recovery and recycling of any
● extensive idling refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys-
tem service. A NISSAN dealer has the trained
● towing a trailer technicians and equipment needed to recover
● stop and go commuting and recycle your air conditioner system refriger-
ant.
For additional information, refer to the “NISSAN
Service and Maintenance Guide” for the mainte- Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air
nance schedule. conditioner system.
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM

REFRIGERANT AND OIL
RECOMMENDATIONS
The air conditioner system in your NISSAN
vehicle must be charged with the refriger-
ant HFC-134a (R-134a) and NISSAN A/C
system oil Type ND-OIL8 or the exact
equivalents.

SPECIFICATIONS
ENGINE
Model VQ35DE
Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC
Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-block, Slanted at 60°
Bore x Stroke in (mm) 3.760 x 3.205 (95.5 x 81.4)
Displacement cu in (cm3) 213.45 (3,498)
Firing order 1–2–3–4–5–6
Idle speed
CVT (in N (Neutral) position)
No adjustment is necessary.
Ignition timing (degree B.T.D.C. at idle speed)
CO % at idle
Spark plug FXE22HR-11
Spark plug gap (Nominal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)
Camshaft operation Timing chain
This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

WHEELS AND TIRES DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
Wheel type Offset: in (mm) Size Overall length
without front license plate bracket in (mm) 192.4 (4,888)
Aluminum 1.97 (50) 18 x 7.5J with front license plate bracket in (mm) 192.8 (4,898)
Overall width in (mm) 75.4 (1,916)
1.97 (50) 20 x 7.5J Overall height 66.6 (1,691)
Spare wheel-steel 0.99 (25) 18 x 4T Front and rear tread width in (mm) 64.6 (1,640)
Wheelbase in (mm) 111.2 (2,825)
Tire size 235/65R18
Gross vehicle weight rating lb (kg) Refer to the “F.M.V.S.S./C.M.
Tire size 235/55R20 Gross axle weight rating V.S.S. certification label” on
Front lb (kg) the center pillar between the
Spare tire T165/90D18 driver’s side front and rear
Rear lb (kg) doors.

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER
COUNTRY
When planning to drive your NISSAN ve-
hicle in another country, you should first find
out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi-
cle’s engine.
Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low
may cause engine damage. All gasoline vehicles
must be operated with unleaded gasoline. There-
fore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas where
appropriate fuel is not available.
When transferring the registration of your
vehicle to another country, state, province
or district, it may be necessary to modify the
vehicle to meet local laws and regulations.
LTI2107 LTI2108
The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis-
sion control and safety standards vary according VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
to the country, state, province or district; there- (VIN) PLATE (chassis number)
fore, vehicle specifications may differ.
The vehicle identification number (VIN) plate is The vehicle identification number is located as
When any vehicle is to be taken into an- attached as shown. This number is the identifica- shown.
other country, state, province or district and tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle
registered, its modifications, transporta- registration.
tion and registration are the responsibility
of the user. NISSAN is not responsible for
any inconvenience that may result.

LTI2034 WTI0172 LTI2072
ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. EMISSION CONTROL
The number is stamped on the engine as shown. CERTIFICATION LABEL INFORMATION LABEL
The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety The emission control information label is at-
Standard (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification la- tached to the underside of the hood as shown.
bel is affixed as shown. This label contains valu-
able vehicle information, such as: (GVWR),
(GAWR), month and year of manufacture, (VIN),
etc. Review it carefully.

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE
WTI0174 WTI0167 LTI2100

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION
LABEL LABEL To mount the front license plate, attach the li-
cense plate bracket 䊊1 to the plastic finisher at
The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is affixed to the location marks (small dimples) using the two
Loading Information label. The label is located as the underside of the hood as shown. 6 mm screws provided.
shown.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION
WARNING ● GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb ● Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,
weight plus the combined weight of Total load capacity - maximum total
● It is extremely dangerous to ride passengers and cargo. weight limit specified of the load
in a cargo area inside a vehicle. In (passengers and cargo) for the ve-
a collision, people riding in these ● GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat- hicle. This is the maximum combined
areas are more likely to be seri- ing) - maximum total combined
ously injured or killed. weight of occupants and cargo that
weight of the unloaded vehicle, pas- can be loaded into the vehicle. If the
● Do not allow people to ride in any sengers, luggage, hitch, trailer vehicle is used to tow a trailer, the
area of your vehicle that is not tongue load and any other optional trailer tongue weight must be in-
equipped with seats and seat equipment. This information is lo- cluded as part of the cargo load. This
belts. cated on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. information is located on the Tire and
● Be sure everyone in your vehicle certification label. Loading Information label.
is in a seat and using a seat belt
properly. ● GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - ● Cargo capacity - permissible weight
maximum weight (load) limit specified of cargo, the subtracted weight of
TERMS for the front or rear axle. This informa- occupants from the load limit.
It is important to familiarize yourself with tion is located on the
the following terms before loading your F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification
vehicle: label.
● Curb Weight (actual weight of your ● GCWR (Gross Combined Weight

vehicle) - vehicle weight including: rating) - The maximum total weight
standard and optional equipment, flu- rating of the vehicle, passengers,
ids, emergency tools, and spare tire cargo, and trailer.
assembly. This weight does not in-
clude passengers and cargo.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY
Do not exceed the load limit of your ve-
hicle shown as “The combined weight of
occupants and cargo” on the Tire and
Loading Information label. Do not exceed
the number of occupants shown as
“Seating Capacity” on the Tire and Load-
ing Information label.
To get “the combined weight of occu-
pants and cargo”, add the weight of all
occupants, then add the total luggage
weight. Examples are shown in the follow-
ing illustration.
LTI0152
Example
Steps for determining correct load 5. Determine the combined weight of
limit luggage and cargo being loaded on
the vehicle. That weight may not
1. Locate the statement “The combined
safely exceed the available cargo and
weight of occupants and cargo
luggage load capacity calculated in
should never exceed XXX lbs or XXX
Step 4.
kg” on your vehicle’s placard.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,
2. Determine the combined weight of
load from your trailer will be trans-
the driver and passengers that will be
ferred to your vehicle. Consult this
riding in your vehicle.
manual to determine how this re-
3. Subtract the combined weight of the duces the available cargo and lug-
driver and passengers from XXX lbs gage load capacity of your vehicle.
LTI2113
or XXX kg.
Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm Cargo area luggage hooks
4. The resulting figure equals the avail- that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle SECURING THE LOAD
able amount of cargo and luggage Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle
load capacity. For example, if the Weight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle. There are luggage hooks located in the cargo
XXX amount equals 1,400 lbs. and For additional information, refer to “Mea- area as shown. The hooks can be used to secure
there will be five 150 lb. passengers surement of weights” in this section. cargo with ropes or other types of straps.
in your vehicle, the amount of avail- Do not apply a total load of more than
Also check tires for proper inflation pres-
able cargo and luggage load capac- 6.5 lbs. (29 N) to a single metal floor hook
sures. For additional information, refer to when securing cargo.
ity is 650 lbs. (1,400-750 (5 X 150)
the “Tire and Loading Information label” in
= 650 lbs) or (640-340 (5 X 70) =
this section.
300 kg.)

WARNING ● Do not load the front and rear axle to ● Overloading not only can shorten
the GAWR. Doing so will exceed the the life of your vehicle and the
● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or
straps to help prevent it from sliding or GVWR. tire, but can also cause unsafe
shifting. Do not place cargo higher than vehicle handling and longer brak-
the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col- WARNING ing distances. This may cause a
lision, unsecured cargo could cause premature tire failure which
● Properly secure all cargo with could result in a serious accident
personal injury.
ropes or straps to help prevent it and personal injury. Failures
● The child restraint top tether strap may from sliding or shifting. Do not
be damaged by contact with items in
caused by overloading are not
place cargo higher than the seat- covered by the vehicle’s warranty.
the cargo area. Secure any items in the backs. In a sudden stop or colli-
cargo area. Your child could be seri- sion, unsecured cargo could MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS
ously injured or killed in a collision if cause personal injury.
the top tether strap is damaged. Secure loose items to prevent weight
● Do not load your vehicle any shifts that could affect the balance of your
● Do not load your vehicle any heavier
than the GVWR or the maximum front
heavier than the GVWR or the vehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, drive
maximum front and rear GAWRs.
and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts of your
If you do, parts of your vehicle can to a scale and weigh the front and the rear
vehicle can break, tire damage could wheels separately to determine axle
occur, or it can change the way your break, tire damage could occur,
or it can change the way your loads. Individual axle loads should not ex-
vehicle handles. This could result in loss
of control and cause personal injury. vehicle handles. This could result ceed either of the gross axle weight rat-
in loss of control and cause per- ings (GAWR). The total of the axle loads
LOADING TIPS sonal injury. should not exceed the gross vehicle
weight rating (GVWR). These ratings are
● The GVW must not exceed GVWR
given on the vehicle certification label. If
or GAWR as specified on the weight ratings are exceeded, move or re-
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification move items to bring all weights below the
label. ratings.

TOWING A TRAILER
WARNING MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loads
Overloading or improper loading of a
trailer and its cargo can adversely affect Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the
vehicle handling, braking and perfor- value specified in the “Towing
mance and may lead to accidents. Load/Specification” chart found in this section.
The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its
CAUTION cargo weight.
● Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load The maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating
for the first 500 miles (805 km). Your (GCWR) should not exceed the value specified
engine, axle or other parts could be in the following Towing Load/Specification Chart.
damaged.
● For the first 500 miles (805 km) that you
tow a trailer, do not drive over 50 mph LTI2105
(80 km/h) and do not make starts at full
The Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
throttle. This helps the engine and other
equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle
parts of your vehicle wear in at the
heavier loads. (including passengers and cargo) plus the total
trailer load. Towing loads greater than these or
Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri- using improper towing equipment could ad-
marily to carry passengers and cargo. Remember versely affect vehicle handling, braking and per-
that towing a trailer places additional loads on formance.
your vehicle’s engine, drive train, steering, brak-
ing and other systems. The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not
only related to the maximum trailer loads, but also
A NISSAN Towing Guide (U.S. only) is available the places you plan to tow. Tow weights appro-
on the website at www.nissanusa.com. This priate for level highway driving may have to be
guide includes information on trailer towing ca- reduced for low traction situations (for example,
pability and the special equipment required for
on slippery boat ramps).
proper towing.

Temperature conditions can also affect towing.
For example, towing a heavy trailer in high outside
temperatures on graded roads can affect engine
performance and cause overheating. The engine
protection mode, which helps reduce the chance
of engine damage, could activate and automati-
cally decrease engine power. Vehicle speed may
decrease under high load. Plan your trip carefully
to account for trailer and vehicle load, weather
and road conditions.
WARNING
Overheating can result in reduced engine
power and vehicle speed. The reduced
WTI0160 LTI2106
speed may be lower than other traffic,
which could increase the chance of a col- Tongue load Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight
lision. Be especially careful when driving. (GVW)/maximum Gross Axle Weight
If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driv- When using a weight carrying or a weight distrib-
ing speed, pull to the side of the road in a uting hitch, keep the tongue load between 10 - (GAW)
safe area. Allow the engine to cool and 15% of the total trailer load or use the trailer
tongue load specified by the trailer manufacturer. The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed
return to normal operation. For additional the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
information, refer to “If your vehicle over- The tongue load must be within the maximum
tongue load limits shown in the following “Towing shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification
heats” in the “In case of emergency” sec- label. The GVW equals the combined weight of
tion of this manual. Load/Specification” chart. If the tongue load be-
comes excessive, rearrange cargo to allow for the unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,
proper tongue load. hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optional
CAUTION equipment. In addition, front or rear GAW must
Vehicle damage resulting from improper not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating
towing procedures is not covered by (GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.
NISSAN warranties. certification label.

Towing capacities are calculated assuming a To determine the available towing capacity, use ● Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) from
base vehicle with driver and any options required the following procedure. F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label -
to achieve the rating. Additional passengers, 7,250 lb. (3,289 kg).
1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the
cargo and/or optional equipment, such as the
⬙Towing Load/Specification⬙ chart found in ● Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
trailer hitch, will add weight to the vehicle and
this section. from “Towing Load/Specification⬙ chart -
reduce your vehicle’s maximum towing capacity
15,100 lb. (6,849 kg).
and trailer tongue load. 2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the
GCWR. The remaining amount is the avail- ● Maximum Trailer towing capacity from “Tow-
The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to
able maximum towing capacity. ing Load/Specification⬙ chart - 9,100 lb.
confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR, Front
(4,128 kg).
GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross Combined Weight To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, weigh
Rating (GCWR) and Towing capacity. your trailer on a scale with all equipment and 7,250 lb. (3,289 kg) GVWR
cargo, that are normally in the trailer when it is – 6,350 lb. (2,880 kg) GVW
All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured
towed. Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not
using platform type scales commonly found at = 900 lb. (409 kg) Available for tongue
more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown
truck stops, highway weigh stations, building weight
on the trailer and is not more than the calculated
supply centers or salvage yards.
available maximum towing capacity.
To determine the available payload capacity for
Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to 15,100 lb. (6,849 kg) GCWR
tongue/king pin load, use the following proce-
make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear – 6,350 lb. (2,880 kg) GVW
dure.
Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front
1. Locate the GVWR on the Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight = 9,123 lb. (4,138 kg) Capacity available for
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. towing
The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to
2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of
be moved or removed to meet the specified rat- 900 lb. (409 kg) Available tongue weight
the passengers and cargo that are normally
ings.
in the vehicle when towing a trailer. / 8,750 lb. (3,969 kg) Available capacity
Example:
3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the = 10 % tongue weight
GVWR. The remaining amount is the avail- ● Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighed
able maximum tongue/king pin load. on a scale - including passengers, cargo and
hitch - 6,350 lb. (2,880 kg).
The available towing capacity may be less than tance while towing. Do not exceed the maximum this vehicle when the proper towing equipment is
the maximum towing capacity due to the passen- trailer frontal area specification shown in the used. Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball
ger and cargo load in the vehicle. ⬙Towing Load/Specification” chart. The frontal that is rated for the trailer to be towed. Genuine
area can be determined by multiplying the width NISSAN ball mounts and hitch balls are available
Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be- from your NISSAN dealer.
of the trailer by the height of the trailer. For
tween 10 - 15% of the trailer weight or within the
example, a trailer that is 8 feet wide by 6 feet tall If your vehicle is not equipped with the optional
trailer tongue load specification recommended
has a trailer frontal area of 48 square feet. trailer tow package, check the towing capacity of
by the trailer manufacturer. If the tongue load
becomes excessive, rearrange the cargo to ob- your bumper hitch or receiver-type frame
TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION mounted hitch. Choose a proper hitch for your
tain the proper tongue load. Do not exceed the
maximum tongue weight specification shown in TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART vehicle and trailer. A Genuine NISSAN trailer
the “Towing load/specification” chart even if the U.S. and Canada hitch is available from your NISSAN dealer . Make
calculated available tongue weight is greater Maximum Towing Capac- 1,500 lb. sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the
than 15%. If the calculated tongue weight is less ity*1 (680 kg) vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property
than 10%, reduce the total trailer weight to match Maximum Tongue Load 150 lb.
damage due to sway caused by crosswinds,
the available tongue weight. (68 kg) rough road surfaces or passing trucks.
Maximum Gross Com- 6,393 lb.
Always verify that available capacities are within bined Weight Rating (2,900 kg) WARNING
the required ratings.
*1: The towing capacity values are calculated assuming Trailer hitch components have specific
Trailer frontal area a base vehicle with driver and any options required to weight ratings. Your vehicle may be ca-
achieve the rating. Additional passengers, cargo and/or pable of towing a trailer heavier than the
optional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and weight rating of the hitch components.
CAUTION reduce your vehicle’s maximum towing capacity. Never exceed the weight rating of the
Exceeding the maximum trailer frontal hitch components. Doing so can cause
area specification may exceed the towing TOWING SAFETY serious personal injury or property
capacity of the vehicle. This may affect the damage.
towing performance and lead to vehicle Trailer hitch
damage. Your vehicle may be equipped with an optional
The trailer frontal area affects the towing load of a trailer tow package. The trailer tow package in-
trailer. The frontal area is the total area of the cludes a receiver-type frame mounted hitch. This
vehicle and trailer that is affected by air resis- hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of
Hitch ball Weight carrying hitches NOTE:
Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight A weight carrying or “dead weight” ball mount is A weight-distributing hitch system may af-
rating for your trailer: one that is designed to carry the whole amount of fect the operation of trailer surge brakes. If
tongue weight and gross weight directly on the you are considering use of a weight-
● The required hitch ball size is stamped on distributing hitch system with a surge
ball mount and on the receiver.
most trailer couplers. Most hitch balls also brake-equipped trailer, check with the
have the size printed on the top of the ball. Weight distribution hitch surge brake, hitch or trailer manufacturer
● Choose the proper class hitch ball based on This type of hitch is also called a “load-leveling” or to determine if and how this can be done.
the trailer weight. “equalizing” hitch. A set of bars attach to the ball Follow the instructions provided by the manufac-
● The diameter of the threaded shank of the mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue turer for installing and using the weight-
hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount weight (hitch weight) of your trailer. Many ve- distributing hitch system.
hole diameter. The hitch ball shank should hicles can’t carry the full tongue weight of a given
trailer, and need some of the tongue weight General set-up instructions are as follows:
be no more than 1/16” smaller than the hole
in the ball mount. transferred through the frame and pushing down 1. Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface.
on the front wheels. This gives stability to the tow With the ignition on and the doors closed,
● The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be vehicle. allow the vehicle to stand for several minutes
long enough to be properly secured to the so that it can level.
ball mount. There should be at least 2 A weight-distributing hitch system (Class IV) is
threads showing beyond the lock washer recommended if you plan to tow trailers with a 2. Measure the height of a reference point on
and nut. maximum weight over 5,000 lbs (2,268 kg). the front and rear bumpers at the center of
Check with the trailer and towing equipment the vehicle.
Ball mount manufacturers to determine if they recommend
the use of a weight-distributing hitch system. 3. Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust
The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper
the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver. height is within 0 - .5 inches (0 – 13 mm) of
Choose a proper class ball mount based on the the reference height measured in step 2. The
trailer weight. Additionally, the ball mount should rear bumper should be no higher than the
be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the reference height measured in step 2.
ground.

WARNING Tire pressures Trailer lights
Properly adjust the weight distributing ● When towing a trailer, inflate the ve- CAUTION
hitch so the rear of the bumper is no hicle tires to the recommended cold
higher than the measured reference When splicing into the vehicle electrical
tire pressure indicated on the tire system, a commercially available power-
height when the trailer is attached. If the
rear bumper is higher than the measured placard. type module/converter must be used to
provide power for all trailer lighting. This
reference height when loaded, the vehicle ● Trailer tire condition, size, load rating unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct
may handle unpredictably which could
cause a loss of vehicle control and cause
and proper inflation pressure should power source for all trailer lights while
serious personal injury or property be in accordance with the trailer and using the vehicle tail light, stoplight and
damage. tire manufacturer’s specifications. turn signal circuits as a signal source. The
module/converter must draw no more that
Sway control device Safety chains 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp
circuits. Using a module/converter that
Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts, and buffeting Always use suitable safety chains between your
exceeds these power requirements may
caused by other vehicles can affect trailer han- vehicle and the trailer. The safety chains should damage the vehicle’s electrical system.
dling. Sway control devices may be used to help be crossed and should be attached to the hitch, See a reputable trailer retailer to obtain
control these affects. If you choose to use one, not to the vehicle bumper or axle. The safety the proper equipment and to have it
contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make chains can be attached to the bumper if the hitch installed.
sure the sway control device will work with the ball is mounted to the bumper. Be sure to leave
vehicle, hitch, trailer and the trailer’s brake sys- enough slack in the chains to permit turning Trailer lights should comply with federal and/or
tem. Follow the instructions provided by the corners. local regulations. For assistance in hooking up
manufacturer for installing and using the sway trailer lights, contact a NISSAN dealer or repu-
control device. table trailer retailer. Vehicles equipped with the
optional trailer tow package are equipped with a
Class I hitch flat 4-pin connector, an adapter will be needed to
connect the trailer lights to the vehicle. Adapters
Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball
are available at auto parts stores and hitch retail-
mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailers
ers.
of a maximum weight of 2,000 lb (907 kg).

Pre-towing tips ● Determine the overall height of the vehicle Always block the wheels on both vehicle and
and trailer so the required clearance is trailer when parking. Parking on a slope is not
● Be certain your vehicle maintains a level known. recommended; however, if you must do so:
position when a loaded and/or unloaded
trailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicle if it Trailer towing tips CAUTION
has an abnormal nose-up or nose-down
In order to gain skill and an understanding of the If you move the shift lever to the P (Park)
condition; check for improper tongue load,
vehicle’s behavior, you should practice turning, position before blocking the wheels and
overload, worn suspension or other possible
stopping and backing up in an area which is free applying the parking brake, transmission
causes of either condition.
from traffic. Steering stability and braking perfor- damage could occur.
● Always secure items in the trailer to prevent mance will be somewhat different than under
load shift while driving. normal driving conditions. 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
● Keep the cargo load as low as possible in ● Always secure items in the trailer to prevent 2. Have someone place blocks on the downhill
the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity load shift while driving. side of the vehicle and trailer wheels.
low. 3. After the wheel blocks are in place, slowly
● Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or
● Load the trailer so approximately 60% of the lock to prevent the coupler from inadver- release the brake pedal until the blocks ab-
trailer load is in the front half and 40% is in tently becoming unlatched. sorb the vehicle load.
the back half. Also make sure the load is 4. Apply the parking brake.
● Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.
balanced side to side.
● Avoid sharp turns or lane changes. 5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).
● Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure, ve-
hicle tire pressure, trailer light operation, and ● Always drive your vehicle at a moderate 6. Turn off the engine.
trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a speed. To drive away:
trailer to the vehicle.
● When backing up, hold the bottom of the 1. Start the vehicle.
● Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to steering wheel with one hand. Move your
all federal, state or local regulations. If not, hand in the direction in which you want the 2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
install any mirrors required for towing before trailer to go. Make small corrections and 3. Shift the transmission into gear.
driving the vehicle. back up slowly. If possible, have someone
guide you when you are backing up. 4. Release the parking brake.

5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are ● Have your vehicle serviced more often than 3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is bal-
clear from the blocks. at intervals specified in the recommended anced as described in this section.
Maintenance Schedule in the “NISSAN Ser-
6. Apply and hold the brake pedal. ● Be careful when passing other vehicles.
vice and Maintenance Guide”.
Passing while towing a trailer requires con-
7. Have someone retrieve and store the blocks.
● When making a turn, your trailer wheels will siderably more distance than normal pass-
● While going downhill, the weight of the be closer to the inside of the turn than your ing. Remember, the length of the trailer must
trailer pushing on the tow vehicle may de- vehicle wheels. To compensate for this, also pass the other vehicle before you can
crease overall stability. Therefore, to main- make a larger than normal turning radius safely change lanes.
tain adequate control, reduce your speed during the turn.
● Downshift the transmission to a lower gear
and shift to a lower gear. Avoid long or
● Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely for engine braking when driving down steep
repeated use of the brakes when descend-
affect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly caus- or long hills. This will help slow the vehicle
ing a hill, as this reduces their effectiveness
ing vehicle sway. When being passed by without applying the brakes.
and could cause overheating. Shifting to a
larger vehicles, be prepared for possible
lower gear instead provides “engine brak- ● Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long
changes in crosswinds that could affect ve-
ing” and reduces the need to brake as fre- or too frequently. This could cause the
hicle handling.
quently. brakes to overheat, resulting in reduced
Do the following if the trailer begins to sway: braking efficiency.
● If the engine coolant temperature rises to a
high temperature, refer to “If your vehicle 1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to ● Increase your following distance to allow for
overheats” in the “In case of emergency” allow the vehicle to coast and steer as greater stopping distances while towing a
section of this owner’s manual. straight ahead as the road conditions allow. trailer. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.
This combination will help stabilize the ve-
● Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal ● NISSAN recommends that the cruise con-
hicle
circumstances. trol not be used while towing a trailer.
– Do not correct trailer sway by steering or
● Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle’s first ● Some states or provinces have specific
applying the brakes.
500 miles (805 km). regulations and speed limits for vehicles that
2. When the trailer sway stops, gently apply the are towing trailers. Obey the local speed
● For the first 500 miles (805 km) that you do
brakes and pull to the side of the road in a limits.
tow, do not drive over 50 MPH (80 km/h).
safe area.

● Check your hitch, trailer wiring harness con-
CAUTION CAUTION
nections, and trailer wheel lug nuts after
50 miles (80 km) of travel and at every break. ● Failure to follow these guidelines can ● Failure to follow these guidelines can
result in severe transmission damage. result in severe transmission damage.
● When launching a boat, don’t allow the wa-
ter level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or ● Never flat tow your All-wheel drive ● Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-
rear bumper. (AWD) vehicle. ways tow forward, never backward.
● Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights ● DO NOT tow your All-wheel drive (AWD) ● Never tow your front wheel drive vehicle
before backing the trailer into the water or vehicle with any wheels on the ground. with the front tires on the ground. Doing
the trailer lights may burn out. Doing so may cause serious and expen- so may cause serious and expensive
sive damage to the powertrain. damage to the powertrain.
When towing a trailer, final drive gear oil
should be replaced and transmission ● For emergency towing procedures refer ● DO NOT tow your front wheel drive con-
oil/fluid should be changed more fre- to “Towing recommended by NISSAN” tinuously variable transmission vehicle
quently. For additional information, refer to in the “In case of emergency” section of with all four wheels on the ground (flat
the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec- this manual. towing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE inter-
tion of this manual. nal transmission parts due to lack of
FLAT TOWING FOR FRONT WHEEL transmission lubrication.
FLAT TOWING FOR ALL–WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped) ● For emergency towing procedures refer
DRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped) Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the to “Towing recommended by NISSAN”
Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing. This in the “In case of emergency” section of
ground is sometimes called flat towing. This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle this manual.
method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as a motor
behind a recreational vehicle, such as a motor home. Continuously Variable Transmission
home. To tow a vehicle equipped with a continuously
variable transmission, an appropriate vehicle
dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle’s
drive wheels. Always follow the dolly manufac-
turer’s recommendations when using their prod-
uct.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING
DOT (Department of Transportation) Quality

WARNING WARNING
Grades: All passenger car tires must conform to
federal safety requirements in addition to these The traction grade assigned to this tire is The temperature grade for this tire is es-
grades. based on straight-ahead braking traction tablished for a tire that is properly inflated
tests, and does not include acceleration, and not overloaded. Excessive speed,
Quality grades can be found where applicable on cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction under-inflation, or excessive loading, ei-
the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and characteristics. ther separately or in combination, can
maximum section width. For example: cause heat build-up and possible tire
Temperature A, B and C failure.
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,
Treadwear
and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating generation of heat, and its ability to dissipate heat
based on the wear rate of the tire when tested when tested under controlled conditions on a
under controlled conditions on a specified gov- specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained
ernment test course. For example, a tire graded high temperature can cause the material of the
150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and exces-
as well on the government course as a tire graded sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.
100. The relative performance of tires depends The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor-
upon the actual conditions of their use, however, mance which all passenger car tires must meet
and may depart significantly from the norm due to under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No.
variations in driving habits, service practices and
109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of
differences in road characteristics and climate.
performance on the laboratory test wheel than
Traction AA, A, B and C the minimum required by law.
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are
AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the
tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea-
sured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and con-
crete. A tire marked C may have poor traction
performance.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
WARRANTY
Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following For USA You may notify NISSAN by contacting our
emission warranties: Consumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at
If you believe that your vehicle has a de-
For USA 1-800-NISSAN-1.
fect which could cause a crash or could
1. Emission Defects Warranty cause injury or death, you should immedi- For Canada
2. Emissions Performance Warranty ately inform the National Highway Traffic If you believe that your vehicle has a de-
Details of this warranty may be found with other Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addi- fect which could cause a crash or could
vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information tion to notifying NISSAN. cause injury or death, you should immedi-
Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle.
If you did not receive a Warranty Information
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it ately inform Transport Canada in addition
Booklet, or it is lost, you may obtain a replace- may open an investigation, and if it finds to notifying NISSAN.
ment by writing to: that a safety defect exists in a group of If Transport Canada receives complaints,
● Nissan North America, Inc. vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy it may open an investigation, and if it finds
Consumer Affairs Department campaign. However, NHTSA cannot be- that a safety defect exists in a group of
P.O. Box 685003 come involved in individual problems be- vehicles, it may request that NISSAN con-
Franklin, TN 37068-5003 tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN. duct a recall campaign. However, Trans-
For Canada
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Ve- port Canada cannot become involved in
Emission Control System Warranty hicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- individual problems between you, your
Details of this warranty may be found with other 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go dealer, or NISSAN.
vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: You may contact Transport Canada’s De-
Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle. Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh
If you did not receive a Warranty Information fect Investigations and Recalls Division
Booklet, or it is lost, you may obtain a replace-
Street, SW., Washington, D.C. 20590. toll free at 1-800-333-0510. You may
ment by writing to: You can also obtain other information also report safety defects online at:
about motor vehicle safety from
● Nissan Canada Inc. https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/
5290 Orbitor Drive http://www.safercar.gov. 7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng
Mississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5 (English speakers) or
READINESS FOR INSPECTION/
MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST
https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/ WARNING If a powertrain system component is repaired or

7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra the battery is disconnected, the vehicle may be
A vehicle equipped with All -Wheel Drive reset to a “not ready” condition. Before taking the
(French speakers) (AWD) should never be tested using a two I/M test, check the vehicle’s
Additional information concerning motor wheel dynamometer (such as the dyna- inspection/maintenance test readiness condi-
vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans- mometers used by some states for emis- tion. Place the ignition switch in the ON position
sions testing), or similar equipment. Make without starting the engine. If the Malfunction
port Canada’s Road Safety Information sure you inform the test facility personnel Indicator Light (MIL) comes on steady for 20 sec-
Centre at 1-800-333-0371 or online at that your vehicle is equipped with AWD onds and then blinks for 10 seconds , the I/M test
www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speak- before it is placed on a dynamometer. condition is “not ready”. If the MIL does not blink
ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere Using the wrong test equipment may re- after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is
(French speakers). sult in drivetrain damage or unexpected “ready”. Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the
vehicle movement which could result in “ready condition” or to prepare the vehicle for
To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns serious vehicle damage or personal injury. testing.
please contact our Consumer Information
Due to legal requirements in some states and
Centre toll free at 1-800-387-0122. Canadian Provinces, your vehicle may be re-
quired to be in what is called the “ready condi-
tion” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of
the emission control system.
The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” when it
is driven through certain driving patterns. Usually,
the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary
usage of the vehicle.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR) OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE
MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re- the type of personally identifying data routinely Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model
corder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to acquired during a crash investigation. year and prior can be purchased. A Genuine
record, in certain crash or near crash-like situa- NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equip-
tions, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a service and repair information for your vehicle.
ment is required and access to the vehicle or the
road obstacle, data that will assist in understand- This manual is the same one used by the factory-
EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manu-
ing how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer-
facturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties, such
is designed to record data related to vehicle ships. Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals can
as law enforcement, that have the special equip-
dynamics and safety systems for a short period of also be purchased.
ment, can read the information if they have ac-
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this cess to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will only For USA
vehicle is designed to record such data as: be accessed with the consent of the vehicle
For current pricing and availability of Genuine
owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per-
● How various systems in your vehicle were NISSAN Service Manuals, contact:
mitted by law.
operating;
www.nissan-techinfo.com
● Whether or not the driver and passenger For current pricing and availability of Genuine
safety belts were buckled/fastened; NISSAN Owner’s Manuals, contact:
● How far (if at all) the driver was depressing 1-800-247-5321
the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
For Canada
● How fast the vehicle was traveling.
To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSAN Ser-
● Sounds are not recorded. vice Manual or Owner’s Manual, for this model
These data can help provide a better understand- year and prior, please contact your nearest
NISSAN dealer. For the phone number and loca-
ing of the circumstances in which crashes and
tion of a NISSAN dealer in your area, call the
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by
NISSAN Information Center at 1-800-387-0122
your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under you.
normal driving conditions and no personal data
(e.g. name, gender, age and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with
MEMO

10 Index
Compact disc (CD) player . . . . . . . . .4-41 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-43
A FM/AM/SAT radio with compact disc (CD) Brake
player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . .5-65
Air bag (See supplemental restraint FM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14
system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-47 iPod® Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-45 Brake light (See stop light). . . . . . . . .8-28
Air bag system iPod® player operation. . . . . . . . . . .4-45 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-64
Front (See supplemental front impact Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29 Brake warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8
air bag system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-54 USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43 Brake wear indicators . . . . . . . .2-14, 8-21
Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-65 USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . .1-65, 2-11 Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43 Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21
Air bag warning light, supplemental . .1-65, 2-11 Autolight switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14
Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18 Automatic Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21
Air conditioner Automatic drive positioner . .3-35, 3-36, 3-37 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-64
Air conditioner service . . . . . . . . . . .4-29 Automatic power window switch . . . . .2-47
Air conditioner specification label . . . . .9-12 Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-58
Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
Air conditioner system refrigerant and Brightness control
Automatic drive positioner . . . .3-35, 3-36, 3-37
oil recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7 Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33
Heater and air conditioner (automatic) Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . . . . . .2-7
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26 B Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28
Heater and air conditioner controls . . . .4-27
Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . .4-29 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-69, 8-15
Alarm system Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8 C
(See vehicle security system) . . . . . . . . .2-25 Battery replacement
Anchor point locations . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-30 NISSAN Intelligent Key®. . . . . . . . . .8-26 Capacities and recommended
Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-8 Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 fuel/lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . .5-65 Belt (See drive belt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17 Cargo (See vehicle loading information) . . .9-13
Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6 Blind Spot Warning (BSW) warning Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51
Around View™ Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 CD care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48
Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Block heater CD player (See audio system) . . . . . . . . .4-41
Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-70 Check tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23
AM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30 Bluetooth® audio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-47 Child restraints . . . . . . .1-23, 1-24, 1-25, 1-27
Bluetooth® audio. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-47 Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Bluetooth® streaming audio . . . . . . . .4-47 without Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . .4-51 CHildren) System. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27
Precautions on child Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9 Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11
restraints. . . . . . . . .1-25, 1-32, 1-39, 1-43 Dimmer switch for instrument panel . . . . . .2-33 Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8
Top tether strap anchor point locations . .1-30 Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4 Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Child restraint with top tether strap. . . . . . .1-29 Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17 Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . .2-5
Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7 Drive positioner, Automatic . . . .3-35, 3-36, 3-37 Event data recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
Chimes, audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Driving Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . .5-2
Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . . . .7-2, 7-4 Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-69 Explanation of maintenance items . . . . . . . .8-2
Clock set/adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39 Driving with Continuously Variable Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24
C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . .9-11 Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Eyeglass case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41
Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-69 Precautions when starting and
Compact disc (CD) player . . . . . . . . . . .4-41 driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2, 5-8
Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43 Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 F
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT). . .5-15
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) . .6-2
fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13 E Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
Driving with Continuously Variable Floor mat positioning aid . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5
Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Economy - fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-60 Fluid
Controls Emission control information label . . . . . . .9-11 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14
Heater and air conditioner controls. . . . .4-27 Emission control system warranty . . . . . . .9-27 Capacities and recommended
Coolant Engine fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2
Capacities and recommended Before starting the engine. . . . . . . . . .5-14 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 Block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-70 fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13
Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . .8-8 Capacities and recommended Engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7
Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . .8-8 fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5 Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . .8-8 Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13
Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5 Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Windshield-washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . .8-14
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . .8-12 F.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . . . .9-11
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41 Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . .8-8 Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34
Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 Front air bag system
Engine compartment check locations . . . .8-6 (See supplemental restraint system) . . . . . .1-54
D Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5 Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7 Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Daytime running light system (Canada only) . .2-32 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 Fuel
Defroster switch Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . .9-6 Capacities and recommended
Rear window and outside mirror defroster Engine oil pressure warning light. . . . . . .2-9 fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2
switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30 Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6 Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-60
10-2
Fuel-filler door and cap . . . . . . . . . . .3-27 Heater Intelligent Key system
Fuel-filler door lock opener lever . . . . . .3-27 Heater and air conditioner (automatic) Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26 Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9
Fuel octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5 Heater and air conditioner controls. . . . .4-27 Mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4 Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28 Remote keyless entry operation. . . . . . .3-12
Loose fuel cap warning. . . . . . . .2-23, 3-28 Heater and air conditioner (automatic) . . . . .4-26 Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 Hill start assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-68 Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22 HomeLink® Universal Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50
Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23 Transceiver . . . . . . . . .2-51, 2-53, 2-54, 2-54 iPod® Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-45
Hood release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
ISOFIX child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27
Hook
G Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34
Garage door opener, HomeLink® Universal J
Transceiver . . . . . . . . .2-51, 2-53, 2-54, 2-54
Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27 I Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10, 8-17
Gauge
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5 Ignition Switch
K
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 Push-Button Ignition Switch . . . . . . . .5-10
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4 Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26, 5-14
Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4 Important vehicle information label . . . . . . .9-11
Keyless entry
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4 In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19
With Intelligent Key system
Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4 Increasing fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-60
(See Intelligent Key system). . . . . . . . .3-12
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Indicator
Keys
Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43 NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery discharge
NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . .3-2, 3-7
indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Indicator lights and audible reminders
H (See warning/indicator lights and audible L
reminders). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12
Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . .6-2 Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33 Labels
Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . .2-30 Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . .2-33 Air conditioner specification label . . . . .9-12
Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30 Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-6, 2-2 C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . .9-11
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27 Instrument panel dimmer switch . . . . . . . .2-33 Emission control information label . . . . .9-11
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9 Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11
Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35, 2-36, 2-37 Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33 F.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . .9-11
Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34
Tire and Loading Information label . . . . .9-12
10-3
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . .9-10 Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4 Moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48
Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate. .9-10 Fuel-filler door lock opener lever . . . . . .3-27
Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . . .1-65 Lift gate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5, 3-6 N
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27 Loose fuel cap warning. . . . . . . . . .2-23, 3-28
License plate Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-23 NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . .3-2, 3-7
Installing the license plate . . . . . . . . . .9-12 Low tire pressure warning light. . . . . . . . . .2-9 NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery discharge
Lift gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Low windshield-washer fluid warning indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Lift gate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26 light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10, 2-23 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system . . .2-26, 5-14
Light Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-65, 2-11 Luggage rack (see roof rack) . . . . . . . . . .2-44
Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . . . .8-28 Luggage (See vehicle loading information) . .9-13 O
Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . . . . .2-7
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28 Octane rating (See fuel octane rating). . . . . .9-5
Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8 M Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
Exterior and Interior lights . . . . . . . . . .8-28 Oil
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27 Maintenance Capacities and recommended
Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34 General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2
Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . .2-30 Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3 Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . .2-30 Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . .8-5 Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . .8-12
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27 Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50 Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27 Under the hood and vehicle . . . . . . . . .8-4
Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . .9-6
Low tire pressure warning light. . . . . . . .2-9 Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
Low windshield-washer fluid warning Malfunction indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6
light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10, 2-23 Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 One shot call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-54, 4-54
Passenger air bag and status light . . . . .1-56 Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51 Outside mirror control . . . . . . . . . .3-33, 3-34
Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51 Memory Seat . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35, 3-36, 3-37 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
Security indicator light. . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3 Overheat
Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . . .2-51 Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . .2-33 If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . .6-12
Warning/indicator lights and audible Mirror Owner’s manual order form . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12 Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33 Owner’s manual/service manual order
Lights Outside mirror control . . . . . . . .3-33, 3-34 information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
Lock Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-7 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
10-4
Seat belt
P R
Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
Infants and small children . . . . . . . . . .1-24
Parking Radio
Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . .4-51 Injured Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16
Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . .5-63 FM/AM/SAT radio with compact disc (CD) Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24
Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51 player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38 Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . .1-13
Power Readiness for inspection maintenance (I/M) Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16
Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4 test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28 Pre-tensioner seat belt system . . . . . . .1-64
Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5, 3-6 Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19 Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39 Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47 Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47 Rear seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5 Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13 RearView Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2, 4-7 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13, 7-5
Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . .5-64 Rear window and outside mirror defroster Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . .1-22
Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47 switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30 Three-point type with retractor . . . . . . .1-16
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39 Rear window wiper and washer switches . . .2-29 Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-64 Recorders Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . .1-16, 2-11
Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13 Event data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29 Seats
Precautions Refrigerant recommendation . . . . . . . . . . .9-7 Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . .8-5 Registering your vehicle in another country . .9-10 Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
On-pavement and off-road driving Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19, 5-15 Automatic drive positioner. . .3-35, 3-36, 3-37
precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6 Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . . . .9-27 Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Precautions on booster Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44 Heated seats . . . . . . . . . .2-35, 2-36, 2-37
seats . . . . . . . . . . .1-25, 1-32, 1-39, 1-43 Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . .1-2
Precautions on child Rear seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
restraints. . . . . . . . .1-25, 1-32, 1-39, 1-43 S Security indicator light. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . .1-13 Security system (NISSAN vehicle immobilizer
Precautions on supplemental restraint Safety system), engine start . . . . . . . . . . .2-26, 5-14
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-47 Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-7 Security systems
Precautions when starting and Child seat belts . . . . .1-25, 1-32, 1-39, 1-43 Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . .2-25
driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2, 5-8 Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . .9-27 Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21
Pre-tensioner seat belt system . . . . . . . . .1-64 Seat adjustment Service manual order form . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12 Front manual seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-2 Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29
Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . .1-4 Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . . . .1-22
Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40 Spark plug replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18
Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8
10-5
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4 Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . .6-2 Tire pressure
Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . . . . .2-51 Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . .2-30 Low tire pressure warning light. . . . . . . .2-9
SRS warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-65 Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . .2-30 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . .5-3
Stability control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-66 Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . .2-33 Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . . . .1-29
Starting Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . .3-5, 3-6 Towing
Before starting the engine. . . . . . . . . .5-14 Rear window and outside mirror defroster Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10, 8-17 switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30 Towing load/specification . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Precautions when starting and Rear window wiper and washer switches .2-29 Tow truck towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2, 5-8 Steering wheel switch for audio Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17
Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12 control/Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48 Transceiver
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33 HomeLink® Universal
Steering Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off Transceiver . . . . . . .2-51, 2-53, 2-54, 2-54
Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . .2-34 switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38 Transmission
Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13 Windshield wiper and washer switch . . .2-27 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . .5-64 fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13
Stop light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28 Driving with Continuously Variable
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40 T Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Sunglasses case. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41 Travel (See registering your vehicle in another
Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4 country). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48 Temperature gauge Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
Sunroof (see Moonroof) . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48 Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31 Theft (NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system),
Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . .1-65 engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26, 5-14
Supplemental air bag warning light . . .1-65, 2-11 Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2 U
Supplemental front impact air bag system . . .1-54 Tire
Supplemental restraint system Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Information and warning labels . . . . . . .1-65 Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5, 8-40 USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43
Precautions on supplemental restraint Tire and Loading Information label . . . . .9-12 Audio file operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-47 Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-36
Supplemental restraint system Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29
(Supplemental air bag system) . . . . . . . . .1-47 Tire rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-37 V
Switch Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35
Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . .9-26 Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
Automatic power window switch . . . . . .2-47 Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29 Vehicle dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . .9-9
Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34 Wheel/tire size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch . . .2-38
10-6
Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system. . . . .5-66 Supplemental air bag warning
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . .5-66 light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-65, 2-11
Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . .2-25
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . .9-10 Warning/indicator lights and audible
Vehicle identification number (VIN) reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12
(Chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . . .1-65
Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate. . . .9-10 Warning/indicator lights and audible
Vehicle immobilizer system . . . . . . . .2-26, 5-14 reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12
Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . .9-13 Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12
Vehicle recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15, 6-16 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12
Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12
Vehicle security system (NISSAN vehicle immobi- Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12
lizer system), engine start . . . . . . . .2-26, 5-14 Washer switch
Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25 Rear window wiper and washer
switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Voice Prompt Interrupt. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-54 Windshield wiper and washer switch . . .2-27
Weights (See dimensions and weights) . . . . .9-9
Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29
W Wheel/tire size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9
When traveling or registering your vehicle in
Warning another country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-65, 2-11 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45
Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . .2-7, 2-8 Locking passengers’ windows . . . . . . .2-46
Battery charge warning light . . . . . . . . .2-8 Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) warning Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47
light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Windshield-washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14
Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8 Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . .2-27
Engine oil pressure warning light. . . . . . .2-9 Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19
Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . .6-2 Wiper
Loose fuel cap warning. . . . . . . .2-23, 3-28 Rear window wiper and washer
Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-23 switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
Low tire pressure warning light. . . . . . . .2-9 Windshield wiper and washer switch . . .2-27
Low windshield-washer fluid warning Wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19
light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10, 2-23
Passenger air bag and status light . . . . .1-56
Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . .1-16, 2-11
10-7
GAS STATION INFORMATION
RECOMMENDED FUEL ● U.S. government regulations require RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi- BREAK-IN PROCEDURE:
fied by a small, square, orange and
rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) num- During the first 1,200 mi (2,000 km) of vehicle
black label with the common abbrevia-
ber (Research octane number 91). use, follow the break-in procedure recommenda-
tion or the appropriate percentage for
that region. tions for the future reliability and economy of your
CAUTION new vehicle. For additional information, refer to
ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION “Break-in schedule” in the “Starting and driving”
● Only vehicles with the E-85 filler door
section of this manual. Follow these recommen-
label can operate on E-85. Fuel system • Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent dations for the future reliability and economy of
or other damage can occur if E-85 is
• Engine oil with API Certification Mark your new vehicle. Failure to follow these recom-
used in vehicles that are not designed
mendations may result in vehicle damage or
to run on E-85. • Viscosity SAE 0W-20 shortened engine life.
● Using a fuel other than that specified For additional information, refer to “Engine oil and
could adversely affect the emission oil filter recommendations” in the “Technical and
control system, and may also affect the consumer information” section of this manual.
warranty coverage.
● Under no circumstances should a COLD TIRE PRESSURE:
leaded gasoline be used, because this Refer to the Tire and loading information label.
will damage the three-way catalyst.
The label is typically located on the driver side
● Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in your center pillar or on the driver’s door. For additional
vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed to information, refer to “Wheels and tires” in the
run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this
E-85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically manual.
designed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can ad-
versely affect the emission control de-
vices and systems of the vehicle. Dam-
age caused by such fuel is not covered
by the NISSAN new vehicle limited
warranty.
Printing : December 2014 (02)
Publication No.: OM0E
OM15EA0L32U2
0Z52U1
Printed in U.S.A.
TOOUM-1SX6D Z52-D

Manual Nissan Murano 2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual Nissan Murano 2015

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual Nissan Murano 2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

®

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

Read carefully and keep in vehicle.

Printing: December 2014

Read carefully and keep in vehicle.

Printing: November 2014 (01)

Driver Attention Alert operation

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these

© 2014 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.

1. Supplemental front-impact air bags

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

1. Front view camera (if so equipped)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

1. Antenna (P. 4-29)

0-4 Illustrated table of contents

1. Glove box (P. 2-40)

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

1. Vent (P. 4-25)

0-6 Illustrated table of contents

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

0-8 Illustrated table of contents

Warning Name Page Warning Name Page Indicator Name Page

Brake warning light 2-8 Security indicator 2-13

Illustrated table of contents 0-9

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

● Do not adjust the driver’s seat while

1-2 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5

1-6 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7

1-8 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9

+ Indicates the seating position is not equipped 4. Stalks

1-10 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

2. Push and hold the lock knob. knob 䊊 2 .

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11

1-12 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13

1-14 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17

1-18 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19

3. Then secure the connector tongue into the

1-20 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

To fasten the seat belt, refer to ⬙Fastening the

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21

Shoulder belt height adjustment (front Seat belt hooks

1-22 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE WARNING

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23

properly, the booster seat should raise the child

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25

1-26 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-28 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29